Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 6, 2004

Registration No. 333-111018



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 1

to

FORM S-11

FOR REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OF SECURITIES OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES


SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its governing instruments)


4231 Walnut Bend
Jacksonville, Florida 32257
(904) 288-9330

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
registrant’s principal executive offices)


John Bert Watson
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
4231 Walnut Bend
Jacksonville, Florida 32257
(904) 288-9330

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)

Copies To :

     
Bryan L. Goolsby
Gina E. Betts
Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP
2200 Ross Avenue
Suite 2200
Dallas, Texas 75201
Telephone (214) 740-8000
  Michael F. Taylor
Sidley Austin Brown & Wood LLP
555 California Street
50th Floor
San Francisco, California 94104
Telephone (415) 772-1200

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                 
 

Title of Securities   Proposed Maximum    
Being Registered   Aggregate Offering Price (1)   Amount of Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
  $ 214,666,654     $ 21,474 (2)


(1)   Estimated based on a bona fide estimate of the maximum offering price of $16.00 solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933.
 
(2)   Of this amount, $10,113 of the fee was previously paid by the Registrant in connection with the initial filing of its Form S-11 on December 8, 2003.


      The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section  8(a) , may determine.

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 6, 2004

     
(SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES LOGO)
  Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.
_____________Shares
of Common Stock

     This is our initial offering of shares to the public, and no public market currently exists for our shares. The public offering price is between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. This price may not reflect the market price of our shares after our offering.

                 
THE OFFERING   PER SHARE   TOTAL

Public Offering Price
  $       $    
Underwriting Discount
  $       $    
Proceeds to Us
  $       $    

     Proposed New York Stock Exchange Symbol: SFO

     We have granted to the underwriters the right to purchase up to    additional shares from us within 30 days after the date of this prospectus to cover any over-allotments. The underwriters expect to deliver shares of common stock to purchasers on March    , 2004.

      This offering involves a high degree of risk. You should purchase shares only if you can afford a complete loss of your investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 for a discussion of the material risks regarding an investment in our common stock, including the following:

    We were organized in October 2003, and have no operating history.

    Our management team has no experience managing a REIT.

    The yield on most of our investments will be sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates and changes in prepayment rates, which may result in our borrowing rates exceeding asset yields and consequently reducing or eliminating net income derived from our investments.

    We will be dependent on our warehouse line of credit, our ability to securitize our assets and, to a lesser extent, our ability to enter into reverse repurchase agreements for funding of our mortgage loan acquisitions. Any failure to obtain or maintain adequate funding under these financing arrangements or at attractive terms could harm our operations and our overall performance.

    Our operations are expected to be highly leveraged and we are not limited as to the amount of debt we can incur, and any debt incurred will increase our exposure to losses.

    Our operating and investment policies may be changed by our board of directors at any time without the consent of stockholders.

    If we fail to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT, our distributions will not be deductible by us, and our income will be subject to taxation, reducing our earnings available for distribution.

    We intend to use hedging strategies that involve risk and that may not be successful in insulating us from exposure to changing interest and prepayment rates.

    Our articles of incorporation prohibit you from owning or transferring your shares to someone that would then own more than 9.8% of any class of our capital stock without prior board approval.

    We may make distributions that include a return of capital.


      Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

(LOGO)


Stifel, Nicolaus & Company

Incorporated

The date of this prospectus is March ___, 2004

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND MARKET DATA
USE OF PROCEEDS
DISTRIBUTION POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
OUR STRUCTURE AND FORMATION TRANSACTION
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OUR COMPANY
Second Articles of Amendment and Restatement
Strategic Alliance Agreement
Employment Agreement - Bert Watson
Employment Agreement - Michael L. Pannell
Employment Agreement - Byron L. Boston
Employment Agreement - Jeff Betros
Employment Agreement - Thomas Manuel
Form of Indemnification Agreement
2003 Share Incentive Plan
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
Form of Dividend Equivalent Right Agreement
Agreement of Lease
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
Power of Attorney Executed by Michael L. Pannell
Power of Attorney Executed by Joseph P. Stingone
Charter of Audit Committee
Charter of the Compensation Committee
Charter of the Nominating/Corporate Governance


Table of Contents

      You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are, and the underwriters are, offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
    Page
   
Prospectus Summary
    1  
Risk Factors
    8  
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Market Data
    20  
Use of Proceeds
    21  
Distribution Policy
    22  
Capitalization
    22  
Dilution
    23  
Our Structure and Formation Transaction
    24  
Certain Relationships
    25  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
    26  
Our Company
    33  
Management of Our Company
    46  
Expenses
    56  
Federal Income Tax Consequences
    56  
ERISA Considerations
    71  
Principal Stockholders
    71  
Description of Capital Stock
    72  
Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
    73  
Transfer Agent and Registrar
    77  
Reports to Stockholders
    81  
Underwriting
    81  
Legal Matters
    85  
Experts
    85  
Where You Can Find More Information
    85  
Financial Statements
    F-1  

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information concerning us, the common stock being sold in this offering and our financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, you should read the entire prospectus before you invest in our common stock, especially the risks described under “Risk Factors.” The terms “Sunset Financial,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “our company” as used in this prospectus refer to Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.

Our Company

     We are a self-managed real estate investment trust (REIT) that was formed in October 2003 to acquire a portfolio of high quality residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage bridge loans in the United States. Our principal business objective is to generate net income for distribution to our stockholders from the spread between interest income on our mortgage assets and the costs of financing the acquisition of these assets. We will elect to be taxed as a REIT commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2004.

Our Strategy

     We intend to purchase residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage bridge loans. Our strategy is for our loan portfolio to consist of approximately 75% residential mortgage loans and approximately 25% commercial mortgage bridge loans as follows:

      (CHART)

     To achieve our business objective and generate distributions for our stockholders, our strategy is to:

    purchase high quality first lien residential mortgage loans, approximately 90% of which are expected to be non-conforming Alt-A mortgage loans that are primarily adjustable rate mortgages (ARMs) with an initial fixed interest rate period of seven years or less and an adjustable rate thereafter based on changes in short-term market interest rates;

    purchase high quality commercial mortgage bridge loans that are generally at higher interest rates than longer term commercial loans, thereby generating more income;

1


Table of Contents

    finance purchases of our residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage bridge loans by utilizing leverage to increase potential returns to stockholders through borrowings (through borrowings under our warehouse line of credit, assuming proper market conditions, through securitizations of our assets and to a lesser extent, through reverse repurchase agreements and issuances of debt or equity securities);

    structure our financings to have interest rate adjustment indices and interest rate adjustment periods that, on an aggregate basis, correspond, to the extent possible, to the rates and adjustment periods of our adjustable and floating rate mortgage loans;

    utilize short sales, purchases of treasury options, interest rate caps, swaptions, mortgage-backed securities, futures, options, interest rate swaps, floors and similar derivative securities to mitigate the risk of the costs of our variable rate liabilities increasing at a faster rate than the earnings on our assets; and

    seek to minimize prepayment risk on our residential portfolio by structuring a diversified portfolio that contains residential mortgage loans with a variety of prepayment penalties.

      Residential Mortgage Loans. With respect to the residential mortgage loans, approximately 90% will be Alt-A loans and approximately 10% will be conforming loans. “Alt-A” mortgage loans consist primarily of high quality non-conforming jumbo mortgage loans (as set by Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), currently loans of over $333,700) that are first lien mortgage loans made to borrowers who have shown an ability to repay prior mortgage or consumer loans and as a result have high credit scores (minimum FICO scores of 630 with a targeted loan portfolio average of 680), as well as low loan-to-value (typically 80% or below). To the extent that any residential mortgage loan has a loan-to-value in excess of 80%, such loan will be covered by mortgage insurance. To the extent we acquire any mortgage-backed securities representing an investment in a pool of residential mortgage loans, we will only purchase the securities if we purchase 100% of the securities backed by the pool of residential mortgage loans.

      Commercial Mortgage Bridge Loans. Our commercial mortgage bridge loans will be short-term loans (usually one year with a one year extension), in an original principal amount between $1 million and $15 million and secured by a first lien on one or more real properties located in the United States. Additionally, we expect at least 50% of our commercial mortgage bridge loans will be guaranteed by an individual or entity. This entire commercial mortgage loan portfolio will be high quality, meaning:

    loan-to-value ratio of 65% or lower;

    loan secured by real estate that could easily be liquidated;

    borrower and owner of the borrower, if applicable, have high credit ratings; and

    the guarantor on an individually guaranteed commercial mortgage loan has a minimum FICO score of 630.

     Management, subject to the supervision of our board of directors and to the REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, will evaluate and monitor our mortgage loans and determine when to acquire and how long to hold the assets in our portfolio. Management will actively manage our assets, and as a result, management may elect to sell the mortgage loans prior to maturity. In managing our investment portfolio, our management may also utilize the experience and relationships of our advisory board member.

     We will finance the acquisition of the initial portfolio of residential mortgage loans with the net proceeds of this offering and borrowings under our warehouse line of credit with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Our initial portfolio of commercial mortgage bridge loans will be purchased with the net proceeds of

2


Table of Contents

this offering. We will structure our borrowings to have interest rate adjustment indices and interest rate adjustment periods that, on an aggregate basis, correspond, to the extent possible, to the rate and adjustment periods of our adjustable and floating rate mortgage loans. Our governing documents do not limit the amount of debt that we may incur. We anticipate maintaining a debt-to-equity ratio on our residential mortgage loans of up to a maximum of 10:1 and a debt-to-equity ratio on our commercial mortgage bridge loans of up to a maximum of 4:1; although these ratios may be higher or lower from time to time.

Our Initial Loan Portfolio

     Our initial portfolio of loans will consist of approximately $197.2 million of high quality residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage bridge loans upon the closing of this offering.

      Residential Loans. Upon the closing of this offering, we will acquire approximately 432 residential mortgage loans totaling approximately $154.7 million in aggregate outstanding principal amount. Of the initial portfolio,    % will be Alt-A loans and    % will be conforming loans. Of the Alt-A loans, approximately 95% will have an initial fixed interest rate period of seven years or less and will be adjustable thereafter and approximately 5% will have fixed interest rates for the life of the loan. Of the conforming loans, approximately 95% will be ARMs and approximately 5% will have fixed interest rates for the life of the loan. The following table summarizes certain terms of the residential loans we expect to acquire upon the closing of this offering:

                                         
    Weighted   Average            
    Average   Principal   Weighted   Weighted   Weighted
    Loan to   Amount   Average   Average   Average
    Value   Outstanding   Interest Rate   Initial Term   Remaining Term
   
 
 
 
 
Ten Year Fixed Rate Loans     37 %   $ 123,750       5.25 %   360 Months   58 Months
Fifteen Year Fixed Rate Loans     56 %   $ 103,064       5.25 %   360 Months   58 Months
Twenty Year Fixed Rate Loans     58 %   $ 128,880       5.78 %   360 Months   58 Months
Thirty Year Fixed Rate Loans     64 %   $ 167,507       5.91 %   360 Months   58 Months
7/23 Balloon Loans     64 %   $ 273,000       5.00 %   360 Months   58 Months
3/1 ARMS     72 %   $ 433,311       4.58 %   360 Months   58 Months
5/1 ARMS     73 %   $ 326,122       5.20 %   360 Months   58 Months
5/6 ARMS     73 %   $ 356,100       5.22 %   360 Months   58 Months
7/1 ARMS     72 %   $ 443,152       5.11 %   360 Months   58 Months
7/6 ARMS     80 %   $ 999,900       5.50 %   360 Months   58 Months
3/6 IO ARMS     72 %   $ 709,450       4.71 %   360 Months   58 Months
5/1 IO ARMS     75 %   $ 176,250       5.50 %   360 Months   58 Months
5/6 IO ARMS     73 %   $ 454,889       4.87 %   360 Months   58 Months
7/1 IO ARMS     70 %   $ 407,700       5.42 %   360 Months   58 Months
7/6 IO ARMS     68 %   $ 491,942       5.32 %   360 Months   58 Months

      Commercial Mortgage Bridge Loans. Upon the closing of this offering, we will acquire approximately $42.5 million commercial mortgage bridge loans. The following table summarizes certain terms of the commercial mortgage bridge loans we expect to acquire upon the closing of this offering:

                                 
Weighted   Average Principal   Weighted   Weighted Average    
Average Loan to   Amount   Average   Fixed Charge   Weighted Average
Value   Outstanding   Interest Rate   Coverage Ratio   Initial Term

 
 
 
 
57.5%   $ 8,758,333       12.33 %     ______X     12 Months

Ownership of Our Shares

     Upon the closing of this offering, the purchasers of common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will own in the aggregate approximately    % of our outstanding common stock and our officers, directors, advisory board member and Sapphire Advisors LLC will own in the aggregate of approximately    %.

3


Table of Contents

Relationships

     We will have a strategic relationship with Sunset Mortgage Company, L.P. (Sunset Mortgage) and two of its affiliates, Sunset Direct and Sunset Commercial. See “Certain Relationships—Relationship with Sunset Mortgage.” Sunset Mortgage was established in 1991 as a mortgage banking company. It now has a nationwide network of approximately 375 corporate branch offices throughout the United States which generated approximately $2.4 billion in mortgage loan originations in 2003. We have entered into an agreement with Sunset Mortgage, Sunset Direct and Sunset Commercial, pursuant to which we will have the right of first offer on the purchase of all residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage bridge loans originated by these companies. The agreement is for a term of three years and automatically renews for one year terms unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the applicable renewal term. The purpose of this agreement is to provide us a potential source of mortgage loans meeting our investment criteria, and to provide Sunset a potential buyer for the mortgages it originates. The right of first offer agreement provides us the right, but not the obligation to acquire these loans at a mutually acceptable price. This agreement does not preclude us from acquiring competitive products from any other sources nor does it preclude Sunset Mortgage from refusing our offer. Neither Sunset Mortgage nor we received any compensation for entering into the right of first offer agreement. James Porter, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sunset Mortgage, has agreed to serve on our advisory board. As consideration for Mr. Porter joining our advisory board, he received 20,000 shares of restricted stock for a total purchase price of $20 (par value).

     For assistance with our formation, identifying a credit facility and identifying underwriters for this offering, Sapphire Advisors will receive, immediately prior to the closing of this offering, a warrant to acquire a number of shares of our common stock equal to 2.33% of the aggregate number of shares sold to the underwriters in this offering. The exercise price of the warrant will be the same as the price you pay for the common stock in this offering. In addition, as of the closing date of this offering, Sapphire Advisors will own a number of shares of common stock equal to 3% of the shares sold in this offering. As of December 31, 2003 Sapphire Advisors owned 311,127 shares that were acquired from us at formation for $21,333.

     As of the closing date of this offering, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Bert Watson, will own a number of our shares of common stock equal to 1.5% of the shares sold in this offering. As of December 31, 2003 Bert Watson owned 155,540 shares that were acquired from us at formation for $10,666.

     In order to meet our costs related to this offering, including legal and accounting fees, and organizational expenses, Sapphire Advisors loaned us $30,000 on November 15, 2003. The loan has a term of one year and bears interest at a rate of 1.49% per annum. On December 8, 2003, Bert Watson, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, loaned us an additional $15,000 for costs related to this offering and organizational expenses on the same terms as the loan made by Sapphire Advisors. On December 26, 2003, Scott Silver, a principal of Sapphire Advisors, personally loaned us $100,000 for costs related to this offering and organizational expenses on the same terms as the previous two loans. We anticipate pre-paying all three loans without penalty with a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

Summary Risk Factors

     You should review the “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 for a discussion of material risks that should be considered before investing in our common stock. Some of these risk factors include:

    We were organized in October 2003, and have no operating history.

    Our management team has no experience managing a REIT.

4


Table of Contents

    The yield on most of our investments will be sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates and changes in prepayment rates, which may result in our borrowing rates exceeding asset yields and consequently reducing or eliminating net income derived from our investments.

    We will be dependent on our warehouse line of credit, our ability to securitize our assets and, to a lesser extent, our ability to enter into reverse repurchase agreements for funding of our mortgage loan acquisitions. Any failure to obtain or maintain adequate funding under these financing arrangements or at attractive terms could harm our operations and our overall performance.

    Our operations are expected to be highly leveraged and we are not limited as to the amount of debt we can incur, and any debt incurred will increase our exposure to losses.

    Our operating and investment policies may be changed by our board of directors at any time without the consent of stockholders.

    If we fail to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT, our distributions will not be deductible by us, and our income will be subject to taxation, reducing our earnings available for distribution.

    We intend to use hedging strategies that involve risk and that may not be successful in insulating us from exposure to changing interest and prepayment rates.

    Our articles of incorporation prohibit you from owing or transferring your shares to someone that would then own more than 9.8% of any class of our capital stock without prior board approval.

    We may make distributions that include a return of capital.

Our Tax Status

     We intend to qualify and will elect to be taxed as a REIT under the REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2004. Provided we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal corporate income tax on taxable income that is distributed to our stockholders. REITs are subject to a number of organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that they currently distribute at least 90% of their annual REIT taxable income. Although we do not intend to request a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service as to our REIT status, upon the closing of this offering, we will receive an opinion from our counsel, Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP, with respect to our qualification as a REIT and the “Federal Income Tax Consequences” section of this prospectus identifying and fairly summarizing the federal income tax consequences that will likely be material to a holder of our common stock. This opinion was based on a number of assumptions and representations about our ongoing business and investment activities and other matters. No assurance can be given that we will be able to comply with these assumptions and representations in the future. Furthermore, this opinion is not binding on the IRS or any court. Failure to qualify as a REIT would render us subject to federal income tax (including any applicable alternative minimum tax) on our taxable income at regular corporate rates and distributions to our stockholders would not be deductible by us. Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to federal, state and local taxes on our income and property. In connection with our election to be taxed as a REIT, our articles of incorporation impose restrictions on the transfer and ownership of our stock. See “Risk Factors—Tax Risks,” “Federal Income Tax Consequences—Taxation of Our Company—General” and “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

5


Table of Contents

Distribution Policy

     As a REIT, we are required to distribute annually at least 90% of our REIT taxable income to our stockholders. Our board of directors has the discretion to make distributions that include a return of capital. Distributions are usually taxable to stockholders as ordinary income, although a portion of the distribution may be designated as a capital gain or constitute a tax-free return of capital. Annually, we will provide each of our stockholders a statement detailing distributions paid during the preceding year and their characterization as ordinary income, capital gain or return of capital. Because our ability to make distributions will depend upon a variety of factors, including the amount of our earnings and our financial condition, we are unable to predict when we will first make a distribution to our stockholders. We currently anticipate that our first distribution will be paid for the quarter ended June 30, 2004, including pro rata for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 (pro rated from the date of closing through March 31, 2004).

6


Table of Contents

The Offering

     
Common stock offered                       shares
     
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering                       shares
     
Use of proceeds   Our public offering expenses are estimated at $                     (including underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters of $                     ). We will use the net proceeds of $                     from this offering and $                     from our warehouse line of credit to purchase our initial portfolio of residential mortgage loans and $                     of the net proceeds to purchase commercial mortgage bridge loans. Additionally, we will use a portion of our net proceeds to pre-pay loans in the aggregate principal amount of $145,000 made to us by Sapphire Advisors, Bert Watson and Scott Silver to pay costs related to this offering, including legal and accounting fees, and organizational expenses.
     
Proposed NYSE symbol(1)   SFO


    (1) We have applied for listing on the NYSE under the proposed symbol “SFO.”

     Except as otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

     The common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on                     shares outstanding as of December 31, 2003, which excludes: (1) approximately             shares of our common stock available for future grants or issuances under our 2003 Share Incentive Plan (the exact number of shares reserved for future grants or issuances will be 10% of the number of shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to this offering); and (2) approximately             shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant to be issued to Sapphire Advisors immediately prior to the closing of this offering (the exact number of shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant will be a number equal to 2.33% of the number of shares sold to the underwriters in this offering).

     Assuming proceeds to us from this offering of $                     ($                     net proceeds) the underwriters would receive underwriting discounts and commissions of $                     , which is                     % of the net offering proceeds we expect to receive.

7


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      You should carefully consider the following risk factors in conjunction with the other information in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the events described in any of the following risks occur, our business, assets, liquidity, operating results, prospects and financial condition could be adversely affected. As a result, our common stock’s trading price could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. The risk factors described below are not the only risks that may affect us. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we presently do not deem material may also adversely affect our business, assets, liquidity, operating results, prospects and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

We do not have any operating history and might not be able to operate our business or implement our operating and investment policies successfully.

     We were formed in October 2003, and we do not have any operating history. The results of our operations will depend on many factors, including the availability of opportunities for the acquisition of residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage bridge loans, the level and volatility of interest rates, readily accessible short-term and long-term funding alternatives in the financial markets and general economic conditions. Moreover, delays in investing the proceeds of any prepayments or repayments on our mortgage loans or the net proceeds of any future offering may cause our performance to be weaker than other fully invested mortgage REITs pursuing comparable investment strategies. You will not have the opportunity to evaluate the manner in which we invest or the economic merits of particular assets to be acquired by us in the future prior to our investment. Furthermore, we face the risk that we might not successfully implement our operating and investment policies or operate our business as described in this prospectus.

Our management team has no experience managing a REIT.

     Our management team has never managed a REIT, nor have they sponsored a program with investment objectives similar to our investment objectives. Because of management’s lack of REIT experience and the fact that management has never sponsored a program with investment objectives similar to ours, we might not be able to successfully implement our operating and investment policies.

An interruption or reduction in the securitization markets or change in terms offered by these markets could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and business prospects.

     We anticipate that a primary future source of our funding will be securitizations of our mortgage loans. The securitization market is dependent upon a number of factors, including general economic conditions, conditions in the securities market generally and conditions in the asset-backed securities market specifically. In addition, poor performance of any loans we may securitize in the future could harm our future access to the securitization market. Accordingly, a decline in the securitization market or in our ability to obtain attractive terms could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and business prospects.

Failure to obtain or maintain adequate funding under warehouse facilities and reverse repurchase agreements may harm our results of operations .

     Although we expect to fund future acquisitions primarily through securitizations and our warehouse lines of credit, and to a lesser extent we may use borrowings under reverse repurchase agreements to acquire mortgage loans. Any failure to obtain or maintain adequate funding under our warehouse lines of credit or our inability to enter into reverse repurchase agreements at attractive terms could harm our operations and

8


Table of Contents

our overall performance. An increase in the cost of financing in excess of any change in the income derived from our mortgage assets could also harm our earnings and reduce the cash available for distributions to our stockholders.

If the value of the assets we pledge to secure loans declines, we will experience losses and may lose our REIT status.

     A substantial portion of our borrowings are expected to be in the form of collateralized borrowings. If the value of the assets pledged to secure our borrowings were to decline, we would be required to post additional collateral, reduce the amount borrowed or suffer forced sales of the collateral. If sales were made at prices lower than the carrying value of the collateral, we would experience additional losses. If we are forced to liquidate qualified REIT real estate assets to repay borrowings, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain compliance with the REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code regarding asset and source of income requirements. If we are unable to maintain our status as a REIT, our distributions will not be deductible by us, and our income will be subject to taxation, reducing our earnings available for distribution.

Termination of our agreement with Sunset Mortgage or poor performance by Sunset Mortgage may increase the cost to us of acquiring loans.

     Sunset Mortgage and two of its affiliates have entered into a three year agreement (automatically renewable for one year terms) with us, granting us a right of first offer to purchase residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage bridge loans that satisfy criteria specified by us. If the agreement is terminated or not renewed by the parties, if Sunset Mortgage and its affiliates do not accept our offer or perform poorly so that they have fewer loans to offer to us, we may face substantial competition in acquiring other suitable investments from other sources, which could increase our costs.

Future revisions to our policies can be made without stockholder consent creating uncertainty for investors that may increase the risk and change the nature of your investment.

     Our board of directors has established our operating and investment policies. Although our board of directors has no current intention to do so, these policies may be amended or revised at any time at the discretion of our board without a vote of our stockholders. A change in these policies may increase the risk and change the nature of your investment.

Our operations are expected to be highly leveraged, without limit as to the amount of debt we can incur and any debt incurred will increase our exposure to losses .

     We initially expect to leverage our assets primarily with loans under our warehouse line of credit, and to a lesser extent, with reverse repurchase agreements and securitizations, and thereafter, assuming appropriate market conditions, primarily through securitizations. The terms of these borrowings may provide for a fixed or adjustable rate of interest, and may provide for any term to maturity that we deem appropriate. Leverage can reduce the net income available for distributions to stockholders. If the interest income on the assets we purchase with borrowed funds fails to cover the cost of the borrowings, we will experience net interest losses and may experience net losses and erosion or elimination of your equity.

Complying with REIT requirements may force us to liquidate otherwise attractive investments.

     In order to qualify as a REIT, we must ensure that at the end of each calendar quarter at least 75% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash items, government securities and qualified REIT real estate assets. The remainder of our investment in securities generally cannot include more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer or more than 10% of the total value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer. In addition, generally, no more than 5% of the value of our assets can consist of the securities of any one issuer. If we fail to comply with these requirements, we

9


Table of Contents

must dispose of a portion of our assets within 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in order to avoid losing our REIT status and suffering adverse tax consequences.

Complying with REIT requirements may limit our ability to hedge effectively.

     The existing REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code substantially limit our ability to hedge our mortgage loan assets. Under these provisions, our annual income from qualified hedges, together with any other income not generated from qualified REIT real estate assets, is limited to less than 25% of our gross income. In addition, we must limit our aggregate income from hedging and services from all sources, other than from qualified REIT real estate assets or qualified hedges, to less than 5% of our annual gross income. As a result, we might in the future have to limit our use of advantageous hedging techniques. This could leave us exposed to greater risks associated with changes in interest rates than we would otherwise want to bear. If we were to violate the 25% or 5% limitations, we might have to pay a penalty tax equal to the amount of our income in excess of those limitations, multiplied by a fraction intended to reflect our profitability. If we fail to satisfy the 25% or 5% limitations, unless our failure was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, we could lose our REIT status for federal income tax purposes.

We may not be able to achieve our leverage goals, which could cause us to experience losses or reduced profits.

     Our ability to achieve our investment objectives depends to a significant extent on our ability to borrow money in sufficient amounts and at rates lower than the interest rates earned on our mortgage loans. We may not be able to achieve the degree of leverage we believe to be optimal due to decreases in the number of our mortgage loans we can borrow against, decreases in the market value of our mortgage loans, changes in the availability of financing in the market, conditions then applicable in the lending market and other factors. This may cause us to experience losses or reduced profits.

     Specifically, we do not currently have a warehouse line or other credit facility that may be used to purchase commercial mortgage bridge loans. Until such time as we are able to secure a facility to acquire these loans, we will not be able to use leverage to purchase commercial mortgage bridge loans, which could adversely effect our earnings and reduce the cash available for distributions to our stockholders. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such a facility on favorable terms or at all.

Risks Related to Mortgage Loans and Our Acquisition Activities

Interest rate fluctuations will affect the value of our mortgage loans, our net income and the market value of our net assets.

     Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations and other factors beyond our control. Interest rate fluctuations can adversely affect our income and the value of our common stock in many ways and present a variety of risks, including the risk that our borrowing rates exceed our asset yields.

     Our operating results will depend in large part on differences between the income from our assets (net of credit losses) and our borrowing costs. Initially, we intend to fund a substantial portion of our assets with borrowings that have interest rates that reset relatively rapidly, such as monthly or quarterly. We anticipate that, in most cases, the income from our assets will respond more slowly to interest rate fluctuations than the cost of our borrowings, creating a potential mismatch between asset yields and borrowing rates. Consequently, increases in the cost of our borrowings will tend to decrease our net income and market value of our net assets. Interest rate fluctuations resulting in our interest expense exceeding interest income on our assets would result in our incurring operating losses.

10


Table of Contents

Variances in the yield curve may adversely affect our net income and the market value of our net assets.

     The relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates is often referred to as the “yield curve.” Ordinarily, short-term interest rates are lower than long-term interest rates. If short-term interest rates rise disproportionately relative to long-term interest rates (a flattening of the yield curve), our borrowing costs may increase more rapidly than the interest income earned on our assets. Because our borrowings will primarily bear interest at short-term rates and our assets will primarily bear interest at medium-term to long-term rates, a flattening of the yield curve will tend to decrease our net income and market value of our net assets. Additionally, to the extent cash flows from long-term assets that return scheduled and unscheduled principal are reinvested, the spread between the yields of the new assets and available borrowing rates may decline and also may tend to decrease the net income and market value of our net assets. It is also possible that short-term interest rates may adjust relative to long-term interest rates such that the level of short-term rates exceeds the level of long-term rates (a yield curve inversion). In this case, our borrowing costs may exceed our interest income and we could incur operating losses.

Actual and implied interest rate volatility will affect the value of our mortgage loans and the value of the instruments we use to hedge our funding costs.

     Actual and implied interest rate volatility can be created by many factors beyond our control. Interest rate volatility will adversely affect the value of our mortgage loans and the value of the instruments we use to hedge our funding costs.

Prepayment rates on our mortgage loan assets could increase, thus adversely affecting our yields.

     The value of our mortgage loan assets may be affected by prepayment rates. Prepayment rates are influenced by changes in current interest rates and a variety of economic, geographic and other factors beyond our control, and consequently, prepayment rates cannot be predicted with certainty. In periods of declining mortgage interest rates, prepayments on mortgage assets generally increase. If general interest rates decline as well, the prepayment proceeds received during these periods are likely to be reinvested by us in assets yielding less than the yields on the investments that were prepaid. In addition, the market value of the mortgage loan assets may, because of the risk of prepayment, benefit less than other fixed-income securities from declining interest rates. Conversely, in periods of rising interest rates, prepayments on mortgage loan assets generally decrease, in which case we would not have the prepayment proceeds available to invest in assets with higher yields. Under certain interest rate and prepayment scenarios, we may fail to recoup fully our cost of acquisition of certain investments.

     In addition, prepayments of loans receivable may affect our “spread” on any pools of mortgage loans that we securitize. Prepayments of mortgage loans that have higher interest rates negatively impact the value of our retained interests to a greater extent than prepayments of loans that have lower interest rates. Prepayments in excess of our assumptions will cause a decline in the value of our retained interests primarily relating to the excess funds expected from our securitization transactions. For example, if a $1.0 million loan with an interest rate of 10% prepays and the “all-in cost” of the mortgage-backed securities that such loan was securing was 7%, we would lose the 3% spread expected on that loan in future periods. Our “all-in cost” includes interest, servicing and other on-going costs.

We might experience reduced net interest income or a loss from holding fixed rate investments during periods of rising interest rates.

     We may fund our acquisition of fixed rate mortgage loans with short-term floating rate debt instruments. During periods of rising interest rates, our costs associated with borrowings used to fund the acquisition of fixed rate mortgage loans are subject to increases while the income we earn from these assets remains substantially fixed. This would reduce and could eliminate the net interest spread

11


Table of Contents

between the fixed rate mortgage loans that we purchase and our borrowings used to purchase them, which would reduce our net interest income and could cause us to suffer a loss.

We may be subject to the risks associated with inadequate or untimely services from sub-servicers, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

     We will contract for the sub-servicing of our loans with third-party sub-servicers. This arrangement will allow us to increase the volume of the loans we purchase without incurring the expenses associated with servicing operations. However, as with any external service provider, we will be subject to the risks associated with inadequate or untimely services. We do not currently have any arrangements in place for the servicing of our loans, but will upon the closing of this offering. Many borrowers require notices and reminders to keep their loans current and to prevent delinquencies and foreclosures. A substantial increase in our delinquency rate that results from improper servicing or mortgage loan performance in general could adversely affect our ability to securitize our mortgage loans in the future.

     It is customary for sub-servicing agreements with third-party sub-servicers to provide that if we terminate the agreement without cause, we would be required to pay the third-party sub-servicer a fee. Depending upon the size of our loan portfolio being sub-serviced at any point in time, the termination penalty that we would be obligated to pay upon termination without cause could be substantial.

     We will subcontract with sub-servicers to service loans in our securitizations. With respect to such loans, the related pooling and servicing agreements will permit us to be terminated as servicer under specific conditions described in such agreements, which generally include the failure to make payments, including servicing advances, within specific time periods. Termination would usually be at the option of the trustee, financial guaranty insurer and/or security holders. If, as a result of a sub-servicer’s failure to perform adequately, we were terminated as servicer of a securitization, the value of any servicing rights we hold would be adversely impacted.

Our investment strategy contemplates acquiring commercial loans which generally involve a greater risk of loss than residential loans.

     Commercial loans are considered to involve a higher degree of risk than residential loans because of a variety of factors, including generally larger loan balances, dependency for repayment on successful operation of the mortgaged property and tenant businesses operating on the property, and loan terms that include amortization schedules longer than the stated maturity which provide for balloon payments at stated maturity rather than periodic principal payments.

We have risk of loss on our mortgage loan assets.

     The value of our residential and commercial mortgage loan assets may be affected adversely by a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

    national, regional and local economic conditions;

    changes or continued weakness in specific industry segments;

    declining real estate property values;

    geographic concentration of our mortgage loans and natural hazard risks affecting those regions;

    with respect to commercial property, perceptions by prospective tenants, retailers and shoppers of the safety, convenience, services and attractiveness of the property;

    with respect to commercial property, the willingness and ability of the property’s owner to provide capable management and adequate maintenance;

12


Table of Contents

    construction quality, age and design;

    demographic factors;

    retroactive changes to building or similar codes; and

    increases in operating expenses (such as energy costs).

Our investment strategy includes investing in commercial mortgage bridge loans that may not be secured by income producing real properties, which may involve greater risks of loss .

     We intend to acquire commercial mortgage bridge loans secured by property which may not be income-producing which involves a higher degree of risk than long-term senior mortgage lending secured by income-producing real property. This increased risk is due to of a variety of factors, including difficulties in finding suitable long-term financing and loan terms that often require little or no amortization.

An additional type of leverage contemplated by our investment strategy, reverse repurchase agreements, the risk that the market value of the assets that we are required to repurchase may decline below the repurchase price of the assets we have sold .

     We may enter into reverse repurchase agreements to finance a portion of our future portfolio purchases. Reverse repurchase agreements involve sales by us of portfolio assets, concurrently with an agreement by us to repurchase these assets at a later date at a fixed price. During the reverse repurchase agreement period, we continue to receive principal and fixed rate interest payments on these assets. These types of transactions involve the risk that the market value of the assets we sold but are obligated to repurchase will decrease below the amount of our repurchase obligation under the agreement. In addition, if the buyer of assets under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, our use of the proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party or its trustee or receiver whether to enforce our obligation to repurchase the securities. Reductions in the market value of the portfolio assets sold pursuant to a reverse repurchase agreement below the amount of our repurchase obligation may require us to sell additional assets or borrow additional funds to meet our repurchase obligations. As a result, these transactions could adversely affect our results of operations and cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

We intend to use hedging strategies that involve risk and that may not be successful in insulating us from exposure to changing interest and prepayment rates.

     We intend to enter into hedging transactions primarily to protect ourselves from the effect of interest rate fluctuations on our floating rate borrowings and also to protect our portfolio of mortgage loans from interest rate fluctuations. Because the decision to engage in particular hedging activities will depend upon market conditions, we cannot quantify the extent to which any particular hedging activity will be utilized. We anticipate that these hedging activities will include, among other derivative securities, short sales, purchases of treasury options, mortgage-backed securities and futures, interest rate swaps, caps and floors and other transactions involving derivative securities. There can be no assurance that our hedging activities will have the desired beneficial impact on our results of operations or financial condition. Moreover, no hedging activity can completely insulate us from the risks associated with changes in interest rates.

     Our directors will be responsible for reviewing the extent and effect of our hedging activities. The amount of income we may earn from our hedging instruments is subject to limitations under the REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. These limitations may result in management electing to have us bear a level of interest rate risk that could otherwise be hedged when management believes, based on all relevant facts, that bearing such risk is advisable to maintain our status as a REIT.

13


Table of Contents

Interest rate hedging can be expensive, particularly during periods of rising and volatile interest rates, which could harm our results of operations.

     During periods of rising and volatile interest rates, there is a higher demand for hedging transactions as parties seek to mitigate the risks associated with the interest rate environment. A greater demand for hedging transactions makes entering into those transactions more expensive, even though the potential benefits of hedging remain relatively constant. To the extent more parties seek to hedge interest rate risk, we may incur greater expense to enter into such transactions, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Competition might prevent us from acquiring mortgage loan assets at favorable yields, which would harm our results of operations.

     Our net income depends on our ability to acquire mortgage loans at favorable spreads over our borrowing costs. In acquiring mortgage loan assets, we compete with other REITs, investment banking firms, savings and loan associations, banks, insurance companies, mutual funds and other lenders and entities that purchase mortgage loans, many of which have greater financial resources than we do. As a result, we may not be able to acquire sufficient mortgage loans at favorable spreads over our borrowing costs, which would harm our results of operations.

We may not be successful in identifying suitable acquisitions that meet our criteria, which may impede our growth and negatively affect our results of operations.

     Our ability to expand through acquisitions of loan portfolios is integral to our business strategy and requires us to identify suitable acquisition candidates or investment opportunities that meet our criteria and are compatible with our growth strategy. We may not be successful in identifying suitable assets that meet our acquisition criteria or in consummating acquisitions on suitable terms. Failure to identify or consummate acquisitions will reduce the number of acquisitions we complete and slow our growth, which could in turn adversely affect our stock price.

Our mortgage loans may be concentrated in specific geographic regions and any adverse market or economic conditions in those regions may have a disproportionately adverse effect on the ability of our customers to make their loan payments.

     Our mortgage loans in our initial portfolio are and may continue to be concentrated in specific geographic regions. For example, in our initial portfolio, 32.9% (by outstanding principal balance) of our residential mortgage loans were originated with borrowers located in California. Adverse market or economic conditions in a particular region may disproportionately increase the risk that borrowers in that region are unable to make their mortgage payments. In addition, the market value of the real estate securing those mortgage loans could be adversely affected by adverse market and economic conditions in that region. Any sustained period of increased payment delinquencies, foreclosures or losses caused by adverse market or economic conditions in that geographic region could adversely affect both our net interest income from loans in our portfolio as well as our ability to sell and securitize loans, which would significantly harm our revenues and results of operations.

We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans that we have sold or to indemnify holders of our mortgage-backed securities.

     If any of the mortgage loans that we securitize do not comply with the representations and warranties that we make about the characteristics of the loans, the borrowers and the properties securing the loans, we may be required to repurchase those loans that we have securitized, or replace them with substitute loans or cash. If this occurs, we may have to bear any associated losses directly. In addition, we may be required to indemnify the purchasers of such loans for losses or expenses incurred as a result of a breach of a representation or warranty made by us. Repurchased loans typically require an allocation of working capital to carry on our books, and our ability to borrow against such assets is limited,

14


Table of Contents

which could limit the amount by which we can leverage our equity. Any significant repurchases or indemnification payments could significantly harm our cash flow and results of operations.

New legislation may restrict our ability to acquire and sell mortgage loans, negatively impeding our revenues.

     In recent years, federal and several state and local laws, rules and regulations have been adopted, or are under consideration, that are intended to eliminate certain lending practices, often referred to as “predatory” lending practices, that are considered to be abusive. Many of these laws, rules and regulations restrict commonly accepted lending activities and impose additional costly and burdensome compliance requirements. These laws, rules and regulations impose certain restrictions on loans on which certain points and fees or the annual percentage rate, or APR, meets or exceeds specified thresholds. Some of these restrictions expose a lender to risks of litigation and regulatory sanction regardless of how carefully a loan is underwritten. In addition, an increasing number of these laws, rules and regulations seek to impose liability for violations on the purchasers of mortgage loans, regardless of whether a purchaser knew of or participated in the violation. Accordingly, as a purchaser of mortgage loans, in certain states we may be subject to liability for any loans that do not comply with these laws, rules and regulations. In addition, the third parties that purchase or provide financing for our loans will not want and will not be contractually required, to purchase or finance loans that do not comply with these laws, rules and regulations.

     The difficulty of managing the compliance risks presented by these laws, rules and regulations may decrease the availability of warehouse financing and the overall demand for the purchase of our loans. These laws, rules and regulations will increase our cost of doing business as we will be required to develop systems and procedures to ensure that we do not violate any aspect of these requirements.

     Our goal is to avoid purchasing loans that meet or exceed the APR or “points and fees” threshold of these laws, rules and regulations. If we elect to relax our self-imposed restrictions on purchasing loans, subject to these laws, rules and regulations, we will be subject to greater risks for actual or perceived non-compliance with the laws, rules and regulations, including demands for indemnification or loan repurchases from the parties to whom we broker or sell loans, class action lawsuits, increased defenses to foreclosure of individual loans in default, individual claims for significant monetary damages, and administrative enforcement actions. Any of the foregoing could significantly harm our business, cash flow, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

One-action rules may harm the value of the security interest.

     Several states have laws that prohibit more than one action to enforce a mortgage obligation, and some courts have construed the term “action” broadly. In such jurisdictions, if the judicial action is not conducted according to law, there may be no other recourse in enforcing a mortgage obligation, thereby decreasing the value of the security interest.

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Structure

Potential future offerings could dilute the interest of our common stockholders .

     We expect in the future to increase our capital resources by making additional offerings of equity and debt securities, including classes of preferred stock and common stock. The effect of additional equity offerings may be the dilution of the equity of stockholders or the reduction of the price of shares of the common stock, or both. We are unable to estimate the amount, timing or nature of additional offerings as they will depend upon market conditions and other factors.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and significant dilution in the book value per share.

     The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than what our net

15


Table of Contents

tangible book value per share will be immediately after this offering. Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of approximately $   in net tangible book value per share of common stock from the price payable for our common stock in this offering.

Failure to maintain exemption from the Investment Company Act would adversely affect our results of operations.

     We intend to conduct our business so as not to become regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, we do not expect to be subject to the restrictive provisions of the Investment Company Act. The Investment Company Act excludes from regulation entities that are primarily engaged in the business of purchasing or otherwise acquiring “mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate.” Under the current interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (Commission), in order to qualify for this exemption, we must, among other things, maintain at least 55% of our assets directly in mortgage loans, qualifying pass-through certificates and certain other qualifying interests in real estate and an additional 25% of our assets in the same type of assets. In addition, unless certain mortgage-backed securities represent all the certificates issued with respect to an underlying pool of mortgage loans, such securities may be treated as securities separate from the underlying mortgage loans and thus, may not qualify as qualifying interests in real estate for purposes of the 55% requirement. The types of assets we acquire, therefore, will be limited to those that enable us to comply with the Commission’s interpretations. If we fail to qualify for exemption from registration as an investment company, our ability to use leverage would be substantially reduced, and we would be unable to conduct our business as described in this prospectus. Any such failure to qualify for such exemption would have a material adverse affect on our results of operations.

We may not be able to make distributions to our stockholders in the future.

     We intend to make quarterly distributions to our stockholders in amounts such that all or substantially all of our taxable income in each year, subject to certain adjustments, is distributed. This, along with other factors, should enable us to qualify for the tax benefits accorded to a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code. However, our ability to make distributions may be adversely affected by the risk factors described in this prospectus. All distributions will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our REIT status and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We may not be able to pay distributions in the future or we may pay distributions that represent a return of capital.

Our articles of incorporation do not permit ownership in excess of 9.8% of any class or series of our capital stock, and attempts to acquire any class or series of our capital stock in excess of the 9.8% limit without prior approval from our board of directors may be void; these restrictions may have an anti-takeover effect on us.

     For the purpose of preserving our REIT qualification, our articles of incorporation prohibit beneficial or constructive ownership by any person of more than 9.8% of the aggregate value of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. Our articles of incorporation’s constructive ownership rules are complex and may cause the outstanding stock owned by a group of related individuals or entities to be deemed to be constructively owned by one individual or entity. As a result, the acquisition of less than 9.8% of any class or series of our capital stock outstanding by an individual or entity could cause that individual or entity to own constructively in excess of 9.8% of any class or series of our capital stock outstanding, and thus be subject to the ownership limitations. Any attempt to own or transfer shares of our capital stock in excess of the ownership limit without the consent of the board of directors may be void, and could result in the shares being automatically transferred to a charitable trust. This provision of our articles of incorporation may have an anti-takeover effect and may prevent stockholders from receiving a control premium for their shares.

Certain provisions of Maryland law may have an anti-takeover effect and investors may be prevented from receiving a control premium for their shares.

16


Table of Contents

Provisions contained in Maryland general corporation law may have effects that delay, defer or prevent takeover attempts, which may prevent stockholders from receiving a control premium for their shares. For example, these provisions may defer or prevent tender offers for our common stock or purchases of large blocks of our common stock, thereby limiting the opportunities for our stockholders to receive a premium for their common stock over then-prevailing market prices. Although our articles of incorporation contain a provision exempting the acquisition of common stock by any person from the control share acquisition statute, there can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future.

     Maryland statutory law provides that an act of a director relating to or affecting an acquisition or a potential acquisition of control of a corporation may not be subject to a higher duty or greater scrutiny than is applied to any other act of a director. Hence, directors of a Maryland corporation are not required to act in takeover situations under the same standards as apply in Delaware and other jurisdictions.

We indemnify our officers and directors and their liability is limited under applicable law.

     Our articles of incorporation limit the liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law, and our articles of incorporation and bylaws provide for indemnification of our directors to the extent allowed under Maryland law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements which provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the fullest extent allowed under Maryland law. We intend to have director’s and officer’s insurance for our benefit and the benefit of our officers and directors.

Employee benefit plans should consider ERISA risks of investing in our common stock .

     Fiduciaries of employee benefit plans subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), should consider the ERISA fiduciary responsibility provisions before authorizing an investment by a plan in our common stock. In addition, fiduciaries of employee benefit plans or other retirement arrangements (such as individual retirement accounts or certain H.R. 10 or Keogh Plans) which are subject to Title I of ERISA, and/or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, as well as any entity, including an insurance company general account, whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan or account investing in such entity, should consult with their legal counsel to determine whether an investment in our common stock will cause our assets to be considered plan assets pursuant to the plan asset regulations set forth at 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101, thereby subjecting our assets to the prohibited transaction rules and fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA, or cause the excise tax provisions of Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code to apply to our assets, unless some exception or exemption granted by the Department of Labor applies to the acquisition, holding and transfer of the common stock.

Tax Risks

      An investment in our common stock has various federal income tax risks. Although the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code relevant to your investment are generally described in “Federal Income Tax Consequences” beginning on page 56, we strongly urge you to consult your own tax advisor concerning the effects of federal, state and local income tax law on an investment in our common stock and on your individual tax situation.

If we fail to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT, our distributions will not be deductible by us, and our income will be subject to taxation, reducing our earnings available for distribution.

     We intend to qualify as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code, which will afford us significant tax advantages. The requirements for this qualification, however, are highly technical and complex and even a technical or inadvertent mistake could jeopardize our REIT status. If we fail to meet these requirements and lose our REIT qualification, our distributions will not be deductible by us and we will have to pay a corporate level tax on our income. This would substantially reduce our earnings, our cash available to pay distributions and your yield on your investment in our common stock. In addition, such a

17


Table of Contents

tax liability might cause us to borrow funds, liquidate some of our investments or take other steps which could negatively affect our operating results. Moreover, if our REIT status is terminated because of our failure to meet a technical REIT requirement or if we voluntarily revoke our election, we would not qualify as a REIT for the year in which we lost or revoked our REIT election and we would generally be disqualified from electing treatment as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year in which our REIT status was lost.

We may be unable to comply with the strict income distribution requirements applicable to REITs or compliance with such requirements could adversely affect our financial condition.

     To obtain the favorable treatment associated with qualifying as a REIT, we must distribute to our stockholders with respect to each year at least 90% of our REIT taxable income. In addition, we are subject to a tax on the undistributed portion of our income at regular corporate rates and also may be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax on this undistributed income. We could be required to either sell assets or borrow funds on a short-term basis to meet the distribution requirements that are necessary to achieve the tax benefits associated with qualifying as a REIT, even if conditions are not favorable for borrowing, which could adversely affect our financial condition.

Our ability to satisfy the income and asset tests applicable to REITs will be dependent on the nature of our assets, the sources of our income, and factual determinations, including the value of the real property underlying our loans.

     As a REIT, 75% of our assets must consist of specified real estate related assets and other specified types of investments, and 75% of our gross income must be earned from real estate related sources and other specified types of income. If the value of the real estate securing each of our loans, determined at the date of acquisition of the loans, is less than the highest outstanding balance of the loan for a particular taxable year, then a portion of that loan will not be a qualifying real estate asset and a portion of the interest income will not be qualifying real estate income. Accordingly, in order to determine the extent to which our loans constitute qualifying assets for purposes of the REIT asset tests and the extent to which the interest earned on our loan constitutes qualifying income for purposes of the REIT income tests, we will need to determine the value of the underlying real estate collateral at the time we acquire each loan. Although we will seek to be prudent in making these determinations, there can be no assurance that the IRS might not disagree with our determinations and assert that a lower value is applicable, which could negatively impact our ability to qualify as a REIT. These considerations also might restrict the types of loans that we can make in the future. In addition, the need to comply with those requirements may cause us to acquire other assets that qualify as real estate that are not part of our overall business strategy and might not otherwise be the best investment alternative for us.

The tax on prohibited transactions will limit our ability to engage in transactions, including certain methods of securitizing mortgage loans, that would be treated as sales for federal income tax purposes.

     A REIT’s net income from prohibited transactions is subject to a 100% tax. In general, prohibited transactions are sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, but including mortgage loans, held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. We might be subject to this tax if we were to sell or securitize loans in a manner that was treated as a sale of the loans for federal income tax purposes. Therefore, in order to avoid the prohibited transactions tax, we may choose not to engage in certain sales of loans and may limit the structures we utilize for our securitization transactions even though such sales or structures might otherwise be beneficial for us.

Even if we qualify as a REIT, the income earned by a taxable REIT subsidiary will be subject to federal income tax.

     We formed a taxable REIT subsidiary on November 14, 2003 and may in the future own one or more additional taxable REIT subsidiaries. We expect that these entities will earn income that might otherwise jeopardize our status as a REIT. A taxable REIT subsidiary is taxed as a regular C corporation,

18


Table of Contents

and the income from the activities described above, and other income earned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries will therefore be subject to a corporate level tax, notwithstanding that we qualify as a REIT.

The REIT qualification rules impose limitations on the types of investments and activities that we may undertake which may preclude us from pursuing the most economically beneficial investment alternatives.

     In order to qualify as a REIT, we must satisfy certain income and asset tests, which require that a specified percentage of our income and assets be comprised of certain types of income and assets. Satisfying these requirements might limit our ability to undertake investments and activities that would otherwise be beneficial to us. For example, hedging instruments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the REIT asset tests, and income from hedging instruments is not qualifying income for purposes of the 75% income test. Moreover, only income from hedging instruments that reduce the interest rate risk with respect to debt incurred by us to acquire or carry real estate assets is qualifying income for purposes of the 95% income test. Therefore, in order to maintain our qualification as a REIT, we may choose not to engage in certain hedging transactions, even though such transactions might otherwise be beneficial for us.

The “taxable mortgage pool” rules may limit the manner in which we effect future securitizations.

     There is a significant likelihood that our future securitizations would be considered to result in the creation of taxable mortgage pools. As a REIT, so long as we own 100% of the equity interests in the taxable mortgage pool, we would not be adversely affected by the characterization of our securitizations as taxable mortgage pools (assuming that we do not have any stockholders who might cause a corporate income tax to be imposed upon us by reason of our owning a taxable mortgage pool). We would be precluded, however, from selling to outside investors equity interests in our securitizations or from selling any debt securities issued in connection with the securitization that might be considered to be equity interests for tax purposes. These limitations will preclude us from using certain techniques to maximize our returns from securitization transactions.

Recent change in taxation of corporate distributions may adversely affect the value of our shares.

     The Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 that was signed into law on May 28, 2003, among other things, generally reduces to 15% the maximum marginal rate of tax payable by domestic noncorporate taxpayers on distributions received from a regular C corporation. This reduced tax rate, however, will not apply to distributions made to individuals by a REIT on its stock, except for certain limited amounts. While the earnings of a REIT that are distributed to its stockholders will still generally be subject to less federal income taxation than earnings of a non-REIT C corporation that are distributed to its stockholders net of corporate-level income tax, this legislation could cause individual investors to view the stock of regular C corporations as more attractive relative to the stock of a REIT than was the case prior to the enactment of the legislation. This may be the case because the distributions from regular C corporations would generally be taxed at a lower rate while distributions from REITs will generally be taxed at the same rate as the individual’s other ordinary income. We cannot predict what effect, if any, the enactment of this legislation may have on the value of the stock of REITs in general or on our common stock in particular, either in terms of price or relative to other investments.

19


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND MARKET DATA

     Some of the statements under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Distribution Policy,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Our Company” and elsewhere in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “plan,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “potential,” “should,” “will” and “would” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology.

     The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future performance, taking into account all information currently available to us. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us or are within our control. If a change occurs, our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future. You should carefully consider these risks before you make an investment decision with respect to our common stock, along with the following factors that could cause actual results to vary from our forward-looking statements:

    the factors referenced in this prospectus, including those set forth under the sections captioned “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Our Company;”

    general volatility of the capital markets and potential volatility in the market price of our common stock;

    changes in our business strategy;

    availability, terms and deployment of capital;

    changes in our industry, interest rates or the general economy; and

    the degree and nature of competition.

     Industry and market data included in this prospectus is based on, among other things, publicly available information, industry publications, data compiled by market research firms and similar sources. Although we believe that this information is reliable, we have not independently verified any of this information and we cannot assure you that it is accurate.

20


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

     We expect to use the proceeds from this offering as follows:

Estimated Application of Proceeds of this Offering

                   
      Dollar    
      Amount   Percent
     
 
Gross offering proceeds
  $ 175,000,000       100 %
Public offering expense
  $           %
 
Underwriting discount
  $           %
 
Organizational expenses
  $           %
Amount available for investment
  $           %
 
   
     
 
Costs and fees related to purchase of residential mortgage loans
  $         .... %
Costs and fees related to purchase of commercial mortgage loans
  $           %
 
   
     
 
Repayment of loans made to cover costs related to this offering and organizational expenses
  $ 145,000       .... %
Working capital reserve
  $ 5,000,000         %
 
   
     
 
Proceeds invested
  $         .... %
Public offering expenses
  $           %
 
   
     
 
Total application of proceeds
  $       100 %
 
   
     
 

     We will also borrow $        under our warehouse line of credit to purchase an additional $        of residential mortgage loans. Together with the $        of proceeds (assuming a $15.00 per share offering price), we will acquire approximately $        of residential loans and $        of commercial mortgage bridge loans.

21


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION POLICY

     We intend to distribute substantially all of our REIT taxable income (which does not ordinarily equal net income as calculated in accordance accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP)) to stockholders in each year. We intend to make regular quarterly distributions to holders of our common stock. We intend to pay a pro rata distribution with respect to the period commencing on the completion of this offering and ending June 30, 2004, based on $   per share for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would be $  per share, or an annual distribution rate of approximately $——% based on the initial public offering price. We expect approximately    % of these distributions will represent a return of capital for the tax period ending December 31, 2004. We intend to declare four regular quarterly distributions to be paid out of funds readily available for the payment of distributions. Our distribution policy is subject to revision at the discretion of our board of directors. All distributions will be made by us at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings and financial condition, maintenance of REIT status, applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law (MGCL) and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant.

     In order to maintain our qualification as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code, we must make distributions to our stockholders each year in an amount at least equal to (1) 90% of our REIT taxable income (before deduction of distributions paid and not including any net capital gain), plus (2) 90% of the excess of the net income from foreclosure property over the tax imposed on such income by the Internal Revenue Code, minus (3) any excess noncash income. Our “REIT taxable income” for any year means our taxable income for such year (excluding any net income derived either from property held primarily for sale to customers or from foreclosure property) subject to certain adjustments provided in the REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

     It is anticipated that distributions generally will be taxable as ordinary income to our stockholders, although a portion of such distributions may be designated by us as capital gain or may constitute a return of capital. We will furnish annually to each of our stockholders a statement setting forth distributions paid during the preceding year and their characterization as ordinary income, capital gain or return of capital.

CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth our capitalization at December 31, 2003, (1) on an actual basis and (2) as adjusted to reflect the sale of 11,666,667 shares of common stock offered in this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price per share at the mid-point of the offering range of $14.00 to $16.00:

                   
      As of December 31, 2003
     
      Actual   As Adjusted (1) (2)
     
 
Preferred stock, par value $.001 Authorized – 50,000,000 shares None issued and outstanding
  $ 0     $ 0  
Common stock, par value $.001 Authorized – 100,000,000 shares Issued and outstanding – 467,785 shares (3)(4)
               
(as adjusted – 12,211,667 shares)
    468          
Additional paid-in capital
    47,405          
Retained earnings (deficit)
    (21,562 )        
 
   
     
 
 
Total capitalization
  $ 26,311     $    
 
   
     
 

22


Table of Contents


(1)   After deducting offering expenses estimated to be $        , payable by us, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase up to an additional        shares of our common stock.
 
   
(2)   Does not include (1)        shares of common stock available for future grants and issuances under our 2003 Share Incentive Plan, (2) approximately 281,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options to be issued to our executive officers and directors immediately prior to the closing of this offering under our 2003 Share Incentive Plan and (3) approximately 350,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to be issued to Sapphire (which number of shares may be subject to upward or downward adjustment depending on the number of shares sold in the offering). See “Management of Our Company—Stock Options” and “Certain Relationships.”
   
 
   
(3)   466,667 of the 467,785 shares of common stock presently outstanding are collectively owned by Bert Watson, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Sapphire Advisors, our advisor. The actual number of shares owned by Mr. Watson and Sapphire Advisors will be adjusted upward or downward (depending upon the actual number of shares sold in this offering) immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering so that these two stockholders will collectively own (excluding any options or warrants held by them) a number of shares equal to 4.5% of the number of shares that are sold to the public in this offering (excluding the underwriters’ over-allotment option). To the extent the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, Mr. Watson and Sapphire Advisors will be given an additional pro rata share grant equal to 1.5% and 3%, respectively, of the number of shares sold pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option.
   
 
   
(4)   Does not include 18,882 of the 20,000 shares of restricted stock granted to Mr. Porter. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” these shares are not reflected as outstanding for accounting purposes until they vest.
   

DILUTION

     Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of our common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of our outstanding shares of common stock.

     After giving effect to the sale of 11,666,667 shares of common stock offered by this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the offering price range, and our receipt of approximately $        million in net proceeds from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value will be approximately $        million, or $        per share of common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $        per share to existing stockholders prior to this offering and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $        per share of common stock to investors in this offering.

     The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors:

         
Assumed initial public offering price
  $ 15.00  
Net tangible book value per share prior to this offering
  $  
 
   
 
Increase in net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders attributable to new investors
  $  
 
   
 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
  $  
 
   
 
Dilution per share to new investors
  $  
 
   
 

23


Table of Contents

     If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, there will be an increase in as adjusted net tangible book value to $  per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value of $   to new investors.

     The following table summarizes on the pro forma basis discussed above, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. This table assumes that we will sell 11,666,667 shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the offering price range, and we have not deducted estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in our calculations.

 

                                           
      Shares Purchased Assuming No                    
      Exercise of Underwriters'                   Average
      Over-Allotment Option   Total Consideration   Price
     
 
 
      Number   Percentage   Amount   Percentage   Per Share
     
 
 
 
 
Existing stockholders
    545,000 (1)(2)     4.46 %   $ 31,000       .02 %   $ 0.06  
New investors
    11,666,667 (1)     95.54       175,000,000       99.98       15.00  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    12,211,667       100.00 %   $ 175,031,000       100.00 %        
 
           
     
     
         


   
(1)   This number excludes (1)    shares of our common stock available for future grants or issuances under our 2003 Share Incentive Plan; (2) approximately 281,500 shares issuable upon exercise of options to be issued to our executive officers and directors upon the closing of this offering, and (3) approximately 271,834 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to be issued to Sapphire Advisors immediately prior to the closing of this offering. To the extent that these options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.
   
 
   
(2)   Of these shares, 20,000 are held by James W. Porter, Jr. and the remainder are collectively owned by Bert Watson, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Sapphire Advisors, our advisor, but the actual number of shares owned by these two stockholders will be adjusted upward or downward (depending upon the actual number of shares sold in this offering) immediately prior to the closing of this offering so that these two stockholders will collectively own (excluding any options or warrants held by them) a number of shares equal to 4.5% of the number of shares sold to the public in this offering (excluding the over-allotment option). To the extent that the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, Mr. Watson and Sapphire Advisors will be given an additional pro rata share grant equal to 1.5% and 3%, respectively, of the number of shares sold pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option.
   

     If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own    % and our new investors would own    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

OUR STRUCTURE AND FORMATION TRANSACTION

     We were formed as a Maryland corporation in October 2003 by two promoters, Sapphire Advisors and Bert Watson, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. No member or manager of Sapphire Advisors has in the past served or currently serves as our officer, director or advisory board member. There are no plans for them to hold an officer, director or advisory board position with us.

     We will elect to be taxed as a REIT beginning with our taxable year ending December 31, 2004. Our qualification as a REIT depends upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual annual (or in some cases, quarterly) operating results, various complex requirements under the Internal Revenue

24


Table of Contents

Code relating to, among other things, the sources of our gross income, the composition and values of our assets, our distribution levels and the diversity of ownership of our stock. We believe that we will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code, and that our intended manner of operation will enable our company to meet the requirements for taxation as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.

     As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on REIT taxable income that we distribute currently to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates. Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to some federal, state and local taxes on our income and property.

     In November 2003, we formed SFR Subsidiary, Inc., a wholly owned taxable REIT subsidiary. SFR Subsidiary will earn income and engage in activities that might otherwise jeopardize our status as a REIT. SFR Subsidiary will be taxed as a regular corporation and its income is subject to federal, state and local corporate level tax.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS

Relationship with Sunset Mortgage

     On October 15, 2003, we entered into a three-year agreement with Sunset Mortgage and two of its affiliates, Sunset Direct and Sunset Commercial, pursuant to which we have the right of first offer on the purchase of all residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage bridge loans originated by these companies. The agreement automatically renews for one year terms after the initial term unless terminated by either party at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the applicable term. Neither we nor Sunset and its affiliates paid any cash consideration for this agreement. The purpose of this agreement is to provide us a potential source of mortgage loans meeting our investment criteria and to provide Sunset an identified buyer of the mortgages it originates.

     Sunset Mortgage is a national mortgage banking company with a nationwide network of approximately 375 corporate branch offices throughout the United States that generated approximately $2.4 billion in mortgage loan originations in 2003. The right of first offer agreement provides us the right, but not the obligation to acquire these loans at a mutually acceptable price. This agreement does not preclude us from acquiring competitive products from any other sources nor does it preclude Sunset Mortgage and its affiliates from refusing our offer.

     Although not contractually committed to do so, we currently intend to purchase the mortgage loans offered to us pursuant to the right of first offer, subject to the availability of funds, compliance with our operating and investment policies and strategy as established and modified from time to time and whether the price is fair and the investment otherwise is suitable and in our best interests.

     Sunset Mortgage has informed us that it expects to continue to originate mortgage loans and other real estate related assets in the future and they will likely be sold by Sunset Mortgage to one or more third parties. However, we will only buy mortgage loans that satisfy our investment criteria. In addition, Sunset Mortgage and its affiliates may from time to time purchase mortgage loans for their own account. Except for the right of first offer on its mortgage loans, Sunset Mortgage and its affiliates will have no obligation to make any particular investment opportunities available to us.

     Currently, no officers, directors or partners of Sunset Mortgage or its affiliates are directors of our company. James W. Porter, Jr., Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sunset Mortgage, serves as a member of our advisory board. As consideration for being a founding member of our advisory board, he received a grant of 20,000 shares of common stock for a total purchase price of $20 (par value) which shares vest one year after the closing of this offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the stock received by Mr. Porter has an aggregate value of $300,000. Our advisory board serves at the pleasure of the board of directors and it does not have decision making authority.

25


Table of Contents

     Our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Bert Watson, was formerly the President of Sunset Commercial LLC and Flagship Capital Incorporated, a Florida corporation (Flagship) owned by Mr. Watson which was previously a member of the Sunset Commercial group. Flagship was engaged in the business of originating commercial mortgage loans. On October 15, 2003, Mr. Watson resigned from his position as President of Sunset Commercial and Flagship and his interest in Sunset Commercial was redeemed for a price of $1. On December 8, 2003, Mr. Watson made a loan to us for $15,000 in order to help pay costs related to this offering and organizational expenses. The loan has a term of one year and bears interest at the rate of 1.49% per annum. We expect to repay this loan with a portion of the proceeds we receive from this offering.

Relationship With Sapphire Advisors LLC

     Contemporaneously with the closing of this offering, we have agreed to grant to Sapphire Advisors a warrant to acquire up to approximately 271,834 shares of our common stock (assuming a $15.00 per share offering price) at an exercise price per share equal to the price of the common stock sold in this offering (the exact number of shares subject to the warrant will be equal to 2.33% of the number of shares sold to the underwriters in the initial public offering). The number of shares underlying the warrant and the purchase price of the underlying common stock were negotiated by Sapphire Advisors and our management team. The warrant will be issued to Sapphire in connection with its role in assisting us from and after the date of our formation, including:

    assisting in our formation and the formation of our sole taxable REIT subsidiary;

    assisting in recruiting our officers and directors;

    identifying the underwriters; and

    identifying and negotiating potential credit facilities.

     The warrant will be exercisable at any time after the first anniversary of the closing date of this offering and will expire 10 years from the date of issuance with the underlying shares subject to a three year lock-up agreement with one-third of the resale restrictions on the shares expiring on each of the first three anniversaries of the closing date of this offering. We have agreed to register the sale of these warrants and the common stock underlying these warrants with the Securities and Exchange Commission contemporaneously with this offering. We have further agreed with Sapphire to file a registration statement covering the resale of the common stock underlying the warrants on the first anniversary of this offering.

     On November 15, 2003, Sapphire Advisors made a loan to us in the amount of $30,000 to cover costs related to this offering and organizational expenses. The loan has a term of one year and bears interest at a rate of 1.49% per annum. On December 26, 2003, Scott Silver, a principal of Sapphire Advisors, personally loaned us an additional $100,000 for costs related to this offering and organizational expenses on the same terms as the loan made by Sapphire Advisors. We anticipate that we will repay (without penalty) both of these loans, as well as the $15,000 loan made by Bert Watson, with a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     We are newly incorporated and have not commenced operations. Therefore, we do not have any results of operations to discuss. The following analysis of our financial condition should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the notes thereto and the other financial data included elsewhere in this prospectus.

26


Table of Contents

Overview

     We are a self-managed REIT that was formed in October 2003 to acquire a portfolio of high quality residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage bridge loans in the United States. We expect to derive our revenues primarily from payments of interest and principal under loans acquired with our equity capital and borrowed funds. Our principal business objective is to generate net income for distribution to our stockholders from the spread between interest income on our mortgage assets and the costs of financing the acquisition of these assets. We expect that this spread, net of operating expenses, will provide both operating capital and distributable income. Following completion of this offering and the acquisition of our initial portfolio of mortgage loans described in this prospectus, we will own approximately $197.2 million in mortgage loans, have $   of short term debt and have approximately $ million available under our warehouse lines of credit to fund additional investments and for working capital. Our business will depend on our access to external sources of financing at a cost we can absorb while still generating an attractive risk-adjusted return on the loans we acquire using the proceeds from our financings.

     Our fiscal year end will be December 31. We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2004, thereby generally avoiding federal income taxes on our taxable income that we distribute currently to our stockholders. See “Federal Income Tax Consequences—Requirements for Qualification as a Real Estate Investment Trust.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Management Estimates

     Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The application of these accounting policies will require our management to make certain judgments and estimates that directly affect our financial reporting results. We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our financial statements. Specific risks for these critical accounting policies are described in the following paragraphs. In regard to these policies, we caution you that we have no operating history and future events rarely develop exactly as forecasted, and the best estimates of our management will likely require adjustment.

      Basis of Accounting and Presentation . The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Management believes that the estimates and assumptions utilized in preparing our financial statements and accompanying notes are reasonable and prudent. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

      Loans Held for Sale . We may, from time to time, acquire loans with the intention of securitizing and selling interests in the loans. These loans will be carried at the lower of the aggregate cost or market value on our statement of financial position. The amount, if any, by which the cost exceeds the fair value will be recorded in a valuation allowance. Changes in the valuation allowance and realized gains or losses will be recorded in the statement of operations.

      Loan Securitizations . We expect to securitize a large portion of the loans we acquire. We will account for our loan securitizations in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. Securitizations may be structured in various ways, but typically an issuing entity sells a portfolio of loans to a special-purpose entity established for the sole purpose of purchasing and reselling the loans to a securitization trust. The securitization trust then may issue notes or certificates collateralized by the loans transferred to the securitization trust. The proceeds received from these notes or certificates are used to purchase the loans from the issuing entity. We anticipate structuring our securitizations as financings for accounting purposes with the result that both the mortgage assets and the debt represented by the notes remain on our balance sheet. As payments are made on the underlying mortgage loans over time, we will recognize as income amounts remaining after payment of

27


Table of Contents

the notes and the expenses of the securitization, and after the satisfaction of any credit enhancement requirements.

      Accounting for Stock Compensation . As of December 31, 2003, we had no outstanding stock options. On December 5, 2003, we granted 20,000 shares of restricted stock at par value to our sole advisory board member. We intend to issue stock options and additional shares of restricted stock in the future. We may issue options and other stock-based compensation to our key employees, directors, advisory board members and consultants. We have elected to account for stock based compensation using the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS Statement No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (FAS 123). We will record an expense for the fair value of stock-based awards based on the fair market value on date of grant.

      Interest on Loans . Interest will be accrued monthly on outstanding principal balances unless our management considers the collection of interest to be uncertain. We generally consider the collection of interest to be uncertain when loans are contractually past due three months or more.

      Hedging Activities . We expect to enter into certain transactions, including short sales, purchases of treasury options, mortgage-backed securities, swaptions and futures, options, interest rate swaps, caps and floors and similar derivative securities to mitigate the effect that changes in interest rates have on the fair value of our fixed rate loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios. Periods of rising interest rates will generally decrease the fair value of a loan or mortgage-backed securities portfolio. Generally, we expect to enter into these transactions when the rate is locked on a pending loan or when we agree to purchase a pool of mortgage loans. In swap transactions, we will generally enter into an interest rate swap contract, receiving a floating rate of interest and paying a fixed rate of interest. The term of the swap contracts will be determined by duration of the related assets being hedged. We will account for the options, futures and swaps in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended, (SFAS No. 133) which requires all derivative instruments to be carried at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial condition.

      Income Taxes . For our taxable year ending December 31, 2004, we will elect to be taxed as a REIT under Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code and, upon the election being made, we will be taxed as such beginning with our taxable year ending December 31, 2004. To qualify as a REIT, we must meet certain organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to currently distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income to stockholders. As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on taxable income that we distribute to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will then be subject to federal income taxes on our taxable income at regular corporate rates starting with that year and will not be permitted to qualify for treatment as a REIT for federal income tax purposes for four years following the year during which qualification is lost unless the Internal Revenue Service were to grant us relief under certain statutory provisions. Such an event could have a material adverse effect on our net income and net cash available for distribution to stockholders. However, we believe that we will be organized and operate in such a manner as to qualify for treatment as a REIT and we intend to operate in the foreseeable future in such a manner so that we will qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.

      Allowance for Loan Losses . We will provide a loan allowance related to certain of our mortgage loans. Our loan loss provision will be based on our assessment of numerous factors affecting our portfolio of mortgage assets including, but not limited to, current and projected economic conditions, delinquency status, credit losses to date on underlying mortgages and any remaining credit protection. Loan loss provision estimates are reviewed periodically and adjustments are reported in earnings when they become known.

Recent Accounting Developments

     In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities. The statement specifies the accounting for certain employee termination benefits,

28


Table of Contents

contract termination costs and costs to consolidate facilities or relocate employees and is effective for exit and disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. We do not expect the statement to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

     In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 45 “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” FIN No. 45 specifies the disclosures to be made about obligations under certain issued guarantees and requires a liability to be recognized for the fair value of a guarantee obligation. The recognition and measurement provisions of the interpretation apply prospectively to guarantees issued after September 30, 2002. We do not expect the recognition and measurement provisions to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

     In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 46 “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” FIN No. 46 requires a company to consolidate a variable interest entity (VIE) if the company has variable interests that give it a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns of the entity. Prior to FIN No. 46, VIEs were commonly referred to as SPEs. FIN No. 46 is effective immediately for VIEs created after January 31, 2003. We do not expect this interpretation to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

     In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS Statement No. 149, Amendment to Statement No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This statement amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under SFAS Statement No. 133. The changes in SFAS Statement No. 149 improve financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. Those changes will result in more consistent reporting of contracts as either derivatives or hybrid instruments. SFAS Statement No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except in certain instances detailed in the statement, and hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. Except as otherwise stated in SFAS Statement No. 149, all provisions should be applied prospectively. We do not expect the statement to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

     In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150, which is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, must be implemented by reporting the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle for financial instruments created before the issuance date of the statement and still existing at the beginning of the interim period of adoption. The statement requires that a financial instrument which falls within the scope of the statement to be classified and measured as a liability. The following financial instruments are required to be classified as liabilities: (1) shares that are mandatorily redeemable, (2) an obligation to repurchase the issuer’s equity shares or one indexed to such an obligation and that requires or may require settlement by transferring assets and (3) the embodiment of an unconditional obligation that the issuer may or may not settle by issuing a variable number of equity shares if, at inception, the monetary value of the obligation is based on certain measurements defined in the statement. We do not expect the statement to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     We are dependent upon the net proceeds to be received from this offering to conduct our proposed activities. The funding required to purchase assets will be obtained from this offering and from any indebtedness that we will incur in connection with the acquisition of any residential mortgage loans or commercial mortgage bridge loans thereafter. On October 10, 2003, we were initially capitalized with $311 from the sale of 1,333,400 shares of common stock to Sapphire Advisors and $156 from the sale of 666,000 shares of common stock to Bert Watson. The stockholders subsequently made an aggregate contribution to capital of $30,633 on October 17 and 20, 2003. The amount of shares to be issued to each founding stockholder was determined by negotiations between the two founding stockholders and the initial purchase price was determined by them to be the par value per share as the Company had no

29


Table of Contents

assets or operations at that date. On November 28, 2003, the Company and each of Sapphire Advisors and Bert Watson executed stock exchange agreements whereby they each exchanged all of the shares previously issued to each of them for 311,127 shares and 155,540 shares of common stock, respectively. In order to meet our costs related to this offering, including legal and accounting fees, and organizational expenses Sapphire Advisors loaned us $30,000 on November 14, 2003. The loan has a term of one year and bears interest at a rate of 1.49% per annum. On December 8, 2003, Bert Watson, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, loaned us an additional $15,000 for expenses on the same terms as the loan made by Sapphire Advisors. On December 26, 2003, Scott Silver, a principal of Sapphire Advisors, loaned us an additional $100,000 for expenses on the same terms as the previous two loans. We are anticipating pre-paying all three loans without penalty with a portion of the proceeds from this offering. For information concerning the anticipated use of the net proceeds from this offering, please see the “Use of Proceeds” section of this prospectus.

     In order to qualify as a REIT and to avoid corporate-level tax on the income we distribute to our stockholders, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income on an annual basis. Therefore, once the net proceeds we receive from this offering are substantially fully invested, we will need to borrow in order to grow our business and acquire additional assets. Our sources of funds will primarily be the net proceeds from this offering, operating cash flows, securitizations of our loans and borrowings. Operating cash flows will consist of payments received on and maturities of mortgage loans and investments. Liquidity will also be generated through reverse repurchase agreements pursuant to which securities are pledged as collateral for short-term borrowings and through lines of credit with commercial banks.

     We have received a commitment letter from JPMorgan Chase Bank to provide us with a $250 million senior secured revolving mortgage warehouse credit facility, for which JPMorgan Chase Bank has agreed to serve as the sole administrative agent. We expect to use this warehouse facility to fund a portion of the purchase of residential mortgage loans, including a portion of our initial portfolio. This facility may not be used to purchase commercial mortgage bridge loans. We do not currently have a warehouse line or other credit facility that may be used to purchase commercial mortgage bridge loans. Borrowings under this warehouse facility will be subject to the following borrowing limitations:

    up to 100% of the amount of the warehouse facility may be used to fund the purchase of conforming loans;

    up to 100% of the amount of the warehouse facility may be used to fund the purchase of Alt-A loans; and

    up to 30% of the warehouse facility (increasing to a 40% maximum on the first five and last five business days of each month) may be used to fund residential mortgage loans that have closed but whose related documents are still in transit to us, which loans are commonly referred to as “wet loans.”

     The advance rate, or the maximum amount we can borrow under this warehouse facility at any one time, is equal to 98% of the value of residential mortgage loans (minus any discounts) we are acquiring with the proceeds from such advance. This warehouse facility will mature, and payments of principal will be due, 364 days after the closing of this offering. The annual interest rate on this warehouse facility will be, at our option, either: 30-day LIBOR plus 1.125% or the prime rate of interest quoted by JPMorgan Chase Bank plus 0.125%, and such interest will be payable monthly. JPMorgan Chase Bank will charge us a one-time fee equal to 25 basis points of the total amount committed under this warehouse facility, regardless of the amount we borrow (if any).

     Borrowings under this warehouse facility will be secured by perfected first liens (and all rights related thereto including sale proceeds, if any) on all of the residential mortgages we purchase using this warehouse facility. The warehouse facility contains certain limitations on the types of residential mortgage loans that can be used as collateral, but we only intend to acquire residential mortgage loans that will be eligible for use as collateral. Before we may borrow under this warehouse facility, we will be required to, among other things close this offering, execute and deliver definitive loan documentation satisfactory to JPMorgan Chase Bank and take certain other customary actions. The definitive

30


Table of Contents

warehouse facility documents are expected to contain affirmative and negative covenants, as well as default provisions, that are customarily found in credit facility agreements for similar transactions.

     We will also agree to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with the syndication of this warehouse facility and the preparation of definitive loan documentation, including legal fees, that are incurred by JPMorgan Chase Bank. We expect that these expenses will be approximately $   . We will also indemnify JPMorgan Chase Bank and its affiliates, officers, directors, employees, advisors and agents for any liability they incur with respect to our borrowings and the use of proceeds under this warehouse facility (except for gross negligence or willful misconduct by the indemnified parties).

     J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., an affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, is an underwriter of this offering. We may also engage in derivative and whole loan trading transactions, such as reverse repurchase agreements, with J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. upon terms and conditions to be agreed upon in the future. From time to time, JPMorgan Chase Bank and/or its affiliates may also provide other miscellaneous banking services. We believe that these cash resources will be sufficient to satisfy our immediate liquidity requirements, and we do not anticipate a need to raise funds from other than these sources within the next 12 months.

     We currently have no outstanding debt other than the $145,000 in principal amount of notes made to cover costs related to this offering and organizational expenses. Upon consummation of this offering, we will have $   of debt outstanding under our warehouse line of credit. Depending on market conditions, we expect to generally maintain an equity ratio of up to a maximum of 10:1 on our residential mortgage loans and a debt-to-equity ratio of up to a maximum of 4:1 on our commercial mortgage bridge loans, although these ratios may vary from time to time. Any indebtedness we incur will likely be subject to continuing covenants, and we will likely be required to make continuing representations and warranties about our company in connection with such debt. Moreover, some or all of our debt may be secured by some or all of our assets. If we default in the payment of interest or principal on any such debt, breach any representation or warranty in connection with any borrowing or violate any covenant in any loan document, our lender may accelerate the maturity of such debt requiring us to immediately repay all outstanding principal. If we are unable to make such payment, our lender could foreclose on our assets that are pledged as collateral to that lender. The lender could also sue us or force us into bankruptcy. Any of these events would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of an investment in our common stock.

     Our income calculated for tax purposes may differ from income calculated in accordance with GAAP. For example, we record a reserve for credit losses for GAAP purposes whereas only actual credit losses are deducted in calculating taxable income. The distinction between taxable income and GAAP income is important to our stockholders because distributions are declared on the basis of taxable income. While we generally will not be required to pay income taxes as long as we satisfy the REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, each year we will be required to complete a federal income tax return wherein taxable income is calculated. This taxable income level will determine the minimum level of distributions we must pay to our stockholders.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     Market risk refers to the risk of loss from adverse changes in the level of one or more market prices, rate indices or other market factors. We are exposed to market risk primarily from changes in interest rates which are very sensitive to a variety of factors including political, economic and other factors outside of our control.

     Interest rate risk arises primarily as a result of our core business activities of acquiring mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities and funding a portion of the purchases with borrowings and the associated asset and liability management required to match maturities of loans and securities to funding sources. The principal objective of our asset and liability management is to maximize net interest income

31


Table of Contents

while operating within acceptable limits established for interest rate risk and maintaining adequate levels of liquidity.

     A combination of techniques will be used to manage interest rate risk including simulation and sensitivity analysis. Our Investment Committee will regularly review the results of this interest rate risk analysis and report periodically to our board of directors.

     The primary interest rate exposure to which we are subject relates to our mortgage loan portfolio, interest rate swaps and reverse repurchase agreements. Any change in the general level of interest rates in the market can affect our net interest income and net income in either a positive or negative manner. Net interest income is the difference between the income earned from interest bearing assets less the expense incurred relating to interest bearing liabilities. Fluctuations in the interest rate environment can also affect our ability to acquire new loans, the value of our loans for sale portfolio and our ability to sell the loans held for sale and the related income associated with a sale.

     In order to protect against interest rate exposure on our loan portfolio, we will acquire treasury options and mortgage-backed securities, and enter into certain transactions, including, securities resale and reverse repurchase agreements, and interest rate swaps, to mitigate the effect that changes in interest rates and credit spreads have on the fair value of our fixed rate loan portfolio. The decision to use derivative instruments rather than other balance sheet alternatives will depend on many factors including the mix and cost of funding sources, liquidity and interest rate implications. We expect to utliize treasury options to hedge our Alt-A loan pipeline and mortgage-backed securities to hedge our conforming loan pipeline.

32


Table of Contents

OUR COMPANY

General

     We are a self-managed REIT that was formed in October 2003 to acquire a portfolio of high quality residential mortgage loans and high quality commercial mortgage bridge loans in the United States. Our initial portfolio will be, and future portfolios are expected to be, approximately 75% residential mortgage loans and approximately 25% commercial mortgage bridge loans. Our principal business objective is to generate net income for distribution to our stockholders from the spread between interest income on our mortgage assets and the costs of financing the acquisition of these assets.

Our Strategy

     To achieve our business objective and generate distributions, our strategy is to:

    purchase high quality first lien residential mortgage loans, approximately 90% of which are expected to be non-conforming Alt-A mortgage loans that are primarily ARMs with an initial fixed interest rate period of seven years or less, and an adjustable rate thereafter based on changes in short-term market interest rates;

    purchase high quality commercial mortgage bridge loans that are generally at higher interest rates than longer term commercial loans, thereby generating more income;

    finance purchases of our residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage bridge loans by utilizing leverage to increase potential returns to stockholders through securitizations, borrowings under our warehouse lines of credit, borrowings under reverse repurchase agreements and issuances of debt or equity securities;

    structure our financings to have interest rate adjustment indices and interest rate adjustment periods that, on an aggregate basis, correspond, to the extent possible, to the rates and adjustment periods of our adjustable and floating rate mortgage loans;

    utilize short sales, purchases of treasury options, interest rate caps, swaptions, mortgage-backed securities, futures, options, interest rate swaps, floors and similar derivative securities to mitigate the risk of the costs of our variable rate liabilities increasing at a faster rate than the earnings on our assets; and

    seek to minimize prepayment risk by structuring a diversified portfolio that contains residential mortgage loans with a variety of prepayment penalties.

     With respect to our residential mortgage loans, approximately 90% of the loans will be non-conforming Alt-A loans and approximately 10% will be conforming loans. Of the Alt-A loans, approximately 95% will be ARMs and approximately 5% will have fixed interest rates. Of the conforming loans, approximately 95% will be ARMs and approximately 5% will have fixed interest rates.

     Our entire residential mortgage loan portfolio will consist of high quality assets. The term “high quality” as used with respect to our residential mortgage loans means first lien residential mortgage loans made to borrowers that have high credit scores (minimum FICO score of 630, with a loan portfolio average of 680) and have shown an ability to repay prior mortgage or consumer loans.

     Our commercial mortgage bridge loans are short-term (usually one year with a one year extension), with an original principal amount between $1 million and $15 million and secured by a first lien on one or more real properties. Additionally, we expect at least 50% of our commercial mortgage bridge

33


Table of Contents

loans will be guaranteed by an individual or entity. We expect our entire portfolio of commercial mortgage bridge loans will be high quality. The term “high quality” with respect to the commercial mortgage bridge loans means:

    a loan-to-value ratio of 65% or lower;

    a loan secured by real estate that could easily be liquidated;

    the borrower and owner of the borrower, if applicable, have a high credit rating; and

    if the commercial mortgage bridge loan is guaranteed by an individual, the guarantor has a minimum FICO score of 630.

     Management, subject to the supervision of our board of directors and to the REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, will evaluate and monitor our mortgage loans and determine when to acquire and how long to hold the assets in our portfolio. Our management team has an average of nearly 15 years of mortgage industry experience. However, none of the members of our management team has experience managing a REIT. Management will actively manage our assets, and the mortgage loans may not be held to maturity. In managing our investment portfolio, we will utilize the experience and relationships of our advisory board member.

     We will finance our initial acquisitions of mortgage loans with the net proceeds of this offering and borrowings under our warehouse lines of credit. Thereafter, assuming appropriate market conditions, we intend to acquire loans primarily with the proceeds of securitizations and through borrowings under our warehouse line of credit, and to a lesser extent, borrowings under reverse repurchase agreements and future issuances of debt or equity securities. We will structure our borrowings to have interest rate adjustment indices and interest rate adjustment periods that, on an aggregate basis, correspond, to the extent possible, to other rate adjustment periods of our adjustable and floating rate mortgage loans. Our governing documents do not limit the amount of debt that we may incur. We anticipate maintaining a maximum debt-to-equity ratio on our residential mortgage loans of 10:1 and a maximum debt-to-equity ratio on our commercial mortgage bridge loans of 4:1; although these ratios may be higher or lower from time to time. Our initial portfolio will have a maximum debt-to-equity ratio on our residential mortgage loans of less than 1:1 and our commercial mortgage bridge loans will be funded entirely from the proceeds of this offering.

Description of Investments

     We intend to invest principally in the following types of mortgage loan assets subject to the operating restrictions described under the caption "—Operating and Investment Policies” and the additional policies described below.

      Mortgage loans . We intend to acquire and accumulate adjustable and fixed rate mortgage loans secured by first liens on residential or commercial property as a significant part of our investment strategy. The residential and commercial mortgage loans may be originated by or purchased from various sources throughout the United States and its territories, such as savings and loan associations, banks, mortgage bankers, home builders, insurance companies, financial institutional dealers and other mortgage lenders. Our board of directors has not established any limits upon the geographic concentration of mortgage loans to be acquired by us or the credit quality of suppliers of mortgage assets.

     Our “Alt-A” mortgage loans will consist primarily of high quality non-conforming jumbo mortgage loans (as set by FNMA and FHLMC, currently loans of over $333,700) that are first lien mortgage loans made to borrowers who have shown an ability to repay prior mortgage or consumer loans and as a result have high credit scores (minimum FICO scores of 630, with a loan portfolio average of 680), and that have a low loan-to-value (typically 80% or below). We anticipate that to the extent that any residential mortgage loan has a loan-to-value in excess of 80%, such loan will be covered by mortgage insurance.

34


Table of Contents

Although these borrowers have a credit rating that is within typical FNMA or FHLMC residential guidelines, because of the loan size or reduced loan documentation, they are considered non-conforming under those guidelines. In making our credit decisions, we are more reliant upon the borrower’s credit scores and the adequacy of the underlying collateral.

     Our management has extensive experience with commercial mortgage bridge loans and believes a substantial opportunity exists to target borrowers seeking loans of less than $15 million who are frequently limited in their financing options. As a result, management believes that there is substantial demand, nationwide, for commercial mortgage bridge loans in amounts less than $15 million at interest rates substantially higher than permanent financing. Commercial mortgage bridge loans are secured by the underlying property and typically at least 50% of these loans are backed with personal guarantees. The average commercial mortgage bridge loan has a maturity of one year with a one year renewal period. Bridge loans are not intended to be permanent debt capital but rather, interim financing prior to the underlying refinancing with longer term bank debt or mortgage loans.

     In the future, in determining whether to purchase a portfolio of residential mortgage loans or commercial mortgage bridge loans, we will prepare or will obtain and review due diligence reports from third party due diligence specialists selected by us. After reviewing the report, we will determine whether to purchase the loan portfolio and if so, at what price. The reports are expected to include an analysis of some or all of the following factors:

    market conditions (market interest rates, the availability of mortgage credit and economic, demographic, geographic, tax, legal and other factors);

    loan-to-value ratios;

    FICO scores

    risk adjusted return of the mortgage loans — taking into account credit risk and interest rate risk;

    liquidity of the mortgage loans — whether they can be securitized or pledged as collateral;

    limitations on the obligations of the seller with respect to the mortgage loans — we expect the seller to make representations and warranties about the loans and to indemnify us in the case of any breaches thereof;

    risk of adverse fluctuations in the market values of the mortgaged properties as a result of economic events or governmental regulations;

    rates and timing of payments to be made with respect to the mortgage loans;

    mortgaged properties underlying the mortgage loans — are they high quality;

    relevant laws limiting actions that may be taken with respect to loans secured by real property and limitations on recourse against the obligors following realization on the collateral through various means — can we take possession of our collateral in the event of default;

    risks of timing with respect to mortgage loan prepayments;

    risks associated with geographic concentration of underlying assets constituting the mortgaged property for the relevant mortgage loan — will the acquisition cause us to become highly concentrated in one state or one area of the country;

35


Table of Contents

    environmental risks;

    pending and threatened litigation;

    junior liens; and

    issues relating to title — is title free of encumbrances.

     It is expected that when we acquire mortgage loans, the seller will represent and warrant to us that there has been no fraud or misrepresentation during the origination of the mortgage loans. We will require the seller to repurchase any loan with respect to which there is fraud or misrepresentation. We will provide similar representations and warranties when we securitize the mortgage loans. We may purchase mortgage insurance. If a mortgage loan becomes delinquent and the pool insurer is able to prove that there was fraud or misrepresentation in connection with the origination of the mortgage loan, the pool insurer will not be liable for the portion of the loss attributable to such fraud or misrepresentation. Although we will have recourse to the seller based on the seller’s representations and warranties to us, we will be at risk for loss to the extent the seller does not perform its repurchase obligations.

      Our Initial Loan Portfolio

     Our initial portfolio will consist of approximately $197.2 million of high quality residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage bridge loans upon the closing of this offering.

      Certain Terms and Conditions of Our Initial Residential Mortgage Loan Portfolio. Upon the closing of this offering, we will acquire approximately 432 residential mortgage loans totaling approximately $154.7 million in aggregate outstanding principal amount.

      General . The following tables summarize certain characteristics of the residential mortgage loans we expect to acquire upon the closing of this offering. All of such loans will be secured by first priority liens on real estate.

Geographic Location of Collateral

     Our initial portfolio of residential loans will consist of loans secured by collateral located in the following states:

                 
State   Outstanding
Principal Balance
  Percent
of Portfolio

 
 
Arizona
  $ 887,162     0.6 %
California
  $ 50,923,935       32.9 %
Colorado
  $ 3,032,983       2.0 %
Connecticut
  $ 6,008,791       3.9 %
Delaware
  $ 240,110       0.2 %
District of Columbia
  $ 1,684,728       1.1 %
Florida
  $ 13,319,904       8.6 %
Hawaii
  $ 5,610,250       3.6 %
Idaho
  $ 1,356,969       0.9 %
Illinois
  $ 275,000       0.2 %
Indiana
  $ 582,023       0.4 %
Kansas
  $ 369,550       0.2 %
Maine
  $ 900,804       0.6 %
Maryland
  $ 4,714,269       3.0 %
Massachusetts
  $ 6,530,193       4.2 %
Michigan
  $ 176,250       0.1 %

36


Table of Contents

                 
State   Outstanding Principal Balance   Percent of Portfolio

 
 
Minnesota
  $ 6,530,193       4.2%  
Missouri
  $ 176,250       0.1%  
Nevada
  $ 4,856,558       3.1%  
New Hampshire
  $ 194,335       0.1%  
New Jersey
  $ 3,560,110       2.3%  
New Mexico
  $ 783,591       0.5%  
New York
  $ 9,837,041       6.4%  
North Carolina
  $ 1,251,447       0.8%  
Ohio
  $ 10,635,776       6.9%  
Oregon
  $ 2,991,460       1.9%  
Pennsylvania
  $ 1,201,009       0.8%  
South Carolina
  $ 936,012       0.6%  
Tennessee
  $ 2,156,705       1.4%  
Texas
  $ 2,406,919       1.6%  
Utah
  $ 843,038       0.5%  
Vermont
  $ 5,016,890       3.2%  
Virginia
  $ 382,500       0.2%  
Washington
  $ 235,000       0.2%  
Wisconsin
  $ 2,991,714       1.9%  
Wyoming
  $ 397,517       0.3%  
 
   
     
 
Total
  $ 154,633,824       100%  

Year of Loan Origination

     Our initial portfolio of residential loans will consist of loans originated in the following years:

         
Year of Origination   Number of Loans

 
2002
     
2003
     
2004
     
 
     
Total
     

Year of Loan Maturity

     Our initial portfolio of residential loans will consist of loans maturing in the following years:

         
Year of Maturity   Number of Loans

 
2018
     
2028
     
2032
     
2033
     
2034
     
 
     
Total
     

37


Table of Contents

Current Interest Rate

     Our initial portfolio of residential loans will consist of loans bearing interest at rates ranging from 3% to 8.0% per annum as follows:

                 
Range   Outstanding
Principal Balance
  Percent
of Portfolio

 
 
3.0% to 3.5%
  $ 856,341       0.6 %
3.5% to 4.0%
  $ 3,405,814       2.2 %
4.0% to 4.5%
  $ 20,915,441       13.9 %
4.5% to 5.0%
  $ 40,171,588       14.5 %
5.0% to 5.5%
  $ 54,703,504       22.4 %
5.5% to 6.0%
  $ 28,579,413       15.1 %
6.0% to 6.5%
  $ 5,676,386       3.5 %
6.5% to 7.0%
  $ 383,838       0.2 %
7.0% to 7.5%
  $       0.0 %
7.5% to 8.0%
  $ 77,500       0.0 %
 
   
       
Total
  $ 154,633,824       100.0 %

Type of Collateral Securing the Loans

     Our initial portfolio of residential loans will consist of loans that are secured by the following types of property:

                 
Property Type   Outstanding
Principal Balance
  Percent
of Portfolio

 
 
Single Family Residence
  $ 98,961,331       67.2 %
Three Family Residence
  $ 221,641       0.2 %
Two Family Residence
  $ 3,624,746       2.5 %
Condominium
  $ 9,461,337       6.4 %
Cooperative Units
  $ 1,755,153       1.2 %
CMR
  $ 325,960       0.2 %
Planned Unit Developments
  $ 32,952,193       22.4  
 
   
     
 
Total
  $        

      Loan Rates; Calculations of Interest . With respect to the residential mortgage loans, approximately 90% will be high quality non-conforming Alt-A loans and approximately 10% will be high quality conforming loans. Of the Alt-A loans, approximately 95% will be ARMs and approximately 5% will have fixed interest rates for the life of the loan. Of the conforming loans, approximately 95% will be ARMs and approximately 5% will have fixed interest rates for the life of the loan. The following table summarizes certain terms of the residential mortgage loans we expect to acquire upon the closing of this offering:

                                         
            Average Principal            
    Weighted Average   Amount   Weighted Average   Weighted Average   Weighted Average
    Loan to Value   Outstanding   Interest Rate   Initial Term   Remaining Term
   
 
 
 
 
Two Year Fixed Rate/ARMs     88.25 %   $ 188,000       5.187 %   360 Months        
Five Year Fixed Rate/ARMs     69.55 %   $ 213,000       5.569 %   360 Months        

38


Table of Contents

                                         
            Average Principal            
    Weighted Average   Amount   Weighted Average   Weighted Average   Weighted Average
    Loan to Value   Outstanding   Interest Rate   Initial Term   Remaining Term
   
 
 
 
 
Fixed Interest Rate Loans     %   $       %   360 Months        

      Amortization of Principal . The original amortization schedule of the residential mortgage loans ranges from    to    months. None of our residential mortgage loans permits negative amortization or the deferral of accrued interest.

      Prepayment Provisions . All of the residential mortgage loans permit principal prepayments, in whole or in part, prior to a specified date followed by a specified period during which any principal prepayment is required to be accompanied by a prepayment charge or yield maintenance charge.

      Certain Terms and Conditions of Our Initial Commercial Mortgage Bridge Loan Portfolio. Upon the closing of this offering, we will acquire approximately five commercial mortgage bridge loans totaling approximately $42.5 million in aggregate outstanding principal amount. The portfolio of commercial mortgage bridge loans will have a range of principal amount outstanding of approximately $5 million to $11.7 million. These loans will be secured by a first priority lien on one or more fee simple or leasehold interests in real properties located in the United States. Four of these commercial mortgage bridge loans are guaranteed by an individual or entity.

      General . The following table summarizes certain characteristics of the commercial mortgage bridge loans we expect to acquire upon the closing of this offering:

                                                 
    Location of   Initial           Year of   Year of    
Type of Collateral   Collateral   Loan Amount   Interest Rate   Origination   Maturity   Guarantee

 
 
 
 
 
 
Anaheim—Hotel   Anaheim, CA
  $ 11,000,000       14 %     2003       2004     Yes
Right Star—Cemetary and Funeral Home   Right Star, HI
  $ 6,600,000       10 %     2003       2004     Yes
Chicago—Estate   Chicago, IL
  $ 5,250,000       10 %     2004       2005     Yes
Pend Oreille—Estate   Pend Oreille, ID
  $ 8,000,000       10 %     2004       2005     Yes
Palm Beach—Business Conference Center   Palm Beach, FL
  $ 11,700,000       10 %     2004       2005     No

      Loan Rates; Calculations of Interest . The commercial mortgage bridge loans in our initial portfolio will have interest rates that range from 10% to 14% per annum. All of these loans will accrue interest on an actual/360 basis. The following table summarizes certain terms of the commercial mortgage bridge loans we expect to acquire upon the closing of this offering:

                                         
    Weighted   Average            
    Average   Principal   Weighted   Weighted   Weighted
    Loan to   Amount   Average   Average   Average
    Value   Outstanding   Interest Rate   Initial Term   Remaining Term
   
 
 
 
 
Ten Year Fixed Rate Loans     37 %   $ 123,750       5.25 %   360 Months   58 Months
Fifteen Year Fixed Rate Loans     56 %   $ 103,064       5.25 %   360 Months   58 Months
Twenty Year Fixed Rate Loans     58 %   $ 128,880       5.78 %   360 Months   58 Months
Thirty Year Fixed Rate Loans     64 %   $ 167,507       5.91 %   360 Months   58 Months
7/23 Balloon Loans     64 %   $ 273,000       5.00 %   360 Months   58 Months
3/1 ARMS     72 %   $ 433,311       4.58 %   360 Months   58 Months
5/1 ARMS     73 %   $ 326,122       5.20 %   360 Months   58 Months
5/6 ARMS     73 %   $ 356,100       5.22 %   360 Months   58 Months
7/1 ARMS     72 %   $ 443,152       5.11 %   360 Months   58 Months
7/6 ARMS     80 %   $ 999,900       5.50 %   360 Months   58 Months
3/6 IO ARMS     72 %   $ 709,450       4.71 %   360 Months   58 Months
5/1 IO ARMS     75 %   $ 176,250       5.50 %   360 Months   58 Months
5/6 IO ARMS     73 %   $ 454,889       4.87 %   360 Months   58 Months
7/1 IO ARMS     70 %   $ 407,700       5.42 %   360 Months   58 Months
7/6 IO ARMS     68 %   $ 491,942       5.32 %   360 Months   58 Months

      Amortization of Principal . The original amortization schedule of the commercial mortgage bridge loans is 12 months or less. None of the commercial mortgage bridge loans will permit negative amortization or the deferral of accrued interest.

      Prepayment Provisions . All of the commercial mortgage bridge loans permit principal prepayments, in whole or in part, prior to a specified date followed by a specified period during which any principal prepayment is required to be accompanied by a prepayment charge or yield maintenance charge.

      Servicing. To the extent that the seller of the mortgage loans does not service the mortgages acquired by us, we will outsource the servicing to a third party. In the future we may directly engage in

39


Table of Contents

the servicing of our mortgage loans, but we have no present intention to do so. We do not currently have any agreements in place with any third party servicers.

      Warehousing of Loans. We intend to accumulate and warehouse mortgage loans until we have acquired a sufficient inventory of mortgage loans to securitize on a cost effective basis. Once we have achieved this goal, assuming appropriate market conditions, we intend to enter into securitization transactions and reverse repurchase agreements. We have no turnover policies regarding our mortgage portfolio.

Operating and Investment Policies

      Investment Committee . We have an Investment Committee comprised of Messrs. Watson, Boston and Manuel. Mr. Watson is the chairman of the committee. The Investment Committee will make the day to day decisions regarding our acquisitions of assets and the terms of such acquisitions, hedging transactions and the disposition of assets. The Investment Committee, without the prior approval of the board of directors, may not:

    make any investment or take any other action that would prevent us from establishing and maintaining our qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes;

    leverage our portfolio of residential mortgage loans (through borrowings, reverse repurchase agreements, securitizations or otherwise) such that the debt-to-equity ratio on our entire portfolio of residential mortgage loans exceeds 12:1;

    leverage our portfolio of commercial mortgage loans (through borrowings, reverse repurchase agreements or otherwise) such that the debt-to-equity ratio on our entire portfolio of commercial mortgage loans exceeds 6:1;

    make any investment or take any other action that would subject us to regulation under the Investment Company Act;

    acquire any residential mortgage loan that would cause the weighted average FICO score of our entire portfolio of residential mortgage loans to drop below 630;

    acquire any residential mortgage loan or commercial mortgage bridge loan that is not a first-lien mortgage loan secured by real estate;

    acquire any commercial mortgage bridge loan that has a greater than 65% loan-to-value ratio;

    acquire any commercial mortgage bridge loan that has an outstanding principal balance in excess of $15 million; or

    acquire any pool of loans that has an outstanding principal balance in excess of $50 million.

     Our directors will review all of our transactions on a quarterly basis to ensure compliance with the operating and investment policies. Our directors are likely to rely substantially on information and analysis provided by management to evaluate our operating and investment policies, compliance therewith and other matters relating to our investments.

      Capital and Leverage Policies . Our operations are expected to be highly leveraged. Initially, we intend to finance our acquisition of mortgage loans through the net proceeds from this offering and borrowings under our warehouse line of credit. Thereafter, assuming appropriate market conditions, we

40


Table of Contents

expect to fund future acquisitions from the proceeds of securitizations through borrowings under our warehouse lines of credit and, to a lesser extent, under reverse repurchase agreements and through the issuance of debt or equity securities. We are not limited by our articles of incorporation or bylaws as to the amount of debt we can incur, and as a result, our exposure to losses will increase as our leverage increases. We expect to incur debt such that we will maintain a maximum debt-to-equity ratio on our residential mortgage loans of 10:1, and a maximum debt-to-equity ratio on our commercial mortgage bridge loans of 4:1, although the actual ratios may be higher or lower from time to time depending on market conditions and other factors deemed relevant by management, including assessment of risk levels associated with our assets, our liquidity position and our unused borrowing capacity. The actual debt-to-equity ratio will depend on our board’s assessment of acceptable risk consistent with the nature of the assets then held by us. Moreover, the board of directors has discretion to deviate from or change our indebtedness policy at any time. However, we intend to maintain adequate reserves to protect against reasonably anticipated changes in business conditions. These conditions could occur, for example, due to credit losses or when, due to interest rate fluctuations, interest income on our mortgage loans lags behind interest rate increases in our borrowings, which are expected to be predominantly variable rate. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Mortgage Loans and Our Acquisition Activities.”

      Financing . Our initial acquisition of residential mortgage loans will be financed from the proceeds of this offering and from borrowings under our warehouse line of credit and our acquisition of the commercial mortgage bridge loans will be financed from the proceeds of this offering. Thereafter, assuming appropriate market conditions, we will acquire loans primarily from the proceeds of securitizations and borrowings under our warehouse lines of credit, and to a lesser extent, under reverse repurchase agreements and future issuances of debt or equity securities.

     Reverse repurchase agreements are structured as sale and repurchase obligations and have the economic effect of allowing a borrower to pledge purchased mortgage loans as collateral securing short-term loans to finance the purchase of such mortgage loans. Typically, the lender in a reverse repurchase arrangement makes a loan in an amount equal to a negotiated percentage of the market value of the pledged collateral. At maturity, the borrower is required to repay the loan and the pledged collateral is released. During the time the loan is outstanding, the pledged mortgage loans continue to pay principal and interest to the borrower. We intend to enter into reverse repurchase agreements with financially sound institutions, including broker/dealers, commercial banks and other lenders that meet credit standards approved by our board of directors. Upon repayment of a reverse repurchase agreement, we intend to pledge the same collateral promptly to secure a new reverse repurchase agreement.

     We have received a commitment letter from JPMorgan Chase Bank to provide us with a $250 million senior secured revolving mortgage warehouse credit facility, for which JPMorgan Chase Bank has agreed to serve as the sole administrative agent. We expect to use this warehouse facility to fund the purchase of residential mortgage loans. This facility may not be used to acquire commercial mortgage bridge loans. We do not currently have a credit facility that may be used to acquire commercial mortgage bridge loans. Borrowings under this warehouse facility will be subject to the following borrowing limitations:

    up to 100% of the amount of the warehouse facility may be used to fund the purchase of conforming loans;

    up to 100% of the amount of the warehouse facility may be used to fund the purchase of Alt-A loans; and

    up to 30% of the warehouse facility (increasing to a 40% maximum on the first five and last five business days of each month) may be used to fund residential mortgage loans which have closed but whose related documents are still in transit to us, which loans are commonly referred to as “wet loans.”

     The advance rate, or the maximum amount we can borrow under this warehouse facility at any one time, is equal to 98% of the value of residential mortgage loans (minus any discounts) we are

41


Table of Contents

acquiring with the proceeds from such advance. This warehouse facility will mature, and payments of principal will be due, 364 days after the closing of this offering. The annual interest rate on this warehouse facility will be, at our option, either: 30-day LIBOR plus 1.125% or the prime rate of interest quoted by JPMorgan Chase Bank plus 0.125%, and such interest will be payable monthly. JPMorgan Chase Bank will charge an annual a fee equal to 25 basis points of the total amount committed under this warehouse facility, regardless of the amount we borrow (if any).

     Borrowings under this warehouse facility will be secured by perfected first liens (and all rights related thereto including sale proceeds, if any) on all of the residential mortgages we purchase using this warehouse facility. The warehouse facility contains certain limitations on the types of residential mortgage loans that can be used as collateral, but we only intend to acquire residential mortgage loans that will be eligible for use as collateral. Before we may borrow under this warehouse facility, we will be required to, among other things close this offering, execute and deliver definitive loan documentation satisfactory to JPMorgan Chase Bank and take certain other customary actions. The definitive warehouse facility documents are expected to contain affirmative and negative covenants, as well as default provisions, that are customarily found in credit facility agreements for similar transactions.

     We will also agree to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with the syndication of this warehouse facility and the preparation of definitive loan documentation, including legal fees, that are incurred by JPMorgan Chase Bank. We expect that these expenses will be approximately $       . We will also indemnify JPMorgan Chase Bank and its affiliates, officers, directors, employees, advisors and agents for any liability they incur with respect to our borrowings and the use of proceeds under this warehouse facility (except for gross negligence or willful misconduct by the indemnified parties).

     J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., an affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, is an underwriter of this offering. We may also engage in derivative and whole loan trading transactions, such as reverse repurchase agreements, with J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. upon terms and conditions to be agreed upon in the future. From time to time, JPMorgan Chase Bank and/or its affiliates may also provide other miscellaneous banking services.

      Securitizations . A securitization is the conversion of assets (usually forms of debt) into securities which can be traded more freely and cost-effectively than the underlying assets and generate better returns than if the assets were used as collateral for a loan. One example is mortgage-backed securities, which pool illiquid individual mortgages into a single tradable asset. We anticipate that these securitizations will be structured as financings for accounting purposes with the result that both the mortgage loans securitized and the debt represented by the securities issued by a securitization trust will remain on our balance sheet as non-recourse obligations. As payments are made on the underlying mortgage loans to a securitization trust, we will be entitled to recognize as income amounts remaining after payment of the trust’s debt and expenses of the securitization, and any credit enhancement requirements. We expect to conduct these securitization activities, through “taxable REIT subsidiaries,” as defined under the REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, formed for such purpose.

      Hedging . Our loan portfolio will consist primarily of mortgages that have an initial fixed interest rate period of seven years or less, with an adjustable interest rate thereafter (ARMs), and to a much lesser extent, fixed rate mortgages. Fixed-rate mortgages and ARMs, like other fixed-rate debt instruments, are subject to a loss in value when market interest rates rise. We are exposed to such losses from the time the loan is acquired to the time the related mortgage loan is sold or securitized. To manage this risk of loss, we may utilize derivatives, primarily forward sales of treasuries, swaps and options to buy or sell treasuries or swaps contracts.

     We may also enter into interest rate swap contracts that enable us to convert a portion of either our short-term or long-term debt from one floating-rate index to a fixed rate or vice versa in order to manage our borrowing cost over time.

     We may enter into one or more of the following types of hedging transactions:

42


Table of Contents

    Forward sales of treasuries, or treasury locks, represents an obligation to sell treasuries at a specific yield or price in the future. Therefore, its value increases as interest rates rise.

    Interest rate swaps represent a mutual agreement to exchange interest rate payments; one party paying a fixed-rate and another paying a floating rate tied to a reference interest rate (like LIBOR). For use in its trading portfolio risk management activities, we would generally receive the floating rate and pay the fixed rate. Therefore, its value generally increases in value as interest rates rise.

    Long call options on treasury futures represent a right to acquire a treasury futures contract at a specific price in the future. Therefore, its value increases as the benchmark treasury rate falls.

    Long put options on treasury futures represent a right to sell a treasury futures contract at a specific price in the future. Therefore, its value increases as the benchmark treasury rate rises.

    Receiver swaptions represent a right to enter into a predetermined interest rate swap at a future date in which, upon exercise of its right, we would receive the fixed rate and pay the floating rate. Therefore, the contract increases in value as interest rates fall.

    Payor swaptions represent a right to enter into a predetermined interest rate swap at a future date in which, upon exercise of its right, we would pay the fixed rate and receive the floating rate. Therefore, the contract increases in value as interest rates rise.

    A cap is a contract whereby the seller agrees to pay to the purchaser, in return for an upfront premium or a series of annuity payments, the difference between a reference rate and an agreed strike rate when the reference exceeds the strike. Commonly, the reference rate is 3-month or 6-month LIBOR. A cap is therefore a strip of interest rate guarantees that allows the purchaser to take advantage of a reduction in interest rates and to be protected if they rise.

    A floor is a contract whereby the seller agrees to pay to the purchaser, in return for an upfront premium or a series of annuity payments, the difference between a reference rate and an agreed strike rate when the reference drops below the strike.

      Investment Policies . The following is a discussion of our investment policies. These policies may be amended or revised from time to time at the discretion of our board of directors without a vote of our stockholders. Any change to any of these policies would be made by our board, only after a review and analysis of that change in light of then existing business and other circumstances, and then, only if, in the exercise of its business judgment, our board believes it is advisable to do so in our and our stockholders’ best interest. We cannot assure you that our investment policies will enable us to achieve our investment objectives.

      Investments in Real Estate Mortgages . Our business is expected to largely consist of the acquisition of residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage bridge loans. The properties securing the mortgage loans are expected to be located throughout the United States and will consist of, among other types, single family residences, office buildings, and other commercial properties. In the future, we anticipate that approximately 75% and 25% of our assets will consist of residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage bridge loans, respectively; however, our organizational documents do not limit the percentage of our assets that can be invested in

43


Table of Contents

residential or commercial mortgage bridge loans. With respect to the residential mortgage loans we acquire, 90% of them will be non-conforming Alt-A loans and 10% of them will be conforming loans. Of the Alt-A loans, 95% will be ARMs and 5% will have fixed interest rates. Of the conforming loans, 95% will be ARMs and 5% will have fixed interest rates.

     Additionally, in connection with securitizing portfolios of residential mortgage loans that we acquire, we expect to invest in those portfolios of mortgage loans by retaining a portion of the bonds or other securities issued as consideration in the securitization transaction. Those mortgage-backed securities are generally secured by pools of mortgage loans, and our interest in the pool of residential mortgage loans may be subordinate to that of the holders of other bonds issued as part of the securitization transaction. We may retain rated or non-rated certificates. The amount of our investment in any securitization transaction we undertake and the yield and credit characteristics of any bonds we receive will depend on the pricing terms for such bonds and the amount of capital available to us to make such investments. We also may purchase a portion of the bonds issued in our prior securitizations.

     We may also act as the primary servicer and special servicer of the loans in each of the loan pools that we securitize, although we have no present intention to do so.

      Investments in Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate . We have not, prior to this offering, engaged in any investments in real estate or interests in real estate, nor do we intend to engage in this activity in the foreseeable future.

      Investments in Securities of or Interests in Persons Primarily Engaged in Real Estate Activities; Investments in Other Securities . Other than our investment in SFR Subsidiary, our taxable REIT subsidiary, we have not engaged in any investment activities in other entities. In the future, subject to the percentage of ownership limitations and gross income and asset tests necessary for REIT qualification, we may invest in common stock and other securities of taxable REIT subsidiaries and qualified REIT subsidiaries.

      Conflict of Interest Policy . In connection with our adoption of a code of ethics, we adopted policies to reduce or eliminate potential conflicts of interest. In addition, our board of directors is subject to certain provisions of Maryland law that are also designed to eliminate or minimize conflicts. However, we cannot assure you that these policies or provisions of law will be successful in eliminating the influence of these conflicts.

     We adopted a policy providing that, without the approval of a majority of the disinterested directors, we will not:

    acquire from or sell to any of our directors, officers or employees, or any entity in which any of our directors, officers or employees is employed, serves as a director, or has an interest of more than 5%, any assets or other property;

    make any loan to or borrow from any of our directors, officers or employees, or any entity in which any of our directors, officers or employees is employed, serves as a director, or has an interest of more than 5%; or

    engage in any other transaction with any of our directors, officers or employees, or any entity in which any of our directors, officers or employees is employed, serves as a director, or has an interest of more than 5%.

     Under Maryland law, a contract or other transaction between us and any of our directors or any entity in which that director is also a director or in which that director has a material financial interest is not void or voidable solely on the grounds of the common directorship or interest, the fact that the director was present at the board meeting at which the contract or

44


Table of Contents

     transaction is approved or the fact that the director’s vote was counted in favor of the contract or transaction, if:

    the fact of the common directorship interest is disclosed to or known by our board or a committee of our board, and our board or that committee authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even if the disinterested directors constitute less than a quorum;

    the fact of the common directorship or interest is disclosed to or known by our stockholders entitled to vote, and the contract or transaction is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote, other than votes of shares owned of record or beneficially by the interested director, corporation, firm or other entity; or

    the contract or transaction is fair and reasonable to us.

      Other Policies . We do not intend to originate commercial bridge loans or residential mortgage loans. We intend to invest and operate in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code to establish and maintain our qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, unless, due to changes in the tax laws, changes in economic conditions or other fundamental changes in our business environment, the board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interest to qualify as a REIT. In order to maintain our REIT status, we generally intend to make distributions to our stockholders equaling at least 90% of our REIT taxable income each year. See “Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

     We intend to operate in a manner that will not subject us to regulation under the Investment Company Act.

     We have the authority to offer shares of our capital stock and to repurchase or otherwise reacquire such shares or any other of our securities. Under certain circumstances we may purchase shares of our common stock in the open market or otherwise. Our board of directors has no present intention to cause us to repurchase any of our shares and any such action would be taken only in conformity with applicable federal and state laws and the requirements for qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.

     Except in connection with our formation, the hiring of officers and the formation of our advisory board, we have not, to date, issued shares of common stock or other securities. We have not made loans to officers and directors and do not intend to do so. We do not intend to engage in trading, underwriting or agency distribution or sale of securities of other Issuers.

      Future Revisions In Policies and Strategies . Our board of directors has approved the operating and investment policies set forth in this prospectus. The board of directors has the power to modify or waive such policies without the consent of the stockholders to the extent that the board of directors determines that such modification or waiver is in our or our stockholders’ best interest. Among other factors, developments in the market that affect the policies mentioned in this prospectus or which change our assessment of the market may cause our board of directors to revise its policies.

Employees

     We initially expect to have approximately 20 employees, including our officers.

Facilities

     Our temporary executive offices are located at 4231 Walnut Bend, Jacksonville, Florida 32257. We pay no rent for these temporary facilities. On or about March 1, 2004, we intend to move into our new

45


Table of Contents

executive offices at 10245 Centurion Parkway North, Jacksonville, Florida 32216. These facilities contain 7,405 square feet of space. We have entered into a 63 month lease for these facilities at an initial rental rate of $9,400 per month with an annual rent increase of 3% per year.

Legal Proceedings

     There are no pending legal proceedings to which we are a party or to which any of our property is subject.

MANAGEMENT OF OUR COMPANY

Directors and Executive Officers

     The following tables set forth certain information about our directors and executive officers.

             
Name   Age   Position

 
 
John Bert Watson  
53

  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
Byron L. Boston  
45

  Vice Chairman and Executive Vice President—Chief Investment Officer
Jeffrey S. Betros  
40

  Executive Vice President—Chief Marketing Officer
Michael L. Pannell  
43

  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Thomas G. Manuel  
58

  Executive Vice President—Operations and Compliance, Secretary and Director
Rodney E. Bennett  
63

  Director
Hugh H. Jones, Jr.  
73

  Director
George A. Murray  
73

  Director
Joseph P. Stingone  
67

  Director

      John Bert Watson has been Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of our company since its inception in October 2003. He served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Flagship Capital Corporation, Inc. and Sunset Commercial Group LLC from January 1, 2000 to October 15, 2003. Flagship Capital was owned by Mr. Watson until he sold his interest in Flagship Capital to Sunset Mortgage in October 2003, and engaged in the business of originating commercial mortgage loans. From November 1998 until January 2000, he served as Executive Vice President of Paradigm Mortgage Associates Inc., a mortgage banking company, where he managed its warehouse lines of credit, secondary marketing and commercial loans, including commercial loans made in venture capital transactions. From January 1998 to November 1998, he served as the Vice President, Southeast Branch, of Tribeca Lending Corporation where he managed the entire southeast region for the mortgage company. From 1997 to 1998, he was Vice President of Alliance Mortgage Company (the result of a merger of the Caleb companies with Alliance Affinity Lending Group). From 1994 through 1996, he served as President of Caleb Financial Services Corporation and Caleb Mortgage Corporation. Mr. Watson was the President and CEO of Purity Financial Services Corporation from 1987 to 1994. He has 22 years of experience in the areas of mortgage origination, compliance, secondary marketing and risk

46


Table of Contents

management. In connection therewith he established underwriting criteria, hired sales and operations staff, developed marketing programs and materials, and established operational procedures. Mr. Watson attended Montgomery College.

      Byron L. Boston was elected as our Vice Chairman and Executive Vice President — Chief Investment Officer on February 5, 2004, and prior to that he was elected as our Senior Vice President — Chief Investment Officer on January 22, 2004. Prior to joining us, he was the Vice President and Co-Manager of The Mortgage Portfolio Group of Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) (a position he held since June 1997), where he led the development of all mortgage investment strategies. From June 1993 to June 1997, he was Vice President, Pass-Through Trader at CS First Boston, where he acted as a market maker for all pass-through securities. Prior to that, he also held various positions dealing with mortgage-backed and pass through securities at Lehman Brothers and CS First Boston. Mr. Boston received his MBA from the University of Chicago and an AB degree from Dartmouth College. In 2003, certain plaintiffs alleged to be participants in the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan of Freddie Mac filed putative class actions alleging violations of the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act by Freddie Mac, certain officers of Freddie Mac and Freddie Mac’s Retirement Committee. The suits are entitled Chann Martin, on behalf of herself and all others similarly situated v. Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, David Glenn, Leland C. Brendsel, Vaughn Clarke, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Thrift/401K Savings Plan Retirement Committee, and Unknown Fiduciary Defendants 1-100 , Civil Action No. C2 03 1024, pending in the United States District Court, Southern District of Ohio, and Dana Wilson, on behalf of herself and all others similarly situated v. Federal Home Mortgage Corporation, David Glenn, Leland C. Brendsel, Vaughn Clarke, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Thrift/401K Savings Plan Retirement Committee, and Unknown Fiduciary Defendants 1-100 , Civil Action No. C2 03 921, pending in the United States District Court, Southern District of Ohio. Mr. Boston served on the Retirement Committee of Freddie Mac from 1998 until on or about October 30, 2003.

      Jeffrey S. Betros was elected as our Executive Vice President — Chief Marketing Officer on February 5, 2004, and previously held a position as our Executive Vice President — Operations (since October 15, 2003). From 2002 until he joined us, he served as Area Sales Manager for Aurora Loan Services, a wholly owned subsidiary of Lehman Brothers, where he developed that company’s Florida operations. His responsibilities included managing the sales and operational staff, including recruiting, hiring and training. From 2001 to 2002, Mr. Betros served as an Account Executive for Countrywide Homes Loans; from 1998 to 2001, he was Regional Vice President of Centex Home Equity; from 1995 to 1998, he was Regional Manager of New South Federal Bank and from 1992 to 1995, he was a Senior Account Executive/Manager of American Savings of Florida. He has 15 years of mortgage banking experience, primarily in the area of production. He is experienced in both the prime and sub-prime markets. Mr. Betros received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Valdosta State University.

      Michael L. Pannell was elected as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer on January 22, 2004. Prior to joining us, he served as the Chief Information Officer of Bombardier Capital Group, a position he obtained in December 2002. From October 2001 until December 2002, he was the director of ERP, and from 1998 until 2002, he was the director of accounting for Bombardier Capital Group. Bombardier Capital Group is a diversified finance company. From February 1998 until May 1998, he was the Regional Controller for the Southeast Region for Media One, a cable television company. From May 1997 to January 1998, he was the Director, Financial Reporting and Analysis for Barnett Banks, Inc. Prior to that time, he served in two positions for Riggs National Bank: Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer, from April 1996 to May 1997, and as Senior Vice President, Controller, from April 1996 to June 1993. Prior to 1993, he held various positions at First Florida Bank, First American National Bank, First Union National Bank and Wachovia Bank. Mr. Pannell previously worked for three years as an auditor for Ernst & Young after he received his Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Tennessee. He also received a Masters of Business Administration degree from Marymount University.

      Thomas G. Manuel is our Executive Vice President — Operations and Compliance (since February 5, 2004), and is our Secretary and a director, positions he obtained on October 15, 2003. Prior to serving as our Executive Vice President, he was the Chief Operating Officer (since October 15, 2003). Since his retirement in 1998 as President of Data Decisions Corporation, Mr. Manuel has managed his

47


Table of Contents

own investments. Mr. Manuel worked with Chemical Bank from 1972 to 1982. He last served as Chemical Bank’s Senior Vice President in charge of the Financial Institution Group of Chemical Bank, a position he held since 1979. In that capacity, Mr. Manuel oversaw Chemical Bank’s relationships with correspondent banks, the insurance industry, the public sector and Wall Street. He expanded the bank’s public finance underwriting and its capital market activities including the syndication of loan pools, primarily commercial loans. Prior to that, he served as Vice President Department Head at Chemical Bank from 1977 to 1979. From 1982 to 1998, he managed his own businesses. Mr. Manuel was also a director of Chemical Bank’s Edge Corporation and Sperry & Hutchison, Inc. Mr. Manuel received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Wesleyan University and a Master of Business Administration from Adelphi University.

      Rodney E. Bennett was elected to serve as a director on October 15, 2003. In January 1998, he founded and began serving as Chief Executive Officer of Satilla Community Bank in St. Marys, Georgia. Prior to that, he co-founded BMC Financial Services, Inc., a mortgage broker operation, in January 1992, and served as its President and General Manager until December 1997. From July 1991 to the present, Mr. Bennett has acted as a consultant to Georgia banks and private companies. He consults in the areas of problem loan resolution, remedial loan structure, credit counseling, policy revision and loan review. He often serves as a liaison between troubled banks and regulators. Mr. Bennett is a graduate of the Georgia School of Banking, University of Georgia.

      Hugh H. Jones, Jr. was elected to serve as a director on October 15, 2003. Mr. Jones currently manages his personal investments. From August 1993 until his retirement in September 1998, Mr. Jones served as President of Baptist Health System Foundation, Inc. From 1982 to 1993, Mr. Jones served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Barnett Bank of Jacksonville, N.A. From 1970 to 1982, Mr. Jones held various positions at Barnett Bank. He was a member of the board of directors of the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, Jacksonville Branch from 1990 through 1994. Mr. Jones has extensive experience in banking and financial management and advising larger financial entities on banking issues. Mr. Jones received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Lafayette College and a Masters Degree from New York University. He also graduated from the Stonier School of Banking, Rutgers University.

      George A. Murray was elected to serve as a director on October 15, 2003. He retired as a Senior Executive Vice President of Prudential Securities in January 2002, a position he held since 1996. From 1991 to 1996, he served as the President of the Consumer Market Group for Prudential Securities responsible for the distribution revenues generated worldwide. Prior to this affiliation, Mr. Murray had spent 35 years with several other NYSE member firms in sales and senior management roles. He is currently a director of the Helix Biomedix Company (a research firm that focuses on the development of cosmetic and beauty enhancement products) where he serves as the managing director of its audit committee. He also serves on the board of directors of the Ramgen Power Systems Company, an engineering and design firm specializing in combustion engine development. Mr. Murray received his Bachelor of Arts degree from Bowdoin College.

      Joseph P. Stingone was elected to serve as a director on January 22, 2004. Mr. Stingone manages his own personal investments. Mr. Stingone served as Chairman of Flagship Capital Corporation from January 1, 2000 to July, 2002. From January, 1997 to December 30, 1999, Mr. Stingone was Chairman of Paradigm Mortgage Associates, Inc. which was merged into a publicly traded company. Before Paradigm, Mr. Stingone was Chairman and CEO of Grandeur Homes, Inc. from July 1993 to December 1996. Mr. Stingone retired from Prudential Insurance Company of America as Vice President, Regional Marketing in July 1993, after 33 years of service. His responsibility was to manage 1500 agents and managers in the southeastern part of the United States. He has 40 years experience in the financial services and mortgage industries.

     Directors will be elected annually, and will hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. All officers serve at the discretion of our board of directors. Our bylaws provide that the board of directors shall have not less than one director nor more than 15 directors, as determined from time to time by the existing board of directors. The board of directors will initially have seven members consisting of four non-employee directors and three employee directors. The bylaws further provide that except in

48


Table of Contents

the case of a vacancy, the majority of the members of the board of directors and of any committee of the board of directors must at all times after the issuance of the shares of common stock in this offering be independent directors. A vacancy on the board of directors resulting from the removal of a director by the stockholders will be filled by a vote of the stockholders. Except in the case of a removal of a director by the stockholders, vacancies occurring on the board of directors will be filled by the vote of a majority of the directors. We presently have one vacancy on our board of directors, and we intend to fill that vacancy with an independent director prior to completion of this offering. The term “independent director” means a director whom our board of directors has affirmatively determined has no material relationship with us. A director is not independent if he or any immediate family member within the last three years has been employed by us, received more than $100,000 in compensation from us (other than director fees and deferred compensation), or served as our internal or external auditor. Additionally, a director is not independent if he or she or anyone in his or her immediate family is an executive officer of another company whose compensation committee has had a member who is or was one of our executives within the last three years. A director cannot be independent if he, she or an immediate family member is an officer or employee of a company that has received from us (or we have paid to) within the last three years the greater of $1,000,000 or 2% of our (or its) revenues. Messrs. Bennett, Jones and Murray satisfy the requirements to serve as independent directors.

Compensation of Directors

     We will pay an annual director’s fee to each non-employee director of $30,000, plus a fee of $1,000 for each meeting of the board of directors and committee meeting attended in person by each non-employee director and $500 for each telephonic meeting attended, and we will reimburse them for all reasonable travel expenses for attending such meetings. Additionally, each non-employee director receives an initial option grant to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock upon their election to the board of directors. The option vests in full at the end of the director’s first term as a director. The current directors’ initial options will vest in full at the end of the first anniversary of the closing of this offering. The exercise price of the options granted to our initial directors will be the price at which our common stock is being sold in this offering. Employee directors will not be separately compensated by us.

Advisory Board

     We have established an advisory board to assist us in forming additional strategic alliances and providing additional mortgage banking and mortgage broker expertise to our management. The advisory board serves at the pleasure of our board of directors. Members of the advisory board have no decision making authority. Currently our advisory board consists of one member, but additional members may be appointed in the future. Set forth below is certain information about our advisory board member.

      James W. Porter, Jr. In March 1999, Mr. Porter led a group of investors who purchased Sunset Mortgage Company which had 20 offices and $200 million of loan originations. Under his supervision as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sunset Mortgage, it has since grown to approximately 375 corporate branch offices throughout the United States with originations of $2.4 billion in 2003. Since January 1995, he has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Avonwood Capital Corporation. Avonwood was an investment banking and venture capital boutique. Since the acquisition of Sunset, Avonwood has been the general partner of Sunset Mortgage. From March 1990 through August 1994, he served as Chief Executive Officer of OESI Power Corporation where he was responsible for the operations of the third largest geothermal power company in the United States. His expertise lies in mortgage banking, commercial lending and corporate acquisitions. Mr. Porter received his Bachelor of Science Degree from Cornell University and his Masters of Business Administration from The Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania.

     Each member of our advisory board will receive an annual fee of $20,000. We will also reimburse the members for all reasonable travel expenses for attending meetings of the advisory board. Mr. Porter received a grant of 20,000 shares of restricted common stock as compensation for joining our advisory board.

49


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

     Our articles of incorporation provide that the personal liability of any director or officer to us or our stockholders for money damages is limited to the fullest extent allowed by the laws of the State of Maryland. Maryland law authorizes the limitation of liability of directors and officers to corporations and their stockholders for money damages except:

    to the extent that it is proven that the person actually received an improper personal benefit; or

    to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding that the person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated.

     Our articles of incorporation provide for the indemnification of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law. Our other employees and agents may be indemnified to such extent as shall be authorized by the board of directors. Maryland law generally permits indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents against certain judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses that any such person actually incurred in connection with any proceeding to which such person may be made a party by reason of serving in such positions unless it is established that:

    an act or omission of the director, officer, employee or agent was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

    such person actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

    in the case of criminal proceedings, such person had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

     We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors providing them with indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law.

     The underwriting agreement between us and the underwriters also provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of us, our directors and officers and persons who control us within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to certain liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is therefore unenforceable.

Committees of the Board of Directors

      Audit Committee

     Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Bennett, Jones and Murray, all independent directors within the meaning of the NYSE rules. Mr. Bennett will serve as the chairman and will be our audit committee financial expert, as defined under applicable Commission and NYSE rules and regulations. Our board of directors adopted an audit committee charter that defines the audit committee’s primary duties. These primary duties include assisting the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities to stockholders for monitoring:

50


Table of Contents

    the quality and integrity of our financial statements;

    our compliance with ethical policies contained in our code of ethics;

    the independence, qualification and performance of our independent auditors; and

    our accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of our financial statements.

In carrying out the above duties, the audit committee will, among other things:

    retain, subject to stockholder ratification, the independent auditors to conduct the examination of our books and records, and terminate any such engagement if circumstances warrant (the independent auditors shall be ultimately accountable to, and report directly to, the audit committee);

    pre-approve all audit services and, to the extent permitted by law, all non-audit services provided by the independent auditors, as well as the fees and terms for providing such services (however pre-approval authority may be delegated to a member of the audit committee as long as the decisions of such member are presented to the full audit committee at its next meeting);

    evaluate the performance of the independent auditors and the lead audit partner;

    obtain assurance from the independent auditors that they have complied with applicable laws and receive reports from the independent auditors required by Commission rules and applicable laws;

    review with the President and Chief Executive Officer our internal controls and our ability to record, process and summarize financial data (including any weaknesses in the controls);

    prepare the audit committee report for inclusion in our proxy statement for our annual meetings; and

    attend to certain other matters required of an audit committee of a NYSE company under applicable laws, Commission rules and NYSE rules.

     Our audit committee has appointed, and the stockholders have ratified, Ernst & Young LLP as our auditors for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 and for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2004.

      Compensation Committee

     Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Bennett, Stingone and Murray, all of whom are independent directors within the meaning of the NYSE rules. Mr. Murray will serve as chairman of the compensation committee. Our board of directors adopted a compensation committee charter that defines the compensation committee’s primary duties as:

    establishing the compensation of our executive officers and administering the management incentive compensation plan;

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to our chief executive officer’s compensation on at least an annual basis and evaluating the chief executive officer’s performance in light of those goals;

51


Table of Contents

    approving the compensation for our executive officers, including bonuses, deferred compensation arrangements and employment agreements, and any modifications thereto;

    administering and implementing our stock incentive plan and other future option or deferred compensation plans per delegation of such duties by the board of directors; and

    preparing a report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement for our annual meetings.

      Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

     Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Bennett, Jones and Murray, all of whom are independent directors within the meaning of the NYSE rules. Mr. Jones will serve as the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The primary duties of our nominating and corporate governance committee are:

    overseeing the process by which individuals are nominated to become members of our board of directors, including the identification of qualified individuals and the recommendation of director candidates for election or re-election to our board;

    developing and recommending to the board of directors a set of corporate governance principles;

    overseeing matters of corporate governance to ensure that the board of directors is appropriately constituted (including board size and composition) and operated to meet its fiduciary obligations; and

    establishing criteria for, and conducting an evaluation of the effectiveness of, the board of directors.

Code of Ethics

     We have adopted a corporate code of ethics relating to the conduct of our business by our employees, officers and directors. We intend to maintain the highest standards of ethical business practices and compliance with all laws and regulations applicable to our business.

Public Availability of Corporate Governance Documents

     Our key corporate governance documents, including our code of ethics and the charters of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and governance committee are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

     Upon completion of this offering, the members of the compensation committee of our board of directors will be independent directors. None of these directors, nor any of our executive officers, will serve as a member of the governing body or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors.

Executive Compensation

     We were incorporated in October 2003. We did not pay any cash compensation to our executive officers for the period ended December 31, 2003. The following table sets forth the estimated annualized base salary expected to be paid to each of our executive officers for the 2004 fiscal year.

52


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

                                         
    Fiscal Year 2004   Fiscal Year 2004
    Annual Compensation   Long-term Compensation
   
 
                    Other   Awards    
Name and Principal                   Annual   Options   All Other
Position   Salary   Bonus (1)   Compensation   Granted(2)   Compensation

 
 
 
 
 
John Bert Watson
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
  $ 375,000                   136,500 (2)(3)      
Byron L. Boston
Vice Chairman and Executive Vice President-Chief Investment Officer
  $ 300,000                   55,000 (3)(4)      
Jeffrey S. Betros
Executive Vice President – Chief Marketing Officer
  $ 250,000                   25,000 (3)      
Michael L. Pannell
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
  $ 175,000                   25,000 (3)      
Thomas G. Manuel
Executive Vice President-Operat ions and Compliance and Secretary
  $ 175,000                   25,000 (3)      


(1)   Our compensation committee will establish a bonus plan for our executive officers.
 
(2)   Mr. Watson will be granted options under our 2003 Share Incentive Plan to purchase a number of shares equal to 1.17% of the number of shares that are sold to the underwriters in the initial public offering (excluding the over-allotment option). This number reflects the number of options Mr. Watson would be granted assuming that we sell 11,666,667 shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, but the actual number of shares subject to the options to be granted to him will be adjusted upward or downward depending on the actual number of shares sold in the offering. To the extent that the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, Mr. Watson will receive an additional pro rata grant option equal to 1.17% of the number of shares sold pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option.
 
(3)   These options will be granted to these executives at the closing of this offering with an exercise price equal to the initial offering price, and each of their respective options vest in three equal annual installments, with one-third vesting on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering.
 
(4)   Included in this amount are 5,000 shares of restricted stock which were awarded to Mr. Boston when he became an employee of the Company.

53


Table of Contents

Stock Options

     We have adopted the 2003 Share Incentive Plan that provides for the grant of qualified incentive stock options (ISOs) that meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock and dividend equivalent rights (DERs). ISOs may be granted only to our officers and key employees. Nonqualified stock options, restricted stock and dividend equivalent rights may be granted to our directors, advisory board members, officers, key employees and consultants. The exercise price for any ISOs granted under our plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock at the time the ISO is granted. The purpose of our plan is to encourage high levels of performance by individuals who are key to our success and to enable us to attract, motivate and retain talented and experienced individuals essential to our success. Our plan, and any awards made thereunder, will be subject to the approval of our stockholders at the first annual meeting of stockholders.

     Subject to anti-dilution adjustments for stock splits, stock distributions and similar events, our plan authorizes the grant of restricted stock and options to purchase an aggregate of up to                     shares of common stock, which number shall be 10% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering. If an option granted under the plan expires or terminates or restricted stock awarded under the plan does not vest, the shares subject to any unexercised portion of that option will again become available for the issuance of further awards under the plan. Unless previously terminated by our board of directors, the plan will terminate 10 years from its effective date, and no awards may be granted under the plan thereafter.

     Our plan will be administered by our compensation committee, which is comprised entirely of independent directors within the meaning of the rules of the Commission and the NYSE. Options granted under the plan will become exercisable, and restricted stock shall vest, in accordance with the terms of the grant made by the compensation committee. The compensation committee has discretionary authority to determine at the time an option is granted whether it is intended to be an ISO or a non-qualified option, and when and in what increments shares of common stock covered by the option may be purchased. If awards are to be made to independent directors, then the full board of directors will approve such awards.

     No awards may be made under our plan to any person who, assuming exercise of all options or vesting of restricted stock held by such person, would own or be deemed to own more than 9.8% of any class or series of our capital stock outstanding.

     Each option must terminate no more than 10 years from the date it is granted. Options may be granted on terms providing that they will be exercisable in whole or in part at any time or times during their respective terms, or only in specified percentages at stated time periods or intervals during the term of the option.

     The exercise price of any option granted under the plan is payable in full (1) in cash; (2) by surrender of shares of our common stock that have been held for at least six months and have a market value equal to the aggregate exercise price of all shares to be purchased; or (3) by any combination of the foregoing.

     Our board of directors may, without affecting any outstanding options, restricted stock or DERs, from time to time revise or amend our plan, and may suspend or discontinue it at any time. However, no such revision or amendment may increase the number of shares of common stock subject to the stock plan (with the exception of adjustments resulting from changes in capitalization), change the class of participants eligible to receive grants under the plan or modify the period within which or the terms stated in the plan upon which the options may be exercised without stockholder approval.

54


Table of Contents

Stock Options and Restricted Stock Outstanding

     As of December 31, 2003, the only restricted stock grant or option grant that had been awarded under our plan was the issuance of 20,000 shares of restricted stock to Mr. Porter on December 5, 2003, with such shares subject to vesting restrictions that lapse one year from the closing of this offering. The following table sets forth the stock options to be granted under our plan immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

         
    Outstanding Options
Name   Upon Completion of this Offering (1)

 
John Bert Watson (2)(3)
    136,500  
Byron L. Boston (2)
    50,000 (5)
Jeffrey S. Betros (2)
    25,000  
Michael L. Pannell (2)
    25,000  
Thomas G. Manuel (2)
    25,000  
Rodney E. Bennett (4)
    5,000  
Hugh H. Jones, Jr. (4)
    5,000  
George A. Murray (4)
    5,000  
Joseph P. Stingone (4)
    5,000  


(1)   The exercise price and tax withholding obligations incurred upon exercise of the options may be paid by the option holder by delivering shares of our common stock held by the option holder for at least six months.
 
(2)   With respect to Messrs Watson, Boston, Betros, Pannell and Manuel, each of their respective options will vest in three equal annual installments, with one-third vesting on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering.
 
(3)   Mr. Watson will be granted options under our 2003 Share Incentive Plan to purchase a number of shares equal to 1.17% of the number of shares that are sold to the underwriters in the initial public offering (excluding the over-allotment option). This number reflects the number of options Mr. Watson would be granted assuming that we sell 11,666,667 shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, but the actual number of shares subject to the options to be granted to him may be adjusted upward or downward depending on the actual number of shares sold in the initial public offering. To the extent that the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, Mr. Watson will receive in additional pro rata option grant equal to 1.17% of the number of shares sold pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option.
 
(4)   The options granted to these directors vest on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering.
 
(5)   Mr. Boston will also receive a restricted share grant of 5,000 shares immediately prior to the closing of the offering.

Employment Agreements

     We have entered into employment agreements with each of Messrs. Watson, Boston, Betros, Pannell and Manuel. Each of the employment agreements is for a term of three years and automatically renews for one year terms unless notice of non-renewal is given by either party at least 180 days prior to the expiration of the renewal term. Upon the expiration or non-renewal of the employment agreement, the executive shall be entitled to receive a severance payment equal to one times the executive’s then current base salary.

     Each employment agreement provides that in the event of a change of control and the termination of the executive’s employment in connection with such change of control (other than for cause), the executive shall receive a severance payment equal to 2.99 times his then current base salary plus an amount equal to the full bonus the executive was eligible to receive for the year of his termination.

55


Table of Contents

     Each employment agreement also contains a non-competition agreement which generally prohibits each employee from participating in the activities of, rendering services to or investing in any firm or business engaged in the same business as us while they are employed by us and for a period of six months after such employee’s termination, provided that such termination is:

    for cause;

    due to his disability or

    due to the employee leaving without “good reason,” which is generally defined as reasons such as a reduction in such employee’s duties or executive status, relocation 25 miles or more away, and similar actions.

EXPENSES

     We will be required to pay all offering expenses (including accounting, legal, printing, clerical, personnel, filing and other expenses) incurred by us in connection with this offering, estimated at $                     .

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences that are anticipated to be material to an investor in our common stock. This summary is based on current law, is for general information only and is not tax advice. The tax consequences related to an investment in our common stock may vary depending on an investor’s particular situation and this discussion does not purport to discuss all aspects of taxation that may be relevant to a holder of our common stock in light of his or her personal investment or tax circumstances, or to holders of our common stock subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws. Investors subject to special treatment include, without limitation, insurance companies, financial institutions, broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, investors holding common stock as part of a conversion transaction, or a hedge or hedging transaction or as a position in a straddle for tax purposes, foreign corporations or partnerships, and persons who are not citizens or residents of the United States. In addition, the summary below does not consider the effect of any foreign, state, local or other tax laws that may be applicable to you as a holder of our common stock.

     The information in this summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code, current, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code, the legislative history of the Internal Revenue Code, current administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS, and court decisions, all as of the date of this prospectus. The administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS upon which this summary is based include its practices and policies as expressed in private letter rulings that are not binding on the IRS, except with respect to the taxpayers who requested and received such rulings. Future legislation, Treasury Regulations, administrative interpretations and practices, and court decisions may affect the tax consequences contained in this summary, possibly on a retroactive basis. We have not requested, and do not plan to request, any rulings from the IRS concerning our tax treatment, and the statements in this prospectus are not binding on the IRS or a court. Thus, we can provide no assurance that the tax consequences contained in this summary will not be challenged by the IRS or sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS.

     You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences to you of (1) the acquisition, ownership and sale or other disposition of our common stock, including the federal, state, local, foreign and other tax consequences; (2) our election to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes; and (3) potential changes in applicable tax laws.

Taxation of Our Company – General

     We will elect to become subject to tax as a REIT, for federal income tax purposes, commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2004. Our board of directors currently expects that we will operate in a manner that will permit us to qualify as a REIT for the taxable year ending December 31,

56


Table of Contents

2004, and to maintain our qualification as a REIT in each taxable year thereafter. This treatment will permit us to deduct dividend distributions to our stockholders for federal income tax purposes, thus effectively eliminating the “double taxation” that generally results when a corporation earns income and distributes that income to its stockholders in the form of distributions.

     Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we will obtain the opinion of Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP, our special tax counsel, to the effect that we are organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code and, provided that we timely make an election to be a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code with respect to our 2004 taxable year, our proposed method of operations described in this prospectus and as represented by us will enable us to satisfy the requirements for such qualification commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2004. Locke Liddell will also opine to us that the “Federal Income Tax Consequences” section of this prospectus identifies and fairly summarizes the federal income tax consequences that will likely be material to a holder of our common stock. This opinion will be based on various assumptions relating to our organization and operation and is conditioned upon certain representations made by us to our legal counsel. Our continued qualification and taxation as a REIT will depend upon our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership, and the various qualification tests imposed by the Internal Revenue Code as discussed below. This opinion is based on the law in effect on the date hereof which is subject to change, possibly retroactively.

     There can be no assurance that we will qualify as a REIT in any particular taxable year, given the highly complex nature of the rules governing REITs, the ongoing importance of factual determinations and the possibility of future changes in our circumstances. If we were not to qualify as a REIT in any particular year, we would be subject to federal income tax as a regular, domestic corporation, and our stockholders would be subject to tax in the same manner as stockholders of such corporation. In this event, we could be subject to potentially substantial income tax liability in respect of each taxable year that we fail to qualify as a REIT, and the amount of earnings and cash available for distribution to our stockholders could be significantly reduced or eliminated.

     Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, however, we will be subject to federal income taxation as follows:

    We will be required to pay tax at regular corporate rates on any undistributed REIT taxable income, including undistributed net capital gains.

    We may be required to pay the “alternative minimum tax” on our items of tax preference, if any.

    If we have (1) net income from the sale or other disposition of foreclosure property which is held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business or (2) other nonqualifying income from foreclosure property, we will be required to pay tax at the highest corporate rate on this income. In general, foreclosure property is property acquired through foreclosure after a default on a loan secured by the property or on a lease of the property.

    We will be required to pay a 100% tax on any net income from prohibited transactions. In general, prohibited transactions are sales or other taxable dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, held for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. Further, we will be required to pay a 100% tax in respect of amounts that are treated by us as rents from real property but are properly allocable or attributable under the Internal Revenue Code to services rendered by a taxable REIT subsidiary (see below).

    If we fail to satisfy the 75% or 95% gross income tests, as described below, but have maintained our qualification as a REIT, we will be required to pay a 100% tax on an amount based upon the magnitude of the failure, adjusted to reflect our profitability.

57


Table of Contents

    We will be required to pay a 4% excise tax on the amount by which our annual distributions to our stockholders is less than the sum of (1) 85% of our ordinary income for the year; (2) 95% of our real estate investment trust capital gain net income for the year; and (3) any undistributed taxable income from prior periods.

    If we acquire an asset from a corporation that is not a REIT in a transaction in which the basis of the asset in our hands is determined by reference to the basis of the asset in the hands of the transferor corporation, and we subsequently sell the asset within 10 years, then we would be required to pay tax at the highest regular corporate tax rate on this gain to the extent (a) the fair market value of the asset exceeds (b) our adjusted tax basis in the asset, in each case, determined as of the date on which we acquired the asset. The results described in this paragraph assume that we will elect this treatment in lieu of an immediate tax when the asset is acquired.

    With respect to an equity interest in either a taxable mortgage pool or a residual interest in a real estate mortgage investment conduit (REMIC), the ownership of which is attributed to us, we will pay tax at the highest corporate rate on the amount of any excess inclusion income for the taxable year allocable to the percentage of our shares that are held by specified tax exempt organizations that are not subject to the tax on unrelated business taxable income.

Requirements for Qualification as a Real Estate Investment Trust

     The Internal Revenue Code defines a REIT as a corporation, trust or association:

  (1)   that is managed by one or more trustees or directors;

  (2)   that issues transferable shares or transferable certificates of beneficial ownership to its owners;

  (3)   that would be taxable as a regular corporation, but for its election to be taxed as a REIT;

  (4)   that is not a financial institution or an insurance company under the Internal Revenue Code;

  (5)   that is owned by 100 or more persons;

  (6)   not more than 50% in value of the outstanding stock of which is owned, actually or constructively, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code to also include some entities) during the last half of each year; and

  (7)   that meets other tests, described below, regarding the nature of its income and assets, and the amount of its distributions.

     The Internal Revenue Code provides that conditions (1) through (4) must be met during the entire year and that condition (5) must be met during at least 335 days of a year of twelve months, or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Conditions (5) and (6) do not apply to the first taxable year for which an election is made to be taxed as a REIT. For purposes of condition (6), tax-exempt entities are generally treated as individuals, subject to a “look-through” exception for pension funds.

     Our articles of incorporation provide for restrictions regarding ownership and transfer of our stock. These restrictions are intended to assist us in satisfying the share ownership requirements described in conditions (5) and (6) above. These restrictions, however, may not ensure that we will, in all cases, be able to satisfy the share ownership requirements described in conditions (5) and (6) above. If we fail to satisfy these share ownership requirements, our status as a REIT would terminate. If, however, we

58


Table of Contents

comply with the rules contained in applicable Treasury Regulations that require us to determine the actual ownership of our shares and we do not know, or would not have known through the exercise of reasonable diligence, that we failed to meet the requirement described in condition (6) above, we would not be disqualified as a REIT.

     In addition, a corporation may not qualify as a REIT unless its taxable year is the calendar year. We have and will continue to have a calendar taxable year.

Ownership of a Partnership Interest

     Treasury Regulations provide that if we are a partner in a partnership, we will be deemed to own our proportionate share of the assets of the partnership, and we will be deemed to be entitled to our proportionate share of the gross income of the partnership in both cases determined by our percentage interest in partnership capital. The character of the assets and gross income of the partnership generally retains the same character in our hands for purposes of satisfying the gross income and asset tests.

Taxable REIT Subsidiaries

     REITs are permitted to own up to 100% of the shares in a corporation that elects to be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. In order to obtain taxable REIT subsidiary status, the corporation and the REIT must file a joint election with the IRS. A taxable REIT subsidiary pays tax at regular corporate income rates on any income it earns. Moreover, the Internal Revenue Code contains rules (including a limitation on interest deductions and rules requiring the imposition of taxes on the REIT at a rate of 100% on certain reallocated income and expenses) to ensure that contractual arrangements between a taxable REIT subsidiary and its beneficial owners are at arm’s length. Securities in taxable REIT subsidiaries will not qualify as real estate assets for the purposes of the 75% asset test described below.

Qualified REIT Subsidiaries

     A qualified REIT subsidiary is a corporation, all of the stock of which is owned by a REIT. Under the Internal Revenue Code, a qualified REIT subsidiary is not treated as a separate corporation from the REIT. Rather, all of the assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of the qualified REIT subsidiary are treated as the assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of the REIT for purposes of the REIT income and asset tests described below. A qualified REIT subsidiary does not include a corporation that elects to be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary.

Income Tests

     We must meet two annual gross income requirements to qualify as a REIT. First, each year we must derive, directly or indirectly, at least 75% of our gross income, excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property, including rents from real property and mortgage interest, or from specified temporary investments. Second, each year we must derive at least 95% of our gross income, excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, from investments meeting the 75% test described above, or from distributions, interest and gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities. For these purposes, the term interest generally does not include any interest of which the amount received depends on the income or profits of any person. An amount will generally not be excluded from the term interest, however, if such amount is based on a fixed percentage of receipts or sales.

     Any amount includable in gross income by us with respect to a regular or residual interest in a real estate mortgage investment conduit is generally treated as interest on an obligation secured by a mortgage on real property for purposes of the 75% gross income test. If, however, less than 95% of the assets of a real estate mortgage investment conduit consist of real estate assets, we will be treated as receiving directly our proportionate share of the income of the real estate mortgage investment conduit, which would generally include non-qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test. In

59


Table of Contents

addition, if we receive interest income with respect to a mortgage loan that is secured by both real property and other property and the principal amount of the loan exceeds the fair market value of the real property on the date we purchased the mortgage loan, interest income on the loan will be apportioned between the real property and the other property, which apportionment would cause us to recognize income that is not qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test.

     In general, and subject to the exceptions in the preceding paragraph, the interest, original issue discount, and market discount income that we derive from investments in mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities will be qualifying interest income for purposes of both the 75% and the 95% gross income tests. It is possible, however, that interest income from a mortgage loan may be based in part on the borrower’s profits or net income, which would generally disqualify such interest income for purposes of both the 75% and the 95% gross income tests.

     We may employ, to the extent consistent with the REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, forms of securitization of our assets under which a sale of an interest in a mortgage loan occurs, and a resulting gain or loss is recorded on our balance sheet for accounting purposes at the time of sale. In a sale securitization, only the net retained interest in the securitized mortgage loans would remain on our balance sheet. Based on the REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, we expect to conduct such sale securitizations through one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries formed for such purpose. To the extent consistent with the REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, such entities could elect to be taxed as real estate mortgage investment conduits.

     If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% or 95% gross income tests for any year, we may still qualify as a REIT if we are entitled to relief under the Internal Revenue Code. Generally, we may be entitled to relief if:

    our failure to meet the gross income tests was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect;

    we attach a schedule of the sources of our income to our federal income tax return; and

    any incorrect information on the schedule was not due to fraud with the intent to evade tax.

     It is not possible to state whether in all circumstances we would be entitled to rely on these relief provisions. If these relief provisions did not apply to a particular set of circumstances, we would not qualify as a REIT. Even if these relief provisions were to apply, and we retained our status as a REIT, a tax would be imposed with respect to our income that did not meet the gross income tests. We may not always be able to maintain compliance with the gross income tests for REIT qualification despite periodically monitoring our income.

Foreclosure Property

     Net income realized by us from foreclosure property would generally be subject to tax at the maximum federal corporate tax rate. Foreclosure property includes real property and related personal property (1) that is acquired by us through foreclosure following a default on a loan secured by the property or on a lease of the property and (2) for which we make an election to treat the property as foreclosure property. We will not be able to treat any real property (or related personal property) as foreclosure property if at the time we made or entered into the loan or lease, we had an intent to foreclose or evict or knew or had reason to know that a default would occur.

Prohibited Transaction Income

     Any net income realized by us from prohibited transactions is subject to a 100% tax. In general prohibited transactions are sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, but

60


Table of Contents

including mortgage loans, held as inventory or otherwise held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. Whether property is held as inventory or primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business depends on all the facts and circumstances surrounding the particular transaction. We could be subject to the 100% tax on prohibited transactions if we sell or securitize our loans in a manner that is treated as a sale of loans for federal income tax purposes. Although the Internal Revenue Code and the Treasury Regulations provide standards which, if met, would not result in prohibited transaction income, we may not be able to meet these standards in all circumstances.

Hedging Transactions

     We may enter into hedging transactions with respect to one or more of our assets or liabilities. Our hedging transactions could take a variety of forms, including short sales, purchases of treasury options and futures, interest rate swaps, or caps and floors. To the extent that we enter into hedging transactions to reduce our interest rate risk on indebtedness incurred to acquire or carry real estate assets, any income, or gain from the disposition of hedging transactions should be qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test, but not the 75% gross income test.

Asset Tests

     At the close of each quarter of each year, we also must satisfy four tests relating to our assets.

     First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must be real estate assets, cash, cash items and government securities. For purposes of this test, real estate assets include real estate mortgages, real property, interests in other REITs and stock or debt instruments held for one year or less that are purchased with the proceeds of a stock offering or a long-term public debt offering.

     Second, not more than 25% of our total assets may be represented by securities, other than those securities includable in the 75% asset class.

     Third, of the investments included in the 25% asset class, the value of any one issuer’s securities that we hold may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets, and we may not own more than 10% of the total voting power or more than 10% of the value of the outstanding securities of any corporation which is not a REIT, a qualified REIT subsidiary or a taxable REIT subsidiary.

     Finally, no more than 20% of the value of a REIT’s total assets may be represented by securities of one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries.

     We expect that any mortgage-backed securities, real property, and temporary investments that we acquire will generally be qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% asset test, except to the extent that less than 95% of the assets of a real estate mortgage investment conduit in which we own an interest consists of real estate assets. Mortgage loans also will generally be qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% asset test to the extent that the principal balance of each mortgage loan does not exceed the value of the associated real property.

     We anticipate that we may securitize all or a portion of the mortgage loans that we acquire, in which event we will likely retain certain of the subordinated and interest only classes of mortgage-backed securities that may be created as a result of such securitization. The securitization of mortgage loans may be accomplished through one or more of our taxable REIT subsidiaries, or qualified REIT subsidiaries and one or more real estate mortgage investment conduits. The securitization of the mortgage loans through one or more qualified REIT subsidiaries or taxable REIT subsidiaries (whether or not structured as real estate mortgage investment conduits) should not affect our qualification as a REIT or result in the imposition of corporate income tax under the taxable mortgage pool rules. However, in order to reduce the likelihood that we would be subject to a 100% tax on any gain from the sale of

61


Table of Contents

interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits, we expect to use our taxable REIT subsidiaries to form such real estate mortgage investment conduits and to sell interests therein.

     After meeting the asset tests at the close of any quarter, we will not lose our status as a REIT if we fail to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a later quarter solely by reason of changes in asset values. In addition, if we fail to satisfy the asset tests because we acquire securities or other property during a quarter, we can cure this failure by disposing of sufficient nonqualifying assets within 30 days after the close of that quarter.

     We will monitor the status of the assets that we acquire for purposes of the various asset tests and we will manage our portfolio in order to comply with such tests.

Annual Distribution Requirements

     To qualify as a REIT, we are required to distribute distributions, other than capital gain distributions, to our stockholders in an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 90% of our REIT taxable income and (2) 90% of our after tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property, minus (3) the sum of certain items of noncash income. In general, REIT taxable income means taxable ordinary income without regard to the distributions paid deduction. In addition, if we dispose of any asset within 10 years of acquiring it from a taxable C corporation in a tax free reorganization or any other similar carry-over basis transaction, we will be required, under Treasury Regulations not yet promulgated, to distribute at least 90% of the after-tax built-in gain, if any, recognized on the disposition of the asset.

     In order to satisfy the requirement that we distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income attributable to a particular taxable year in the form of distributions, we will use the following methods of distribution: (1) making regular distributions during the taxable year; (2) paying distributions that relate to the particular taxable year by January 31 of the following taxable year, provided we declare the distributions in the fourth quarter of the particular taxable year; and (3) paying distributions that relate to the particular taxable year on or before the first regular dividend after our declaration of such distributions, provided that we declare the dividend prior to the date that our tax return is due for the particular taxable year. The distributions paid under the third method are taxable in the year in which paid, even though these distributions relate to our prior year for purposes of our 90% distribution requirement. To the extent that we do not distribute all of our net capital gain or distribute at least 90%, but less than 100% of our REIT taxable income, we will be subject to tax at regular federal corporate tax rates.

     From time to time we may not have sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet the above distribution requirements due to timing differences between the actual receipt of cash and payment of expenses, and the inclusion of income and deduction of expenses in arriving at our taxable income. If these timing differences occur, in order to meet the REIT distribution requirements, we may need to arrange for short-term, or possibly long-term, borrowings, or pay distributions in the form of taxable stock distributions.

     Under certain circumstances, we may be able to rectify a failure to meet a distribution requirement for a year by paying “deficiency distributions” to our stockholders in a later year, which may be included in our deduction for distributions paid for the earlier year. Thus, we may be able to avoid being subject to tax on amounts distributed as deficiency distributions. We will be required, however, to pay interest based upon the amount of any deduction claimed for deficiency distributions. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% excise tax on the excess of the required distribution over the amounts actually distributed if we should fail to distribute each year at least the sum of 85% of our ordinary income for the year, 95% of our capital gain income for the year, and any undistributed taxable income from prior periods.

62


Table of Contents

Record Keeping Requirements

     We are required to maintain records and request on an annual basis information from specified stockholders. This requirement is designed to disclose the actual ownership of our outstanding stock.

Failure to Qualify

     If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year, and the relief provisions of the Internal Revenue Code described above do not apply, we will be subject to federal income tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, and possibly increased state and local taxes, on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. Such taxation will reduce the cash available for distribution by us to our stockholders. Distributions to stockholders in any year in which we fail to qualify as a REIT will not be deductible by us and we will not be required to distribute any amounts to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, distributions to our stockholders who are individuals generally will be taxable at preferential rates, pursuant to the recently enacted Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 (the “2003 Act”), and, subject to certain limitations of the Internal Revenue Code, corporate stockholders may be eligible for the distributions received deduction. Unless entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we will also be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we lost our qualification. It is not possible to state whether in all circumstances we will be entitled to statutory relief.

Taxable Mortgage Pool Rules

     An entity, or a portion of an entity, may be classified as a taxable mortgage pool under the Internal Revenue Code if:

    substantially all of its assets consist of debt obligations or interests in debt obligations;

    more than 50% of those debt obligations are real estate mortgages or interests in real estate mortgages as of specified testing dates;

    the entity has issued debt obligations (liabilities) that have two or more maturities; and

    the payments required to be made by the entity on its debt obligations bear a relationship to the payments to be received by the entity on the debt obligations that it holds as assets.

     Under the Treasury regulations, if less than 80% of the assets of an entity (or a portion of an entity) consist of debt obligations, these debt obligations are considered not to comprise “substantially all” of its assets, and therefore the entity would not be treated as a taxable mortgage pool. Under the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Regulations, it is possible for a portion of a REIT (as opposed to the entire REIT) to be classified as a taxable mortgage pool. This could occur, for example, if a qualified REIT subsidiary holds a pool of mortgages and uses that pool to issue two classes of pay-through debt. In that case, however, only the taxable income of that portion (and not the taxable income of the entire REIT) would be treated as a excess inclusion income.

     Although we believe that we currently do not own any interests in any taxable mortgage pools, our future financing and securitization arrangements could give rise to us being considered to be, or to own an interest in, one or more taxable mortgage pools. Where an entity, or a portion of an entity, is classified as a taxable mortgage pool, it is generally treated as a taxable corporation for federal income tax purposes. In the case of a REIT, or a portion of a REIT, or a disregarded subsidiary of a REIT, that is a taxable mortgage pool, however, special rules apply. The taxable mortgage pool is not treated as a corporation that is subject to corporate income tax, and the taxable mortgage pool classification does not directly affect the tax status of the REIT. Rather, the consequences of the taxable mortgage pool classification would, in general, except as described below, be limited to the stockholders of the REIT.

63


Table of Contents

     A portion of our income from a taxable mortgage pool arrangement, which might be non-cash accrued income or “phantom” taxable income, could be treated as “excess inclusion income.” Excess inclusion income is an amount, with respect to any calendar quarter, equal to the excess, if any of (a) income allocable to the holder of the residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a taxable mortgage pool over (b) the sum of an amount for each day in the calendar quarter equal to the product of (1) the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the quarter multiplied by (2) 120 percent of the long-term federal rate (determined on the basis of compounding at the close of each calendar quarter and properly adjusted for the length of such quarter). This income would nonetheless be subject to the distribution requirements that apply to us, and could therefore adversely affect our liquidity.

     Moreover, our excess inclusion income would be allocated among our stockholders. A stockholder’s share of excess inclusion income (1) would not be allowed to be offset by any net operating losses otherwise available to the stockholder, (2) would be subject to tax as unrelated business taxable income in the hands of most types of stockholders that are otherwise generally exempt from federal income tax, and (3) would result in the application of federal income tax withholding at the maximum rate (30%), without reduction for any otherwise applicable income tax treaty, to the extent allocable to most types of foreign stockholders. Although the law on the matter is unclear, to the extent that excess inclusion income is allocated to a tax-exempt stockholder that is not subject to unrelated business income tax (such as government entities), we might be taxable on this income at the highest applicable corporate tax rate. The manner in which excess inclusion income would be allocated among shares of different classes of our shares or how such classes of our shares or how such income is to be reported to stockholders is not clear under current law.

REMIC Residual Interests

     We would also have excess inclusion income if we held any REMIC residual interests. We do not anticipate holding such interests, however, other than through a taxable REIT subsidiary. Otherwise, the effect on our stockholders would be the same as described immediately above.

Taxation of Taxable United States Stockholders

     When we use the term “United States stockholders,” we mean a holder of shares of our stock who is, for United States federal income tax purposes:

    a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation or partnership, or other entity taxable as a corporation or partnership for federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or in the District of Columbia, unless Treasury Regulations provide otherwise;

    an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

    a trust whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons whom have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

Distributions Generally

     Among other provisions of the 2003 Act are provisions that generally lower the rate at which stockholders who are individuals are taxed on corporate distributions, from a maximum of 38.6% (as ordinary income) to a maximum of 15% (the same as long-term capital gains), for the 2003 through 2008 tax years, thereby substantially reducing, though not completely eliminating, the double taxation that has historically applied to corporate distributions. With limited exceptions, however, distributions received by

64


Table of Contents

stockholders from us or from other entities that are taxed as REITs will continue to be taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income, which, pursuant to the 2003 Act will be as high as 35% through 2010.

     Distributions out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, other than capital gain distributions will be taxable to our United States stockholders as ordinary income. Provided we qualify as a REIT, our distributions will not be eligible for the distributions received deduction generally available to United States stockholders that are corporations. Distributions received from REITs are generally not eligible to be taxed at the preferential qualified dividend income rates applicable to individuals who receive distributions from taxable C corporations pursuant to the 2003 Act. An exception applies, however, and individual stockholders are taxed at such rates on distributions designated by and received from REITs, to the extent that the distributions are attributable to (1) income that the REIT previously retained in the prior year, and on which it was subject to corporate level tax; (2) distributions received by the REIT from taxable corporations; or (3) income from sales of appreciated property acquired from C corporations in carryover basis transactions.

     To the extent that we make distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, our distributions will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to each United States stockholder, and will reduce the adjusted tax basis which each United States stockholder has in its shares of stock by the amount of the distribution, but not below zero. Distributions in excess of a United States stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares will be taxable as capital gain, provided that the shares have been held as capital assets, and will be taxable as long-term capital gain if the shares have been held for more than one year. Distributions we declare in October, November or December of any year and pay to a stockholder of record on a specified date in any of those months will be treated as both paid by us and received by the stockholder on December 31 of that year, provided we actually pay the dividend by January of the following year. Stockholders may not include in their own income tax returns any of our net operating losses or capital losses.

Capital Gain Distributions

     Distributions designated as net capital gain distributions will be taxable to our United States stockholders as capital gain income to the extent that they do not exceed our actual net capital gain for the taxable year, without regard to the period for which a United States stockholder has held his shares. Corporate stockholders may be required to treat up to 20% of some capital gain distributions as ordinary income. Long-term capital gains are generally taxable at maximum federal rates of 15% (through 2008) in the case of stockholders who are individuals, and 35% for corporations. Capital gains attributable to the sale of depreciable real property held for more than 12 months are subject to a 25% maximum federal income tax rate for taxpayers who are individuals, to the extent of previously claimed depreciation deductions.

Retention of Net Capital Gains

     We may elect to retain, rather than distribute as a capital gain dividend, our net capital gains. If we make this election, we would pay tax on such retained capital gains. In such a case, our stockholders would generally:

    include their proportionate share of our undistributed net capital gains in their taxable income;

    receive a credit for their proportionate share of the tax paid by us; and

    increase the adjusted basis of their stock by the difference between the amount of their capital gain and their share of the tax paid by us.

65


Table of Contents

Passive Activity Losses and Investment Interest Limitations

     Distributions we make, and gain arising from the sale or exchange by a United States stockholder of our shares, will not be treated as passive activity income. As a result, United States stockholders will not be able to apply any “passive losses” against income or gain relating to our stock. Distributions we make, to the extent they do not constitute a return of capital, generally will be treated as investment income for purposes of computing the investment interest limitation.

Dispositions of Stock

     If you are a United States stockholder and you sell or dispose of your shares of stock, you will recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property you receive on the sale or other disposition and your adjusted tax basis in the shares of stock. This gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if you have held the stock as a capital asset, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the stock for more than one year. In general, if you are a United States stockholder and you recognize loss upon the sale or other disposition of stock that you have held for six months or less, the loss you recognize will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent you received distributions from us which were required to be treated as long-term capital gains.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

     We report to our United States stockholders and the IRS the amount of distributions paid during each calendar year, and the amount of any tax withheld. Under the backup withholding rules, a stockholder may be subject to backup withholding with respect to distributions paid unless the holder is a corporation or comes within other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact, or provides a taxpayer identification number or social security number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A United States stockholder, that does not provide us with the correct taxpayer identification number or social security number may also be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against the stockholder’s income tax liability. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any stockholders who fail to certify their non-foreign status.

Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders

     The IRS has ruled that amounts distributed as distributions by a REIT do not constitute unrelated business taxable income when received by a tax-exempt entity. Based on that ruling, provided that a tax-exempt stockholder, has not held its shares as debt financed property within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code and the shares are not otherwise used in a unrelated trade or business, dividend income on our stock and income from the sale of our stock should not be unrelated business taxable income to a tax-exempt stockholder. Generally, debt financed property is property, the acquisition or holding of which was financed through a borrowing by the tax-exempt stockholder.

     For tax-exempt stockholders which are social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts, and qualified group legal services plans exempt from federal income taxation under Sections 501(c)(7), (c)(9), (c)(17) and (c)(20) of the Internal Revenue Code, respectively, income from an investment in our shares will constitute unrelated business taxable income unless the organization is able to properly claim a deduction for amounts set aside or placed in reserve for certain purposes so as to offset the income generated by its investment in our shares. These prospective investors should consult their tax advisors concerning these set aside and reserve requirements.

     Notwithstanding the above, however, a portion of the distributions paid by a pension-held REIT may be treated as unrelated business taxable income as to any pension trust which:

66


Table of Contents

    is described in Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code;

    is tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; and

    holds more than 10%, by value, of the equity interests in the REIT.

     Tax-exempt pension funds that are described in Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code are referred to below as “qualified trusts.”

    A REIT is a pension held REIT if:

    it would not have qualified as a REIT but for the fact that Section 856(h)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code provides that stock owned by a qualified trust shall be treated, for purposes of the 5/50 rule, as owned by the beneficiaries of the trust, rather than by the trust itself; and

    either at least one qualified trust holds more than 25%, by value, of the interests in the REIT, or one or more qualified trusts, each of which owns more than 10%, by value, of the interests in the REIT, holds in the aggregate more than 50%, by value, of the interests in the REIT.

     The percentage of any REIT dividend treated as unrelated business taxable income is equal to the ratio of:

    the gross income from the unrelated business earned by the REIT, less direct expenses relating to this gross income, treating the REIT as if it were a qualified trust and therefore subject to tax on unrelated business taxable income, to

    the total gross income of the REIT less direct expenses relating to this gross income.

     A de minimis exception applies where the percentage is less than 5% for any year. As a result of the limitations on the transfer and ownership of stock contained in our articles of incorporation, we do not expect to be classified as a pension-held REIT but there can be no assurance that this will always be the case.

Taxation of Non-United States Stockholders

     The rules governing federal income taxation of nonresident alien individuals, foreign corporations, foreign partnerships, and other foreign stockholders (non-United States stockholders) are complex and no attempt will be made herein to provide more than a summary of such rules.

     Prospective non-United States stockholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the impact of foreign, federal, state and local tax laws with regard to an investment in our common stock and of our election to be taxed as a real estate investment trust including any reporting requirements.

     Distributions to non-United States stockholders that are not attributable to gain from sales or exchanges by us of United States real property interests and are not designated by us as capital gain distributions or retained capital gains will be treated as distributions of ordinary income to the extent that they are made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Such distributions will generally be subject to a withholding tax equal to 30% of the distribution unless an applicable tax treaty reduces or eliminates that tax. However, if income from an investment in our stock is treated as effectively connected with the non-United States stockholder’s conduct of a United States trade or business, the non-United States stockholder generally will be subject to federal income tax at graduated rates, in the same manner as United States stockholders are taxed with respect to such distributions (and also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax in the case of a non-United States stockholder that is a corporation).

67


Table of Contents

We expect to withhold United States income tax at the rate of 30% on the gross amount of any distributions made to a non-United States stockholder unless (1) a lower treaty rate applies and any required form, such as Form W-8BEN, evidencing eligibility for that reduced rate is filed by the non-United States stockholder with us or (2) the non-United States stockholder files a Form W-8ECI with us claiming that the distribution is effectively connected income.

     Any portion of the distributions paid to non-United States stockholders that is treated as excess inclusion income from a real estate mortgage investment conduit will not be eligible for exemption from the 30% withholding tax or a reduced treaty rate. In addition, if Treasury Regulations are issued allocating our excess inclusion income from non-real estate mortgage investment conduits among our stockholders, some percentage of our distributions would not be eligible for exemption from the 30% withholding tax or a reduced treaty withholding tax rate in the hands of non-United States stockholders.

     Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a stockholder to the extent that such distributions do not exceed the adjusted basis of the stockholder’s stock, but rather will reduce the adjusted basis of such shares. To the extent that distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits exceed the adjusted basis of a non-United States stockholder’s stock, such distributions will give rise to tax liability if the non-United States stockholder would otherwise be subject to tax on any gain from the sale or disposition of its stock, as described below. Because it generally cannot be determined at the time a distribution is made whether or not such distribution will be in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, the entire amount of any distribution normally will be subject to withholding at the same rate as a dividend. However, amounts so withheld are refundable to the extent it is subsequently determined that such distribution was, in fact, in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. We are also required to withhold 10% of any distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

     For any year in which we qualify as a REIT, distributions that are attributable to gain from sales or exchanges of a United States real property interest, which includes certain interests in real property, but generally does not include mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities, will be taxed to a non-United States stockholder under the provisions of the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (FIRPTA). Under FIRPTA, distributions attributable to gain from sales of United States real property interests are taxed to a non-United States stockholder as if such gain were effectively connected with a United States business. Non-United States stockholders thus would be taxed at the normal capital gain rates applicable to United States stockholders (subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals). Distributions subject to FIRPTA also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a non-United States corporate stockholder. We are required to withhold 35% of any distribution that is or can be designated by us as a United States real property capital gains dividend. The amount withheld is creditable against the non-United States stockholder’s FIRPTA tax liability.

     Gain recognized by a non-United States stockholder upon a sale of our stock generally will not be taxed under FIRPTA if we are a domestically controlled REIT, which is a REIT in which at all times during a specified testing period less than 50% in value of the stock was held directly or indirectly by non-United States persons. Because our stock is publicly traded, no assurance can be given that we are or will remain a domestically controlled REIT. In addition, a non-United States stockholder that owns, actually or constructively, 5% or less of a class of our stock throughout a specified testing period will not recognize taxable gain on the sale of his stock under FIRPTA if the shares are traded on an established common stock market.

     Gain not subject to FIRPTA will be taxable to a non-United States stockholder if (1) the non-United States stockholder’s investment in the stock is effectively connected with a United States trade or business, in which case the non-United States stockholder will be subject to the same treatment as United States stockholders with respect to such gain or (2) the non-United States stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and other conditions are met, in which case the nonresident alien individual will be subject to a 30% tax on the individual’s capital gains. If the gain on the sale of the stock were to be subject to taxation

68


Table of Contents

under FIRPTA, the non-United States stockholder would be subject to the same treatment as United States stockholders with respect to such gain (subject to applicable alternative minimum tax, a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals, and the possible application of the 30% branch profits tax in the case of non-United States corporations). A similar rule will apply to capital gain distributions to which FIRPTA does not apply.

Withholding Tax and Information Reporting on Disposition of REIT Stock

     The payment of proceeds from the disposition of common stock to or through a United States office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, unless the beneficial owner furnishes to the broker the appropriate documentation upon which the beneficial owner certifies, under penalties of perjury, among other things, its status as a non-United States stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption and provided the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States stockholder.

     The payment of proceeds from the disposition of common stock to or through a non-United States office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, except as noted below.

     In the case of proceeds from a disposition of common stock paid to or through a non-United States office of a broker that is:

    a United States person;

    a controlled foreign corporation for federal income tax purposes; or

    a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from a specified period is effectively connected with a United States trade or business.

Information reporting, but not backup withholding, will apply unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is a non-United States stockholder and other conditions are satisfied, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption, and the broker has no actual knowledge to the contrary.

     The sale of common stock outside of the United States through a non-United States broker will also be subject to information reporting if the broker is a foreign partnership and at any time during its tax year:

    one or more of its partners are United States persons, as defined for federal income tax purposes, who in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interests in the partnership; or

    the foreign partnership is engaged in a United States trade or business.

     Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-United States stockholder can be refunded or credited against the non-United States stockholder’s federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

     Each prospective holder of common stock should consult that holder’s own tax adviser with respect to the information and backup withholding requirements.

69


Table of Contents

Possible Legislative or Other Actions Affecting REITs

     The rules dealing with federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the United States Treasury Department. Changes to the tax law, which may have retroactive application, could adversely affect us and our investors. It cannot be predicted whether, when, in what forms, or with what effective dates, the tax law applicable to us or our investors will be changed.

Proposed Federal Income Legislation

     Recently, legislation was introduced in the United States House of Representatives and Senate that would amend certain rules relating to REITs. As of the date of this prospectus, this proposed legislation has not been enacted into law. The proposed legislation would, among other things, include the following changes:

    Under the current REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, we generally may not own more than 10% by vote or value of any one issuer’s securities (other than securities of one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries or securities that constitute real estate assets under the REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code). If we fail to meet this test at the end of any quarter and such failure is not cured within 30 days, we would fail to qualify as a REIT. Under the proposal, after the 30 day cure period, a REIT could dispose of sufficient assets to cure such a violation that does not exceed the lesser of 1% of the REIT’s assets at the end of the relevant quarter or $10,000,000. For violations due to reasonable cause that are larger than this amount, the proposed legislation would permit the REIT to avoid disqualification as a REIT, after the 30 day cure period, by taking steps including the disposition of sufficient assets to meet the asset test and paying a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net income generated by the non-qualifying assets.

    The proposed legislation also would change the formula for calculating the tax imposed for violations of the 75% and 95% gross income tests and would make certain changes to the requirements for availability of the applicable relief provisions for failure to meet such tests.

    The proposed legislation would clarify a rule regarding our ability to enter into leases with our taxable REIT subsidiaries.

    Under the current REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, amounts received by a REIT for services that are customarily furnished or rendered in connection with the rental of real property and provided by a taxable REIT subsidiary are excluded from treatment as redetermined rents and therefore avoid a 100% penalty tax. The proposed legislation would eliminate this exclusion.

The foregoing is a non-exhaustive list of changes that would be made by the proposed legislation. The provisions contained in this proposed legislation relating to our ability to enter into leases with our taxable REIT subsidiaries would apply to taxable years ending after December 31, 2000, and the remaining provisions described above generally would apply to taxable years beginning after the date the proposed legislation is enacted. As of the date of this prospectus, it is not possible to predict with any certainty whether the proposed legislation discussed above will be enacted in its current form.

State, Local and Foreign Taxation

     We may be required to pay state, local and foreign taxes in various state, local and foreign jurisdictions, including those in which we transact business or make investments, and our stockholders may be required to pay state, local and foreign taxes in various state, local and foreign jurisdictions,

70


Table of Contents

including those in which they reside. Our state, local and foreign tax treatment may not conform to the federal income tax consequences summarized above. In addition, your state, local and foreign tax treatment may not conform to the federal income tax consequences summarized above. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the effect of state, local and foreign tax laws on an investment in our common stock.

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     In considering an investment in our common stock, a fiduciary of a profit-sharing, pension, stock bonus plan, or individual retirement account (IRA), including a plan for self-employed individuals and their employees or any other employee benefit plan subject to the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and/or the Internal Revenue Code or the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA, should consider (1) whether the ownership of our common stock is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing such plan; (2) whether the ownership of our common stock is consistent with the fiduciary’s responsibilities and satisfies the requirements of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA (where applicable) and, in particular, the diversification, prudence and liquidity requirements of Section 404 of ERISA; (3) ERISA’s prohibitions on improper delegation of control over, or responsibility for, plan assets and ERISA’s imposition of co-fiduciary liability on a fiduciary who participates in, permits (by action or inaction) the occurrence of, or fails to remedy a known breach of duty by another fiduciary; (4) the need to value the assets of the ERISA plan annually; and (5) whether the acquisition, holding or transfer of the common stock will constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code.

     Fiduciaries of ERISA plans and IRAs should consult with and rely upon their own advisors in evaluating the consequences under the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of an investment in common stock in light of their own circumstances.

71


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth certain information as of January 30, 2004 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by (1) each of our 5% stockholders, (2) each of our directors; (3) each of our executive officers; and (4) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. This table assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and that we sell 11,666,667 shares at an assumed price of $15.00 per share (midpoint of the offering range) in the initial public offering. Unless otherwise indicated, all shares are owned directly and the indicated person has sole voting and investment power.

                                 
                    Number of Shares    
            Percent of Class   Beneficially Owned   Percent of Class
Name of Beneficial   Number of Shares   Before   Assuming Completion   Assuming Completion
Owner   Owned as of 1/30/04   Offering   of Offering   of Offering

 
 
 
 
Sapphire Advisors LLC (1)
    311,127       63.93 %     350,000 (2)(3)     3.0 %(3)
John Bert Watson
    155,540       31.96 %     175,000 (4)     1.5 %
Byron L. Boston
    0             5,000       0  
Jeffrey S. Betros
    0                   0  
Michael L. Pannell
    0                   0  
Thomas G. Manuel
    0                   0  
Rodney E. Bennett
    0                   0  
Hugh H. Jones, Jr.
    0                   0  
George A. Murray
    0                   0  
Joseph P. Stingone
    0                   0  
James W. Porter, Jr.
    20,000       4.11 %     20,000       *  
All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)
    155,540       31.96 %     180,000       1.43 %


*   Represents less than 1% of the number of shares of common stock upon completion of the offering.
 
(1)   Sapphire Advisors’ address is 200 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019.
 
(2)   Assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. This number assumes that we will sell 11,666,667 shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, but the number of shares owned by Sapphire Advisors may be adjusted upward or downward depending upon the actual number of shares sold in this offering so that it will own a number of shares equal to 3% of the number of shares sold to the underwriters in the initial public offering (excluding the over-allotment option). To the extent that the underwriters exercise their over-allotment, Sapphire Advisors will receive an additional pro rata share grant equal to 3% of the number of shares sold pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option.
 
(3)   This number excludes warrants to purchase 271,834 shares that Sapphire Advisors will acquire immediately prior to the closing of this offering which will be subject to a one-year restriction on exercisability. The actual number of shares subject to the warrant may be adjusted upward or downward depending upon the actual number of shares sold in the initial public offering so that it will hold a warrant to purchase a number of shares equal to 2.33% of the number of shares sold in the initial public offering (excluding the over-allotment option). To the extent that the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, Sapphire Advisors will receive an additional pro rata warrant to purchase a number of shares equal to 2.33% of the number of shares sold pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option.
 
(4)   Assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. This number assumes that we will sell 11,666,667 shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, but the actual number of shares owned by Mr. Watson may be adjusted upward or downward depending upon the actual number of shares sold in this offering so that he will own a number of shares equal to 1.5% of the number of shares sold to the underwriters in the initial public offering

72


Table of Contents

  (excluding the over-allotment option). To the extent that the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, Mr. Watson will receive an additional pro rata share grant equal to 1.5% of the number of shares sold pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

      We were formed under the laws of the State of Maryland. Rights of our stockholders are governed by the MGCL, our articles of incorporation and our bylaws. The following is a summary of the material provisions of our capital stock. Copies of our articles of incorporation and bylaws are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Authorized Stock

     Our articles of incorporation provide that we may issue up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of December 31, 2003, we had three holders of record of our common stock who held in the aggregate 486,667 shares. Upon completion of this offering, there will be    shares of common stock issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Common Stock

     All shares of our common stock offered hereby will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. Subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of stock and to the provisions of our articles of incorporation regarding the restrictions on transfer of stock, holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive distributions on such stock when, as and if authorized by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor and declared by us and to share ratably in the assets of our company legally available for distribution to our stockholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up after payment of or adequate provision for all known debts and liabilities of our company, including the preferential rights on dissolution of any class or classes of preferred stock.

     Subject to the provisions of our articles of incorporation regarding the restrictions on transfer of stock, each outstanding share of our common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors and, except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of such shares will possess the exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of our board of directors, which means that the holders of a plurality of the outstanding shares of our common stock can elect all of the directors then standing for election and the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.

     Holders of shares of our common stock have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption or appraisal rights and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any of our securities. Subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation regarding the restrictions on transfer of stock, shares of our common stock will have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.

     Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its articles of incorporation, merge, consolidate, transfer all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a statutory share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business unless declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation’s articles of incorporation. Our articles of incorporation do not provide for a lesser percentage for these matters. However, Maryland law permits a corporation to transfer all or substantially all of its assets without the approval of the stockholders of the corporation to one or more persons if all of the equity interests of the person or persons are owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation. Because certain operating assets may be held by a corporation’s subsidiaries, as in our situation, this may mean that a subsidiary of a

73


Table of Contents

corporation can transfer all of its assets without a vote of the corporation’s stockholders in certain circumstances.

     Our articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors to reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock into other classes or series of classes of stock and to establish the number of shares in each class or series and to set the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for each such class or series.

Preferred Stock

     Our articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors to classify any unissued shares of preferred stock and to reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of any series. Prior to issuance of shares of each series, our board of directors is required by the MGCL and our articles of incorporation to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each such series. Thus, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. As of the date hereof, no shares of preferred stock are outstanding and we have no current plans to issue any preferred stock.

Power to Increase Authorized Stock and Issue Additional Shares of Our Common Stock and Preferred Stock

     We believe that the power of our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to increase the number of authorized shares of stock, issue additional authorized but unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and thereafter to cause us to issue such classified or reclassified shares of stock will provide us with flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs that might arise. The additional classes or series, as well as the common stock, will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders, unless stockholder consent is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded. Although our board of directors does not intend to do so, it could authorize us to issue a class or series that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for our stockholders or otherwise be in their best interest.

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer

     In order for us to qualify as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code, not more than 50% of the value of the outstanding shares of our stock may be owned, actually or constructively, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code to include certain entities) during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made by us). Our stock must also be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made by us).

     Our articles of incorporation contain restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our capital stock that are intended to assist us in complying with these requirements and continuing to qualify as a REIT. The relevant sections of our articles of incorporation provide that, subject to the exceptions described below, no person or persons acting as a group may own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the attribution provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, more than (1) 9.8% of the aggregate value of shares of our common stock outstanding or (2) 9.8% of the aggregate value of the issued and outstanding preferred or other shares of any class or series of our stock. We refer to this restriction as the “ownership limit.”

74


Table of Contents

     The ownership attribution rules under the Internal Revenue Code are complex and may cause stock owned actually or constructively by a group of related individuals and/or entities to be owned constructively by one individual or entity. As a result, the acquisition of less than 9.8% of our common stock (or the acquisition of an interest in an entity that owns, actually or constructively, our common stock) by an individual or entity, could nevertheless cause that individual or entity, or another individual or entity, to own constructively in excess of 9.8% of our outstanding common stock and thereby subject the common stock to the ownership limit.

     Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, waive the ownership limit with respect to one or more stockholders who would not be treated as “individuals” for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code if it determines that such ownership will not cause any “individual’s” beneficial ownership of shares of our capital stock to violate the ownership limit and that any exemption from the ownership limit will not jeopardize our status as a REIT.

     In connection with the waiver of the ownership limit or at any other time, our board of directors may decrease the ownership limit for all persons and entities. However, the decreased ownership limit will not be effective for any person or entity whose percentage ownership in our capital stock is in excess of such decreased ownership limit until such time as such person or entity’s percentage of our capital stock equals or falls below the decreased ownership limit. Any further acquisition of our capital stock in excess of such percentage ownership of our capital stock will be in violation of the ownership limit.

     Our articles of incorporation further prohibit:

    any person from actually or constructively owning shares of our capital stock that would result in us being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Internal Revenue Code or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT; and

    any person from transferring shares of our capital stock if such transfer would result in shares of our stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution).

     Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire beneficial or constructive ownership of shares of our common stock that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will be required to give notice immediately to us and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of such transfer on our status as a REIT. The foregoing provisions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.

     Pursuant to our articles of incorporation, if any purported transfer of our capital stock or any other event would otherwise result in any person violating the ownership limitation in our articles of incorporation requiring that our capital stock be beneficially owned by a least 100 persons, then any such purported transfer will be void and of no force or effect with respect to the purported transferee or owner (collectively referred to hereinafter as the “purported owner”) and the purported owner shall acquire no rights in the shares. In the event that any of the ownership limitations in our articles of incorporation are violated by a purported transfer of our capital stock, the number of shares in excess of such applicable ownership limitation will be automatically transferred to, and held by, a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable organizations selected by us. The trustee of the trust will be designated by us and must be unaffiliated with us and with any purported owner. The automatic transfer will be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the violative transfer or other event that results in a transfer to the trust. Any dividend or other distribution paid to the purported owner, prior to our discovery that the shares had been automatically transferred to a trust as described above, must be repaid to the trustee upon demand to be held in trust for distribution to the beneficiary of the trust, and all distributions and other distributions paid by us with respect to such “excess”shares prior to the sale by the trustee of such shares shall be paid to the trustee for the beneficiary. If the transfer to the trust as described above is not automatically effective, for any reason, to prevent violation of the applicable

75


Table of Contents

ownership limitation (other than the ownership limitation which requires that our capital stock be beneficially owned by at least 100 persons), then our articles of incorporation provide that the transfer of the excess shares will be void and of no force or effect, and the purported transferee shall acquire no rights in the excess shares. Subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that such excess shares have been transferred to the trust, the trustee shall have the authority (at the trustee’s sole discretion and subject to applicable law) (1) to rescind as void any vote cast by a purported owner prior to our discovery that such shares have been transferred to the trustee; and (2) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the beneficiary of the trust, provided that if we have already taken irreversible action, then the trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote.

     Shares of our capital stock transferred to the trustee are deemed offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (1) the price paid by the purported owner for the shares (or, if the event which resulted in the transfer to the trust did not involve a purchase of such shares of our capital stock at market price, the market price on the day of the event which resulted in the transfer of such shares of our capital stock to the trust) and (2) the market price on the date we, or our designee, accept such offer. We have the right to accept such offer until the trustee has sold the shares of our capital stock held in the trust pursuant to the clauses discussed below. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold terminates and the trustee must distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the purported owner and any distributions or other distributions held by the trustee with respect to such capital stock will be paid to the charitable beneficiary.

     If we do not buy the shares, the trustee must, within 20 days of receiving notice from us of the transfer of shares to the trust, sell the shares to a person or entity designated by the trustee who could own the shares without violating the ownership limits. After that, the trustee must distribute to the purported owner an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the net price paid by the purported owner for the shares (or, if the event which resulted in the transfer to the trust did not involve a purchase of such shares at market price, the market price on the day of the event which resulted in the transfer of such shares of our capital stock to the trust) and (2) the net sales proceeds received by the trust for the shares. Any proceeds in excess of the amount distributable to the purported owner will be distributed to the beneficiary.

     Our articles of incorporation also provide that “Benefit Plan Investors” (as defined in our articles of incorporation) may not hold, individually or in the aggregate, 25% or more of the value of any class or series of shares of our capital stock to the extent such class or series does not constitute “Publicly Offered Securities” (as defined in our articles of incorporation).

     All persons who own, directly or by virtue of the attribution provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, more than 5% (or such other percentage as provided in the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code) of the lesser of the number or value of the shares of our outstanding capital stock must give written notice to us within 30 days after the end of each calendar year. In addition, each stockholder will, upon demand, be required to disclose to us in writing such information with respect to the direct, indirect and constructive ownership of shares of our stock as our board of directors deems reasonably necessary to comply with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code applicable to a REIT, to comply with the requirements or any taxing authority or governmental agency or to determine any such compliance.

     All certificates representing shares of our capital stock bear a legend referring to the restrictions on ownership described above.

     These ownership limits could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price over the then prevailing market price for the holders of some, or a majority, of our outstanding shares of common stock or which such holders might believe to be otherwise in their best interest.

76


Table of Contents

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     We may implement a dividend reinvestment plan whereby stockholders may automatically reinvest their distributions in our common stock. Details about any such plan would be sent to our stockholders following adoption thereof by our board of directors.

MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND
OF OUR ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

      The following is a summary of the material provisions of the MGCL and of our articles of incorporation and bylaws. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Removal of Directors

     Our articles of incorporation provide that a director may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes of the stock entitled to be cast in the election of directors.

The Board of Directors

     Our bylaws provide that the number of directors of our company may be established by our board of directors but may not be fewer than one nor more than 15. Any vacancy will be filled, at any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, by a majority of the remaining directors.

Business Combinations

     Maryland law prohibits “business combinations” between a corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates as asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as:

    any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our voting stock after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or

    an affiliate or associate of the corporation at any time after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

     A person is not an interested stockholder if the board of directors approves in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving the transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board of directors.

     After the five year prohibition, any business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

    80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of the then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting together as a single voting group; and

77


Table of Contents

    two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of the voting stock, voting together as a single voting group, other than shares held by (1) the interested stockholder who will (or whose affiliate will) be a party to the proposed business combination; or (2) an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholders.

     These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

     The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are approved by the board of directors before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder.

     Our articles of incorporation include a provision excluding us from these provisions of the MGCL and, consequently, the five-year prohibition and the super-majority vote requirements will not apply to business combinations between us and any interested stockholder unless we later amend our articles of incorporation and bylaws to modify or eliminate this provision. We believe that our ownership restrictions will substantially reduce the risk that a stockholder would become an “interested stockholder” within the meaning of the Maryland business combination statute.

Control Share Acquisitions

     The MGCL provides that “control shares” of a Maryland corporation acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights except to the extent approved at a special meeting by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding shares of stock in a corporation in respect of which any of the following persons is entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting power of shares of stock of the corporation in the election of directors:

    a person who makes or proposes to make a control share acquisition;

    an officer of the corporation; or

    an employee of the corporation who is also a director of the corporation.

“Control shares” are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquiror or in respect of which the acquiror is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquiror to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

    one-tenth or more but less than one-third,

    one-third or more but less than a majority, or

    a majority or more of all voting power.

Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

     A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses), may compel our board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

78


Table of Contents

     If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute on or before the tenth day after the control share acquisition, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquiror or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquiror becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiror in the control share acquisition.

     The control share acquisition statute does not apply (1) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction; or (2) to acquisitions approved or exempted by a provision in the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation and adopted at any time before the acquisition of the shares.

     Our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all acquisitions, by any person of our common stock and, consequently, the applicability of the control share acquisitions, unless we later amend our articles of incorporation, with stockholder approval, to modify or eliminate this provision. We believe that our ownership restrictions will substantially reduce the risk that a stockholder would become an “interested stockholder” within the meaning or the Maryland business combination statute.

Amendment to Our Articles of Incorporation

     Our articles of incorporation may be amended only if declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Dissolution of Our Company

     The dissolution of our company must be declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

     Our bylaws provide that:

    with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, the only business to be considered and the only proposals to be acted upon will be those properly brought before the annual meeting:

  (1)   pursuant to our notice of the meeting;

  (2)   by, or at the direction of, a majority of our board of directors; or

  (3)   by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in our bylaws;

    with respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our company’s notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting of stockholders unless otherwise provided by law; and

    nominations of persons for election to our board of directors at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be made only:

79


Table of Contents

  (1)   by, or at the direction of, our board of directors; or

  (2)   by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in our bylaws.

Anti-Takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

     The advance notice provisions of our bylaws could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. Likewise, if our articles of incorporation were to be amended to avail us of the business combination provisions of the MGCL or if the provision in the articles of incorporation opting out of the control share acquisition provisions of the MGCL were rescinded, these provisions of the MGCL could have similar anti-takeover effects.

Indemnification and Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability

     Our articles of incorporation provide for indemnification of our directors against liabilities to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as amended from time to time. We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our officers, whereby we agreed to indemnify such officers to the fullest extend permitted by the MGCL.

     The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

    an act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and:

  (1)   was committed in bad faith; or

  (2)   was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

    the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

     However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation (other than for expenses incurred in a successful defense of such an action) or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received. In addition, the MGCL permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of:

    a written affirmation by the director or officer of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

    a written undertaking by the director or on the director’s behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the director did not meet the standard of conduct.

80


Table of Contents

     The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to include in its articles of incorporation a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our articles of incorporation contain such a provision which eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

     Our bylaws obligate us, to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to:

    any present or former director or officer who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or

    make any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

     Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Commission, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is therefore unenforceable.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock will be Mellon Investor Services LLC.

REPORTS TO STOCKHOLDERS

     We will furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and such other periodic reports as we may determine to furnish or as may be required by law.

UNDERWRITING

     WR Hambrecht + Co, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

           
      Number of
Underwriter   Shares

 
WR Hambrecht + Co.
       
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
       
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
       
[___________]
       
 
   
 
 
Total
    [________]  
 
   
 

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that

81


Table of Contents

the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

     We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

     The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

     The representatives have advised us that they propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $                     per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $                     per share to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.

     The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

                         
            Without   With
    Per Share   Option   Option
   
 
 
Public Offering Price
  $       $       $    
Underwriting Discount
  $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to Us
  $       $       $    

     The total expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $                     and are payable by us.

Over-allotment Option

     We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to     additional shares, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

     We have agreed that for a period of 180 days from the date the registration statement (of which this prospectus is a part) is declared effective by the Commission, we will not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., issue, offer, sell, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose (or announce any issuance, offer, sale, grant of any option to purchase or other disposition) of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of our common stock, except:

82


Table of Contents

    pursuant to this offering,

    pursuant to the exercise of warrants outstanding on the date of this prospectus and as described in this prospectus, or

    pursuant to the exercise of stock options outstanding on the date of this prospectus, or granted subsequent to the date of this prospectus, pursuant to a stock option or other employee benefit plan in existence on the date of this prospectus and described in this prospectus.

     In addition, our executive officers and directors and all of our other existing security holders have agreed that for a period of 180 days from the date the registration statement (of which this prospectus is a part) is declared effective by the Commission, such person will not, directly or indirectly, without first obtaining the written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co and J. P. Morgan Securities Inc.:

    sell, offer, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option right or warrant to purchase, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or any other rights to purchase or acquire any shares of our capital stock, or

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our capital stock,

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our capital stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, in each case, that such person directly or beneficially owns or acquires; provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions will not apply to shares of our common stock acquired after the commencement of this offering on the open market.

     The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply if:

    the person is an individual transferring shares of our capital stock or other securities during his lifetime or on death by gift, will or intestacy or to a member or members of his immediate family or to a partnership or trust, the partners or beneficiaries of which are exclusively that person and/or a member or members of his immediate family; or

    the person is a partnership, trust, corporation or similar entity, distributing shares of our capital stock or other securities to its partners or shareholders;

provided, however, that in each such case, prior to any transfer or distribution, each transferee or distributee executes an agreement, reasonably satisfactory to WR Hambrecht + Co, pursuant to which such transferee or distributee agrees to receive and hold such shares of our capital stock or other securities, subject to the foregoing restrictions.

Listing on the New York Stock Exchange

     We expect our common stock to be approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SFO.” In order to meet the requirements for listing of our common stock on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial owners.

     Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The public offering price was determined through negotiations among us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were:

83


Table of Contents

    the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

    our financial information;

    the history of, and the prospects for, our past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

    an assessment of our management, our past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

    the present state of our development; and

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

     An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price. The underwriters do not expect to sell more than five percent of the shares being offered in this offering to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

     Until the distribution of the shares is completed, Commission rules may limit the underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

     The underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the issuer in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

     The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

     Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

     Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common

84


Table of Contents

stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the representatives make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Other Relationships

     Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates engage in transactions with, and perform services for, our company in the ordinary course of business and have engaged, and may in the future engage, in commercial banking and investment banking transactions with our company, for which they have received customary compensation.

     J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. is an affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank. JPMorgan Chase Bank has provided us with a commitment letter for a $250 million senior secured revolving mortgage warehouse credit facility, for which JPMorgan Chase Bank has agreed to serve as the sole administrative agent. Such commitment letter is described in more detail in this prospectus under “Our Company — Operating and Investment Policies — Financing” on page 40. We may also engage in derivative and whole loan trading transactions, such as reverse repurchase agreements, with JPMorgan Chase Bank or one of its affiliates upon terms and conditions to be agreed upon in the future. Among other things, the terms of such commitment letter provide that we will also agree to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with the syndication of this warehouse facility and the preparation of definitive loan documentation, including legal fees, that are incurred by JPMorgan Chase Bank. We expect that these expenses will be approximately $   .

LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby and the description of federal income tax consequences will be passed upon for us by Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP, Dallas, Texas, and certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sidley Austin Brown & Wood LLP, San Francisco, California.

EXPERTS

     Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, have audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2003, and for the period beginning October 6, 2003 (inception) and ended December 31, 2003, as set forth in their report. We’ve included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     We have filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form S-11, including exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock we propose to sell in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information about us and the shares of common stock we propose to sell in this offering, and we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed and each statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the exhibit to which the reference relates. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 10024, Washington, DC 20549. Copies of such material also can be obtained at prescribed rates by mail from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 10024, Washington, DC 20549. The Commission’s toll-free number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Commission maintains a web site, http://www.sec.gov , that contains reports, proxy

85


Table of Contents

and information statements and other information regarding registrants, including us, that file electronically with the Commission.

      As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and will file periodic reports, proxy statements and will make available to our stockholders annual reports containing audited financial information for each year and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.

86


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.
For the period beginning October 6, 2003 (inception)
and ended December 31, 2003
with Report of Independent Auditors


Table of Contents

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.

Consolidated Financial Statements

For the period beginning October 6, 2003 (inception)
and ended December 31, 2003

Contents

         
Report of Independent Auditors
    F-2  
Audited Financial Statements Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
    F-3  
Consolidated Statement of Operations
    F-4  
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity
    F-5  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
    F-6  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-7  

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

Board of Directors
Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.
Jacksonville, Florida

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. and subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2003 and the related statement of operations, changes in stockholders equity, and cash flows for the period beginning October 6, 2003 (inception) and ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. and subsidiary at December 31, 2003 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the period beginning October 6, 2003 (inception) and ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Jacksonville, Florida
February 2, 2004

F-2


Table of Contents

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition

December 31, 2003

             
   
Assets
       
Cash
  $ 43,911  
Computer software
    16,000  
Deferred offering costs
    254,622  
 
   
 
Total assets
  $ 314,533  
 
   
 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
       
Liabilities:
       
 
Notes payable to stockholders
  $ 145,000  
 
Accrued liabilities
    143,222  
 
   
 
 
Total liabilities
    208,222  
Stockholders’ equity:
       
 
Preferred stock, $.001 par value, authorized — 50,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding
     
 
Common stock, $.001 par value, authorized — 100,000,000 shares; 467,785 issued and outstanding
    468  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    47,405  
 
Retained earnings (deficit)
    (21,562 )
 
   
 
 
    26,311  
 
   
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 314,533  
 
   
 

See accompanying notes.

F-3


Table of Contents

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the period beginning October 6, 2003 and ended
December 31, 2003

         
Interest expense on loans to stockholders
  $ 97  
Advisory board expense
    16,773  
Other expense
    4,692  
Loss before income taxes
  $ (21,562 )
Income taxes
     
 
   
 
Net loss
  $ (21,562 )
 
   
 
Average shares outstanding
    466,681  
Net loss per share
  $ (.05 )

See accompanying notes.

F-4


Table of Contents

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

For the period beginning October 6, 2003 and ended
December 31, 2003

                                 
            Additional   Retained    
    Common   Paid-in   Earnings    
    Stock   Capital   (Deficit)   Total
   
 
 
 
Balance at October 6, 2003
  $       $       $       $    
Issuance of common stock
    1,999       29,101               31,100  
Conversion of shares in reincorporation
    (1,532 )     1,532                  
Amortization of restricted stock
    1       16,772               16,773  
Net loss
                    (21,562 )     (21,562 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
  $ 468     $ 47,405     $ (21,562 )   $ 26,311  
 
   
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-5


Table of Contents

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the period beginning October 6, 2003 and ended
December 31, 2003

           
Operating activities:
       
 
Net loss
  $ (21,562 )
 
Adjustments to reconcile net cash used by operating activities
   
 
 
 
Amortization of restricted stock
    16,773  
 
Increase in deferred offering costs
    (254,622 )
 
Increase in accrued liabilities
    143,222  
 
 
   
 
Net cash used by operating activities
    (116,189 )
 
 
   
 
Investing activities:
       
 
Purchase of computer software
    (16,000 )
 
 
   
 
Net cash used by investing activities
    (16,000 )
 
 
   
 
Financing activities:
       
 
Net increase in notes to stockholders
    145,000  
 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    31,100  
 
 
   
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    176,100  
 
 
   
 
Increase in cash
    43,911  
Cash at beginning of period
     
 
 
   
 
Cash at end of period
  $ 43,911  
 
 
   
 

See accompanying notes.

F-6


Table of Contents

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2003

Note A – Organization

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Maryland on October 6, 2003 under the name of Sunset Capital Investments, Inc. but has had limited operations to date other than matters relating to its organization and the issuance of shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share (“Common Stock”), to its initial stockholders.

On November 17, 2003, Sunset Capital Investments, Inc. filed amended articles of incorporation to change its name to Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. and to change the number of authorized shares from 15,000,000 to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock and from 50,000,000 to 100,000,000 shares of common stock.

On November 28, 2003, the Company executed stock exchange agreements with its founding stockholders whereby the 1,999,400 shares of Sunset Capital Investments, Inc. issued at formation were exchanged for 466,667 shares of Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.

On December 5, 2003, the Company granted 20,000 shares of restricted stock to its advisory board member. The shares vest one year from the date of the Company’s initial public offering and are being reflected as issued and outstanding for accounting purposes as they vest.

Note B – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The books and records of the Company are maintained on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and include all of the accounts of the Company and its 100% owned subsidiary, SFR Subsidiary, Inc. The Company consolidates all entities in which it has a controlling interest as determined by a majority ownership interest in the common stock of such entities or the ability to exercise control and consolidates any variable interest entities for which it is the primary beneficiary. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The Company’s fiscal year end will be December 31 of each year.

Use of Estimates

The presentation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

F-7


Table of Contents

Note B – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Deferred Offering Costs

Costs incurred which are directly attributable to the Company’s initial public offering are being deferred and will be charged against the proceeds of the offering.

Profit and Loss Allocations and Distributions

As a REIT, the Company intends to declare regular quarterly distributions in order to distribute substantially all of its taxable income to stockholders each year.

Loans Held for Sale

The Company may, from time to time, acquire loans with the intention of securitizing and selling interests in the loans. These loans will be carried at the lower of the aggregate cost or market value on our statement of financial position. The amount, if any, by which the cost exceeds the fair value will be recorded in a valuation allowance. Changes in the valuation allowance and realized gains or losses are recorded in the statement of operations.

Retained Interests in Loan Securitizations

The Company anticipates structuring its securitizations as financings for accounting purposes with the result that both the mortgage assets and the debt represented by the notes remain on the Company’s balance sheet.

Retained interests in securitizations will be accounted for as available for sale securities and carried at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains or losses included in stockholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income or loss). The Company is not aware of an active market for the purchase and sale of these retained interests at this time; accordingly, the Company will estimate the fair value of the retained interest by calculating the present value of the estimated expected future cash flows received after being released by the securitization trust, using a discount rate commensurate with the risk involved. The cash flows being discounted will be adjusted for estimated net losses due to defaults or prepayments of the underlying loans.

F-8


Table of Contents

Note B – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Changes in the fair value of the retained interests resulting from changes in the timing of cash flows to be received or changes in market interest rates will be adjusted through other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Reductions in the estimated aggregate cash flows to be received, caused by defaults or prepayments or the timing of expected future cash flows that result in a reduction to the fair value of the retained interests, will be considered an other than temporary impairment and will be recognized through a charge to expense in that period.

Accounting for Stock Compensation

As of December 31, 2003, the Company had no outstanding stock options. The Company intends to issue stock options in the future. The Company may issue options and other stock-based compensation to key employees, directors, advisory board members and consultants. The Company intends to account for stock based awards in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS Statement No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” (FAS 123).

The Company will record an expense for the fair value of stock based awards. Awards to non-employee service providers will be measured on the earlier of (1) the performance commitment date or (2) the date the services required under the arrangement have been completed. The fair value will be measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model over the contractual term of the award. If performance of services has already occurred expense is recorded based on the fair value on the date of grant.

Interest on Loans

Interest will be accrued monthly on outstanding principal balances unless management considers the collection of interest to be uncertain. The Company generally considers the collection of interest to be uncertain when loans are contractually past due three months or more.

Hedging Activities

The Company expects to enter into certain transactions, including short sales, purchases of treasury options, mortgage-backed securities and futures, interest rate swaps, caps and floors to mitigate the effect that changes in interest rates have on the fair value of its fixed rate loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios. Periods of rising interest rates will generally decrease the fair value of a loan or mortgage-backed securities portfolio. Generally, the Company expects to enter into these transactions when the rate is locked on a pending loan or when we agree to purchase a pool of mortgages. In swap transactions, the Company will generally enter into an interest rate swap contract, receiving a floating rate of interest and paying a fixed rate of interest.

F-9


Table of Contents

Note B – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

The term of the swap contracts will be determined by duration of the related assets being hedged. The Company will account for the options, futures and swaps in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended, (SFAS No. 133) which requires all derivative instruments to be carried at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial condition.

Income Taxes

The Company will elect to be taxed as a REIT under Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code and, upon the election being made, the Company will be taxed as such beginning with the taxable year ending December 31, 2004. To qualify as a REIT, the Company must meet certain organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to currently distribute at least 90% of ordinary taxable income to stockholders. As a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to federal income tax on taxable income that the Company distributes to its stockholders. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, it will then be subject to federal income taxes on taxable income at regular corporate rates starting with that year and will not be permitted to qualify for treatment as a REIT for federal income tax purposes for four years following the year during which qualification is lost unless the Internal Revenue Service were to grant the Company relief under certain statutory provisions.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company will provide an allowance for loan losses related to certain mortgage loans. Loan loss provisions will be based on an assessment of numerous factors affecting the portfolio of mortgage assets including, but not limited to, current and projected economic conditions, delinquency status, credit losses to date on underlying mortgages and any remaining credit protection. Loan loss provision estimates are reviewed periodically and adjustments are reported in earnings when they become known.

Computer Software

The Company has capitalized costs related to internal use software, including costs to develop the Company’s website, which have been incurred during the application development stage. These costs will be amortized over the estimated useful life of the software. The Company expenses all costs related to the development of internal use software other than those incurred during the application development stage.

F-10


Table of Contents

Note B – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities. The statement specifies the accounting for certain employee termination benefits, contract termination costs and costs to consolidate facilities or relocate employees and is effective for exit and disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this statement did not have a material effect on financial condition or results of operations.

In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” FIN No. 45 specifies the disclosures to be made about obligations under certain issued guarantees and requires a liability to be recognized for the fair value of a guarantee obligation. The recognition and measurement provisions of the interpretation apply prospectively to guarantees issued after September 30, 2002. The adoption of this interpretation did not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 46 “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” FIN No. 46 requires a company to consolidate a variable interest entity (VIE) if the company has variable interests that give it a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns of the entity. Prior to FIN No. 46, VIEs were commonly referred to as SPEs. FIN No. 46 is effective immediately for VIEs created after January 31, 2003. The Company does not expect this interpretation did not have a material effect on financial condition or results of operations.

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS Statement No. 149, Amendment to Statement No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This statement amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under SFAS Statement No. 133. The changes in SFAS Statement No. 149 improve financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. Those changes will result in more consistent reporting of contracts as either derivatives or hybrid instruments. SFAS Statement No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except in certain instances detailed in the statement, and hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. Except as otherwise stated in SFAS Statement No. 149, all provisions should be applied prospectively. The adoption of this statement did not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

F-11


Table of Contents

Note B – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150, which is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, must be implemented by reporting the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle for financial instruments created before the issuance date of the statement and still existing at the beginning of the interim period of adoption. The statement requires that a financial instrument which falls within the scope of the statement to be classified and measured as a liability. The following financial instruments are required to be classified as liabilities: (1) shares that are mandatorily redeemable, (2) an obligation to repurchase the issuer’s equity shares or one indexed to such an obligation and that requires or may require settlement by transferring assets and (3) the embodiment of an unconditional obligation that the issuer may or may not settle by issuing a variable number of equity shares if, at inception, the monetary value of the obligation is based on certain measurements defined in the statement. The adoption of this statement did not have a material effect on financial condition or results of operations.

Note C – Stock-Based Incentive Compensation Plan

The Company has adopted the 2003 Share Incentive Plan which permits the granting of stock options, dividend equivalent rights and restricted stock awards. The terms of the plan stipulate that the exercise price of the options may not be less than fair market value of the Company’s stock at the date the options are granted. The Company has reserved shares of common stock for issuance under this plan equal to 10% of the total number of shares issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of the initial public offering.

Options granted vest according to the terms of the option agreement from the date of grant and expire 10 years from the date of grant. The Company expects to grant options to purchase approximately 230,000 shares of common stock to executive officers and independent directors of the Company to be effective on the closing of the Company’s initial public offering and exercisable at the initial offering price. An expense will be recorded based on the fair value of the options on the grant date in accordance with FAS 123 measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model over the options expected life and amortized over the vesting period.

F-12


Table of Contents

Note C – Stock-Based Incentive Compensation Plan (continued)

The Company also expects to grant warrants to purchase approximately 272,000 shares of common stock to Sapphire Advisors, a founding shareholder. The warrants are to be granted to Sapphire in connection with its role in assisting the Company from and after the date of its formation. These warrants will be granted effective on the closing of the Company’s initial public offering and exercisable at the initial offering price. The warrants will be fully vested at the date of grant and will expire 10 years from the date of grant. An expense will be recorded for the warrants fair value in accordance with FAS 123 measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model over the contractual term of the award.

On December 5, 2003, the Company granted 20,000 shares of restricted stock to its sole advisory board member. The shares will vest over a one-year period and will be recorded at fair value on the grant date, which will be based on the value at the time of the initial public offering. The shares will be reflected as outstanding, as they are amortized to expense over the vesting period and vested shares may be purchased by the recipient at par value. Based on an assumed offering price of $15 per share of common stock, the Company will record approximately $300,000 in expense over the vesting period related to this restricted stock grant The grantee is eligible to receive distributions and exercise voting privileges on the restricted shares.

Note D Notes Payable to Stockholder

On November 14, 2003, the Company executed a $30,000 note payable to a stockholder. The note bears interest at a fixed rate of 1.49%, is unsecured and matures on November 14, 2004, with principal and interest due at maturity.

On December 8, 2003, the Company executed a $15,000 note payable to a stockholder. The note bears interest at a fixed rate of 1.49%, is unsecured and matures on December 8, 2004, with principal and interest due at maturity.

On December 26, 2003, the Company executed a $100,000 note payable to a stockholder. The note bears interest at a fixed rate of 1.49%, is unsecured and matures on December 26, 2004, with principal and interest due at maturity.

Note E Deferred Offering Costs

The Company has deferred direct costs related to its planned initial public offering of common stock. The deferred costs relate to professional fees, filing and registration fees and travel related expenses, and will be offset against the offering proceeds.

Note F – Income Taxes

The Company will elect to be taxed as a REIT commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2004. For the tax year ended December 31, 2003 the Company was taxed as a C Corporation. The Company has a net operating loss carry forward of approximately $21,000 for which a valuation allowance has been recorded for the entire deferred tax asset. Due to the election to be taxed as a REIT in future years, the Company does not expect to be able to utilize the NOL carry forward prior to expiration in 2023.

F-13


Table of Contents

Note G – Subsequent Events

Warehouse Credit Facility

On January 21, 2004, the Company obtained a commitment letter from JPMorgan Chase Bank to provide a $250 million senior secured revolving mortgage warehouse credit facility, which will be used to fund the purchase of residential mortgage loans. Borrowings under this warehouse facility will be subject to the following borrowing limitations: up to 100% of the amount of the warehouse facility may be used to fund the purchase of conforming loans; up to 100% of the amount of the warehouse facility may be used to fund the purchase of Alt-A loans; and up to 30% of the warehouse facility (increasing to a 40% maximum on the first five and last five business days of each month) may be used to fund residential mortgage loans which have closed but whose related documents are still in transit, which loans are commonly referred to as “wet loans.”

The advance rate, or the maximum amount that can be borrowed under this warehouse facility at any one time, is equal to 98% of the value of residential mortgage loans (minus any discounts) acquired with the proceeds from such advance. This warehouse facility will mature and payments of principal will be due 364 days from the date of the company’s initial public offering. The annual interest rate will be, at the Company’s option, either: 30-day LIBOR plus 1.125% or the prime rate of interest quoted by JPMorgan Chase Bank plus 0.125%, and such interest will be payable monthly. JPMorgan Chase Bank will charge an annual fee equal to 25 basis points of the total amount committed under this warehouse facility.

Borrowings under this warehouse facility will be secured by perfected first liens (and all rights related thereto including sale proceeds, if any) on all of the residential mortgages purchased using this warehouse facility.

The commitment under this warehouse facility is subject to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering and execution and delivery of definitive loan documentation satisfactory to JPMorgan Chase Bank. The definitive warehouse facility documents are expected to contain affirmative and negative covenants, as well as default provisions, that are customarily found in similar credit agreements.

Lease Agreement

On January 26, 2004 the Company executed a lease agreement for office space. The lease will be accounted for as an operating lease and has an initial term of approximately five years with one five year renewal option. Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

                 
2004
  $ 50,815  
2005
    69,760  
2006
    71,853  
2007
    74,009  
2008
    76,229  
Thereafter
    19,629  

F-14


Table of Contents

__________________ Shares

SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.

Common Stock

Joint Book-Running Managers

(LOGO)


Stifel, Nicolaus & Company
Incorporated

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Requirements

     Until    , 2004, 25 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 31. Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution

     The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the Commission registration fee, the NYSE listing fee and the NASD filing fee.

                 
Commission registration fee
  $ 19,774  
NYSE listing fee
    150,000  
NASD fee
    20,625  
Printing and engraving expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Blue sky fees and expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    *  
Miscellaneous
       
 
   
 
Total
  $    
 
   
 


*   To be provided by amendment.

Item 32. Sales To Special Parties

     On October 15, 2003, in connection with our formation, we issued 1,333,400 shares of common stock to Sapphire Advisors for $1,333 and 666,000 shares of common stock to Bert Watson, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, for $666. Sapphire Advisors and Mr. Watson subsequently contributed $20,000 and $10,000, respectively, as additional paid in capital. Each of Sapphire Advisors and Mr. Watson are accredited investors. These formation transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the United States securities laws pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. On November 28, 2003, Sapphire Advisors and Bert Watson each executed stock exchange agreements with us whereby all of the shares that were issued to them at formation were exchanged for 311,127 and 155,540 shares of our common stock, respectively. It is anticipated that the actual number of shares owned by these two stockholders may be adjusted upward or downward (depending on the actual number of shares sold in the initial public offering) immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering so that these two stockholders will own 3% and 1.5%, respectively, of the number of shares sold to the underwriters in the initial public offering.

     James W. Porter, Jr., a member of our advisory board, was issued 20,000 shares of common stock at a price of $0.001 per share (par value) under our 2003 Share Incentive Plan on December 5, 2003. The issuance of the common stock under the plan was exempt from the registration requirements of the United States securities laws pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.

     We have agreed to grant to Sapphire Advisors, immediately prior to the closing of our initial public offering, a warrant to acquire up to approximately 271,834 shares of our common stock (assuming a $15.00 per share initial public offering price) at an exercise price per share equal to the price of the common stock sold in this offering (the exact number of shares subject to the warrant will be equal to 2.33% of the number of shares sold to the underwriters in the initial public offering). The warrant will be issued to Sapphire in connection with its role in assisting us from and after the date of our formation, including:

II-1


Table of Contents

    assisting in our formation and the formation of our sole taxable REIT subsidiary;

    assisting in recruiting our officers and directors;

    identifying the underwriters; and

    identifying and negotiating potential credit facilities.

The warrant will be exercisable at any time after the expiration of one (1) year and will expire 10 years from the date of issuance with the underlying shares subject to a three year lock-up agreement with one-third of the resale restrictions on the shares expiring on each of the first three anniversaries of the closing of this offering.

Item 33. Recent Sales Of Unregistered Securities.

     On October 15, 2003, in connection with our formation, we issued 1,333,400 shares of common stock to Sapphire Advisors for $1,333 and 666,000 shares of common stock to Bert Watson, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, for $666. Sapphire upward or and Mr. Watson subsequently contributed $20,000 and $10,000, respectively, as additional paid in capital. Each of Sapphire Advisors and Mr. Watson are accredited investors. These formation transactions are exempt from the registration requirements of the United States securities laws pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. On November 28, 2003, Sapphire Advisors and Bert Watson each executed stock exchange agreements with us whereby all of the shares that were issued to them at formation were exchanged for 311,127 and 155,540 shares of our common stock, respectively. It is anticipated that the actual number of shares owned by these two stockholders may be adjusted upward or downward (depending on the actual number of shares sold in the initial public offering) immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering so that these two stockholders will own 3% and 1.5%, respectively, of the number of shares sold to the underwriters in the initial public offering.

     James W. Porter, Jr., a member of our advisory board, was issued 20,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.001 per share (par value) under our 2003 Share Incentive Plan on December 5, 2003. The issuance of the common stock under the plan is exempt from the registration requirements of the United States securities laws pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.

     We have agreed to grant to Sapphire Advisors, immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering, a warrant to acquire up to approximately 271,834 shares of our common stock (assuming a $15.00 per share initial public offering price) at an exercise price per share equal to the price of the common stock sold in this offering (the exact number of shares subject to the warrant will be equal to 2.33% of the number of shares sold to the underwriters in the initial public offering). The warrant will be issued to Sapphire in connection with its role in assisting us from and after the date of our formation, including:

    assisting in our formation and the formation of our sole taxable REIT subsidiary;

    assisting in recruiting our officers and directors;

    identifying the underwriters; and

    identifying and negotiating potential credit facilities.

The warrant will be exercisable at any time after the expiration of one (1) year and will expire 10 years from the date of issuance with the underlying shares subject to a three year lock-up agreement with one-third of the resale restrictions on the shares expiring on each of the first three anniversaries of the closing

II-2


Table of Contents

of this offering. The issuance of the warrant is exempt from the registration requirements of the United States securities law pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.

     In addition, we have also agreed to issue, under our 2003 Share Incentive Plan, immediately prior to the closing of our initial public offering, the following number of restricted shares of common stock and options to purchase common stock to each of the following respective executive officers and directors, all such options to have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price:

                 
Optionee   No. of Shares Underlying Options   Restricted Shares

 
 
John Bert Watson   136,500 (or such other amount as will be equal to      
    1.17% of the number of shares issued in the initial        
    public offering)        
Byron L. Boston
    50,000       5,000  
Jeffrey Betros
    25,000        
Michael L. Pannell
    25,000        
Thomas Manuel
    25,000        
Rodney Bennett
    5,000        
Hugh H. Jones, Jr.
    5,000        
George A. Murray
    5,000        
Joseph P. Stingone
    5,000        

The issuance of the restricted stock and options under the plan is exempt from the registration requirements of the United States securities laws pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.

Item 34. Indemnification Of Directors And Officers.

     As permitted by the MGCL, our articles of incorporation and bylaws obligate us to indemnify our present and former directors. Our bylaws allows the indemnification of our officers, and we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officer and directors that indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL. We have the right to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses for such persons in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Maryland law. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities, unless it is established that (1) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to such proceeding and (A) was committed in bad faith, or (B) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (2) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. Our bylaws implement the provisions relating to indemnification contained in our articles of incorporation. The MCGL permits the articles of incorporation of a Maryland corporation to include a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages, except to the extent that (x) the person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, or (y) a judgment or other final adjudication is entered in a proceeding based on a finding that the person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. Our articles of incorporation contain a provision providing for elimination of the liability of its directors or officers to the Company or its stockholders for money damages to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law from time to time. The Company intends to maintain for the benefit of its directors and officers, directors and officers insurance.

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 35. Treatment Of Proceeds From Stock Being Registered .

     Not applicable.

Item 36. Financial Statements And Exhibits.

     (a) Financial Statements included in the prospectus are:

          Balance sheet at December 31, 2003

          Notes to financial statements

          All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable.

(b) Exhibits

     
Exhibit No.    

   
1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1   Second Articles of Amendment and Restatement
3.2   Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form S-11 filed by us on December 8, 2003)
4.1*   Form of Common Stock Certificate
5.1*   Opinion of Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP regarding the validity of the securities being registered
8.1*   Opinion of Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP regarding tax matters
10.1   Strategic Alliance Agreement dated October 15, 2003, by and among Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. (Sunset Financial), Sunset Mortgage Company, L.P., Sunset Direct Lending, L.L.C. and Sunset Commercial Group LLC
10.2   Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2004, by and between Sunset Financial and Bert Watson
10.3   Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2004, by and between Sunset Financial and Michael L. Pannell
10.4   Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2004, by and between Sunset Financial and Byron L. Boston
10.5   Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2004, by and between Sunset Financial and Jeff Betros
10.6   Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2004, by and between Sunset Financial and Thomas Manuel
10.7   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Sunset Financial and each of its directors and executive officers
10.8   2003 Share Incentive Plan
10.9   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan
10.10   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan
10.11   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan
10.12   Form of Dividend Equivalent Right Agreement under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan
10.13   Agreement of Lease executed on January 26, 2004 to be effective February 15, 2004, by and between Sunset Financial and Liberty Property Limited Partnership
14.1*   Code of Ethics
21.1   List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the

II-4


Table of Contents

     
    Form S-11 filed on December 8, 2003)
23.1*   Consent of Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP (including as part of Exhibit 5.1)
23.2   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.3*   Consent of Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1)
24.1   Power of Attorney (incorporated by reference to the Signature Page to the Form S-11 filed by us on December 2, 2003)
24.2   Power of Attorney executed by Michael L. Pannell
24.3   Power of Attorney executed by Joseph P. Stingone
99.1   Charter of the Audit Committee
99.2   Charter of the Compensation Committee
99.3   Charter of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee


*   To be filed by amendment.

Item 37. Undertakings

     The registrant hereby undertakes that:

     (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriter at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

     (4) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Jacksonville, State of Florida, on February 5, 2004.

             
    SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.
             
    BY:   /s/ John Bert Watson    
       
   
        John Bert Watson, President and    
        Chief Executive Officer    

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

         
/s/ John Bert Watson
John Bert Watson
  President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   February 5, 2004
         
/s/ Michael L. Pannell
Michael L. Pannell
  Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   February 5, 2004
         
/s/ *
Thomas G. Manuel
  Chief Operating Officer, Secretary and Director   February 5, 2004
         
/s/ *
Rodney E. Bennett
  Director   February 5, 2004
         
/s/. *
Hugh H. Jones, Jr.
  Director   February 5, 2004
         
/s/ *
George A. Murray
  Director   February 5, 2004
         
/s/ Joseph P. Stingone
Joseph P. Stingone
  Director   February 5, 2004

*   Signed by John Bert Watson, as Attorney-in-Fact.

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

     
Exhibit No.    

   
1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1   Second Articles of Amendment and Restatement
3.2   Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form S-11 filed by us on December 8, 2003)
4.1*   Form of Common Stock Certificate
5.1*   Opinion of Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP regarding the validity of the securities being registered
8.1*   Opinion of Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP regarding tax matters
10.1   Strategic Alliance Agreement dated October 15, 2003, by and among Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. (Sunset Financial), Sunset Mortgage Company, L.P., Sunset Direct Lending, L.L.C. and Sunset Commercial Group LLC
10.2   Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2004, by and between Sunset Financial and Bert Watson
10.3   Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2004, by and between Sunset Financial and Michael L. Pannell
10.4   Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2004, by and between Sunset Financial and Byron L. Boston
10.5   Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2004, by and between Sunset Financial and Jeff Betros
10.6   Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2004, by and between Sunset Financial and Thomas Manuel
10.7   Form of Indemnification Agreement dated by and between Sunset Financial and each of its directors and executive officers
10.8   2003 Share Incentive Plan
10.9   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan
10.10   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan
10.11   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan
10.12   Form of Dividend Equivalent Right Agreement under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan
10.13   Agreement of Lease executed on January 26, 2004 to be effective February 15, 2004, by and between Sunset Financial and Liberty Property Limited Partnership
14.1*   Code of Ethics
21.1   List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Form S-11 filed on December 8, 2003)
23.1*   Consent of Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP (including as part of Exhibit 5.1)
23.2   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.3*   Consent of Locke Liddell & Sapp LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1)
24.1   Power of Attorney (incorporated by reference to the Signature Page to the Form S-11 filed by us on December 2, 2003)
24.2   Power of Attorney executed by Michael L. Pannell
24.3   Power of Attorney executed by Joseph P. Stingone
99.1   Charter of the Audit Committee
99.2   Charter of the Compensation Committee
99.3   Charter of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee


*   To be filed by amendment.

II-7

EXHIBIT 3.1

SECOND
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
OF
SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Corporation"), with its principal Maryland office at c/o The Corporation Trust, Incorporated, 300 East Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The amendments set forth in these Second Articles of Amendment and Restatement ("Articles") were advised by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and approved by the stockholders.

SECOND: The Corporation desires to, and does hereby, amend and restate its Articles of Amendment and Restatement as currently in effect.

THIRD: The amendments set forth in these Articles, among other things, modify certain provisions pertaining to the share transfer restrictions contained in Article XI hereof.

FOURTH: The amendments set forth in these amended and restated Articles have not changed the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of any shares of stock originally authorized in the original Articles of Amendment and Restatement.

FIFTH: The following provisions are all the provisions of these Articles currently in effect and as hereinafter amended and restated:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation is Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. (hereinafter, the "Corporation").

ARTICLE II

PURPOSES

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity (including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a real estate investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute (the "Code")) for which corporations may be organized under the Maryland General Corporation Law as now or hereafter in force (the "MGCL"). For purposes of these Articles, "REIT" means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.


ARTICLE III

PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE AND RESIDENT AGENT

The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is 300 East Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. The name of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is Michael E. Jones c/o The Corporation Trust, Incorporated, whose address is 300 East Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

ARTICLE IV

STOCK

Section 4.1 Authorized Shares. The Corporation is authorized to issue 150,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share ("Common Stock"), and 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share ("Preferred Stock"). The Board of Directors may classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock in accordance with this
Section 4.1, and Sections 4.3 and 4.4 below. The aggregate value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $150,000. The Board of Directors by resolution may classify or reclassify any unissued shares of the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock by setting or changing in any one or more respects, from time to time, before issuance of such shares, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption of such shares.

Section 4.2 Common Stock.

(a) Dividend Rights. Subject to the preferential dividend rights of the Preferred Stock, if any, as may be determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.3, the holders of the shares of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors.

(b) Rights Upon Liquidation. Subject to the preferential rights of the Preferred Stock, if any, as may be determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.3 and the preferential rights of the Capital Stock (as hereinafter defined) that has been transferred to a Trust (as hereinafter defined) for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary (as hereinafter defined), if any, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of, or any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation, each holder of shares of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably with each other holder of Common Stock and Common Stock that has been transferred to a trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, that portion of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock or Common Stock that has been transferred to a trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary that bears the same relation to the total amount of such assets of the Corporation as the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holder bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding including Common Stock that has been transferred to a trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary then outstanding.

-2-

(c) Voting Rights. The holders of the shares of the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters (for which a common stockholder shall be entitled to vote thereon) at all meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and shall be entitled to one vote for each share of the Common Stock entitled to vote at such meeting, voting together with the holders of the Preferred Stock who are entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 4.3 Preferred Stock. With respect to the Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors shall have the power from time to time (a) to classify or reclassify, in one or more series, any unissued shares of Preferred Stock and
(b) to reclassify any unissued shares of any series of Preferred Stock, in the case of either (a) or (b) by setting or changing the number of shares constituting such series and the designation, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of such shares, and in such event, the Corporation shall file for record with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland articles supplementary containing a description of the stock as set or changed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.4 Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation (the "Bylaws").

Section 4.5 Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. All persons who shall acquire stock in the Corporation shall acquire the same subject to the provisions of these Articles and the Bylaws, as they may be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE V

DIRECTORS

Section 5.1 General. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 5.2 Number. The number of directors of the Corporation initially shall be one (1), which number may be increased or decreased by the Board of Directors, but shall never be less than the minimum number required by the MGCL. The Board of Directors may increase the number of directors and may fill any vacancy, whether resulting from an increase in the number of directors or otherwise, on the Board of Directors occurring before the first annual meeting of stockholders in the manner provided in the Bylaws. The names of the current directors are:

John Bert Watson
Thomas G. Manuel
Hugh H. Jones, Jr.
George A. Murray

-3-

Rodney E. Bennett
Joseph P. Stingone

Section 5.3 Nomination of Director Candidates. Advance notice of nominations for the election of directors, other than by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

Section 5.4 Committees. The Board of Directors may establish such committees as it deems appropriate, in its discretion.

Section 5.5 Removal of Directors. Any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of at least two thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally by stockholders in the election of directors.

ARTICLE VI

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers of a corporation, no director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VI, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of these Articles or the Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VI, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to these Articles, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any shares of Capital Stock. All rights and powers conferred by these Articles on stockholders, directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws adopted, by the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by a vote of the majority of the voting power of the Common Stock.

-4-

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

The Corporation (a) shall indemnify its directors to the fullest extent provided by the general laws of the State of Maryland now or hereafter enforced, including the advance of expenses under the procedures provided by such laws and
(b) may indemnify its officers to the extent it shall deem appropriate and as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors, consistent with law. The foregoing shall not limit the authority of the Corporation to indemnify other employees and agents consistent with law.

ARTICLE X

INAPPLICABILITY OF CERTAIN MARYLAND STATUTES

Section 10.1 Business Combination Act. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any contrary provision of law, the Maryland Business Combination Act, found in Title 3, subtitle 6 of the MGCL, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto, shall not apply to any "business combination" (as defined in Section 3-601(e) of the MGCL, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto) of the Corporation and any Person (as hereinafter defined).

Section 10.2 Control Share Acquisition Act. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any contrary provision of law, the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act, found in Title 3, subtitle 7 of the MGCL, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto shall not apply to any acquisition of securities of the Corporation by any Person.

Section 10.3 Unsolicited Takeovers. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any contrary provision of law, Title 3, subtitle 8 of the MGCL, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto, shall not apply to the Corporation.

ARTICLE XI

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

Section 11.1 Definitions. For the purpose of this Article XI, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit. The term "Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit" shall mean not more than 9.8% of the aggregate value of the outstanding shares of any class or series of Capital Stock. The value of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive for all purposes hereof.

Beneficial Ownership. The term "Beneficial Ownership" shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of
Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Section 856(h)(1)(B) of the

-5-

Code. The terms "Beneficial Owner," "Beneficially Owns" and "Beneficially Owned" shall have the correlative meanings.

Business Day. The term "Business Day" shall mean any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

Capital Stock. The term "Capital Stock" shall mean all classes or series of stock of the Corporation, including, without limitation, Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

Charitable Beneficiary. The term "Charitable Beneficiary" shall mean one or more beneficiaries of a Trust as determined pursuant to Section 11.3.6, provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

Constructive Ownership. The term "Constructive Ownership" shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of
Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. The terms "Constructive Owner," "Constructively Owns" and "Constructively Owned" shall have the correlative meanings.

Excepted Holder. The term "Excepted Holder" shall mean a stockholder of the Corporation for whom an Excepted Holder Limit is created by these Articles or by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 11.2.7.

Excepted Holder Limit. The term "Excepted Holder Limit" shall mean, provided that the affected Excepted Holder agrees to comply with the requirements established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 11.2.7, and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 11.2.7(d), the percentage limit established by the Board of Directors for such Exempted Holder pursuant to
Section 11.2.7.

Initial Date. The term "Initial Date" shall mean the Initial Date determined by the Board of Directors.

Market Price. The term "Market Price" on any date shall mean, with respect to any class or series of outstanding shares of Capital Stock, the Closing Price for such Capital Stock on such date. The "Closing Price" on any date shall mean the last sale price for such Capital Stock, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Capital Stock, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Capital Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of

-6-

Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Capital Stock is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Capital Stock selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Capital Stock, the fair market value of the Capital Stock, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

NYSE. The term "NYSE" shall mean the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

Person. The term "Person" shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company or other entity and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Prohibited Owner. The term "Prohibited Owner" shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer (as hereinafter defined), any Person who, but for the provisions of Section 11.2.1, would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock, and if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of the shares that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.

Restriction Termination Date. The term "Restriction Termination Date" shall mean the first day after the Initial Date on which the Corporation determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of shares of Capital Stock set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Corporation to continue to qualify as a REIT.

Transfer. The term "Transfer" shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership, or any agreement to take any such actions or cause any such events, of Capital Stock or the right to vote or receive dividends on Capital Stock, including, without limitation, (a) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), (b) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock or any interest in Capital Stock or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (c) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock, in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record, Constructively Owned or Beneficially Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise. The terms "Transferring" and "Transferred" shall have the correlative meanings.

Trust. The term "Trust" shall mean any trust provided for in Section 11.3.1.

Trustee. The term "Trustee" shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the Corporation or any Prohibited Owner that is appointed by the Corporation to serve as trustee of a Trust.

-7-

Section 11.2 Capital Stock.

Section 11.2.1 Ownership Limitations. Subject to Section 11.4, during the period commencing on the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:

(a) Basic Restrictions.

(i) (1) No Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and (2) no Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder.

(ii) No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock would result in the Corporation being "closely held" within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year), or would otherwise result in the Corporation failing to qualify as a REIT (including, but not limited to, Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership that would result in the Corporation owning (actually or being the Constructive Owner of) an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code if the income derived by the Corporation from such tenant would cause the Corporation to fail to satisfy any of the gross income requirements of Section 856(c) of the Code).

(iii) Subject to Section 11.4 as indicated above, notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock that, if effective, would result in the Capital Stock being Beneficially Owned by less than 100 Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.

(b) Transfer in Trust. If any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 11.2.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iii),

(i) then that number of shares of the Capital Stock the Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Section 11.2.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) (rounded to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically transferred to a Trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 11.3, effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer, and such Person shall acquire no rights in such shares; or

(ii) if the transfer to the Trust described in clause
(i) of this sentence would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Section 11.2.1(a)(i) or (ii), then the Transfer of that number of shares of Capital Stock that otherwise would cause any Person to violate Section 11.2.1(a)(i) or (ii)

-8-

shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.

Section 11.2.2 Remedies for Breach. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee thereof shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or any other event has taken place that results in a violation of Section 11.2.1 or that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of any shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 11.2.1 (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of Directors or a committee thereof shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Corporation to redeem shares, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Corporation or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided, however, that any Transfer or attempted Transfer or other event in violation of Section 11.2.1 shall automatically result in the transfer to the Trust described above, and, where applicable, and subject to Section 11.4, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 11.2.3 Notice of Restricted Transfer. Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Capital Stock that will or may violate Section 11.2.1(a) or any Person who would have owned shares of Capital Stock that resulted in a transfer to the Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.2.1(b) shall immediately give written notice to the Corporation of such event, or in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least 15 days' prior written notice and shall provide to the Corporation such other information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Corporation's status as a REIT.

Section 11.2.4 Owners Required To Provide Information. From the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:

(a) every owner of more than 5% (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Corporation stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of Capital Stock Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such shares are held. Each such owner shall provide to the Corporation such additional information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Corporation's status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit; and

(b) each Person who is a Beneficial or Constructive Owner of Capital Stock and each Person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding Capital Stock for a Beneficial or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Corporation such information as the Corporation may request, in good faith, in order to determine the Corporation's status as a REIT and to comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.

-9-

Section 11.2.5 Remedies Not Limited. Nothing contained in this Section 11.2 shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Corporation and the interests of its stockholders in preserving the Corporation's status as a REIT.

Section 11.2.6 Ambiguity. In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Section 11.2, Section 11.3 or any definition contained in Section 11.1, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this
Section 11.2 or Section 11.3 or any such definition with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it. In the event Section 11.2 or 11.3 requires an action by the Board of Directors and these Articles fail to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Sections 11.1, 11.2 or 11.3.

Section 11.2.7 Exceptions.

(a) Subject to Section 11.2.1(a)(ii), the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in its sole discretion, may exempt a Person from the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit with respect to one or more classes or series of Capital Stock and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such Person if:

(i) the Board of Directors obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are reasonably necessary to ascertain that no individual's Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of such shares of Capital Stock will violate Section 11.2.1(a)(ii) or otherwise adversely affect the Corporation's ability to qualify as a REIT;

(ii) such Person does not, and represents that it will not, actually own or Constructively Own an interest in a tenant of the Corporation (or a tenant of any entity owned or controlled by the Corporation) that would cause the Corporation to actually own or Constructively Own more than a 9.9% interest (as set forth in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant and the Board of Directors obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are reasonably necessary to ascertain this fact (for this purpose, a tenant from whom the Corporation (or an entity owned or controlled by the Corporation) derives (and is expected to continue to derive) a sufficiently small amount of revenue such that, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, rent from such tenant would not adversely affect the Corporation's ability to qualify as a REIT, shall not be treated as a tenant of the Corporation); and

(iii) such Person agrees that any violation or attempted violation of such representations or undertakings (or other action which is contrary to the restrictions contained in Sections 11.2.1 through 11.2.6) will result in such shares of Capital Stock being automatically transferred to a Trust in accordance with Sections 11.2.1(b) and 11.3.

-10-

(b) Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 11.2.7(a), the Board of Directors of the Corporation may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Corporation's status as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.

(c) Subject to Section 11.2.1(a)(ii), an underwriter which participates in a public offering or a private placement of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) in excess of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, but only to the extent necessary to facilitate such public offering or private placement.

(d) The Board of Directors may only reduce the Excepted Holder Limit for an Excepted Holder: (1) with the written consent of such Excepted Holder at any time, or (2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements and undertakings entered into with such Excepted Holder in connection with the establishment of the Excepted Holder Limit for that Excepted Holder. No Excepted Holder Limit with respect to a class or series of Capital Stock shall be reduced to a percentage that is less than the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit.

Section 11.2.8 Legend. Each certificate for shares of Capital Stock shall bear substantially the following legend:

The shares represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial Ownership and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose of the Corporation's maintenance of its status as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation, (i) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of any class or series of the Corporation's Capital Stock in excess of 9.8% of the aggregate value of the outstanding shares of any such class or series of Capital Stock unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable);
(ii) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Capital Stock that would result in the Corporation being "closely held" under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT; and (iii) no Person may Transfer shares of Capital Stock if such Transfer would result in the Capital Stock of the Corporation being owned by fewer than 100 Persons. Any Person who Beneficially Owns or Constructively Owns or attempts to Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock which causes or will cause a Person to Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Corporation. If any of the restrictions on transfer or ownership are violated, the shares of Capital Stock represented hereby will be automatically transferred to a Trustee of a Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. In addition, upon the

-11-

occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described above may be void ab initio. All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Capital Stock of the Corporation on request and without charge.

Instead of the foregoing legend, the certificate may state that the Corporation will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on transferability to a stockholder on request and without charge.

Section 11.3 Transfer of Capital Stock in Trust.

Section 11.3.1 Ownership in Trust. Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 11.2.1(b) that would result in a transfer of shares of Capital Stock to a Trust, such shares of Capital Stock shall be deemed to have been transferred to a Trustee as trustee of such Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Trust pursuant to Section 11.2.1(b). The Trustee shall be appointed by the Corporation and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Corporation or any Prohibited Owner. Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Corporation as provided in Section 11.3.6.

Section 11.3.2 Status of Shares Held by the Trustee. Shares of Capital Stock held by the Trustee shall be issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation. The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the shares held by the Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the Trust.

Section 11.3.3 Dividend and Voting Rights. The Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of Capital Stock held in the Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee shall be paid by the recipient of such dividend or distribution to the Trustee upon demand, and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Trustee. Any dividend or distribution so paid to the Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the authority (at the Trustee's sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Corporation has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XI, until the Corporation has received notification that shares of Capital Stock have been

-12-

transferred into a Trust, the Corporation shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other stockholder records for purposes of preparing lists of stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes of stockholders.

Section 11.3.4 Sale of Shares by Trustee. Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trust, the Trustee of the Trust shall sell the shares held in the Trust to a Person, designated by the Trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 11.2.1(a) or otherwise adversely affect the Corporation's ability to qualify as a REIT. Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate, and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 11.3.4. The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust (e.g., in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust and (2) the price per share received by the Trustee from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the Trust. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, such shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 11.3.4, such excess shall be paid to the Trustee upon demand.

Section 11.3.5 Purchase Right in Stock Transferred to the Trustee. Shares of Capital Stock transferred to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Corporation, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the Market Price at the time of such devise or gift) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Corporation, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Corporation shall have the right to accept such offer until the Trustee has sold the shares held in the Trust pursuant to Section 11.3.4. Upon such a sale to the Corporation, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate, and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner.

Section 11.3.6 Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries. By written notice to the Trustee, the Corporation shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Trust such that (i) the shares of Capital Stock held in the Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 11.2.1(a) in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary and (ii) each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

Section 11.4 NYSE Transactions. Nothing in this Article XI shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system.

-13-

Section 11.5 Enforcement. The Corporation is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article XI.

Section 11.6 Non-Waiver. No delay or failure on the part of the Corporation or the Board of Directors in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Corporation or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.

ARTICLE XII

ERISA RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

Section 12.1 Definitions. For the purpose of this Article XII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Benefit Plan Investor. The term "Benefit Plan Investor" shall mean (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined by Section 3(3) of ERISA (as hereinafter defined)), whether or not it is subject to Title I of ERISA; (ii) a plan as described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code; (iii) an entity whose underlying assets include the assets of any plan described in clause (i) or (ii) by reason of the plan's investment in such entity (including but not limited to an insurance company general account); or (iv) an entity that otherwise constitutes a "benefit plan investor" within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulation (as hereinafter defined).

ERISA. The term "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

Fair Market Value. The term "Fair Market Value" shall mean the fair market value of a Benefit Plan Investor's equity interest in the Corporation as determined in good faith at the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Initial Date. The term "Initial Date" shall mean the Initial Date as determined by the Board of Directors.

Plan Asset Regulation. The term "Plan Asset Regulation" shall mean the plan asset regulation promulgated by the U.S. Department of Labor under ERISA at 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-101.

Shares-in-Trust. The term "Shares-in-Trust" shall mean shares of Capital Stock automatically transferred to a Trustee of a Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries as set forth in Article XI of these Articles.

25% Threshold. The term "25% Threshold" shall mean ownership by Benefit Plan Investors, in the aggregate, of 25 percent or more of the value of any class of equity interest in the Corporation (calculated by excluding the value of any interest held by any Person, other than a Benefit Plan Investor, who has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the Corporation or any Person who provides investment advice to the Corporation for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets, or any affiliate of such Person).

-14-

Section 12.2 Ownership Limitations. Commencing on the Initial Date and terminating as provided in Section 12.5, no Benefit Plan Investor may directly or indirectly acquire shares of Capital Stock without the Corporation's prior written consent (which consent may be withheld in the Corporation's sole and absolute discretion). Prior to shares of Capital Stock qualifying as a class of "publicly-offered securities" or the availability of another exception to the "look-through" rule (i.e., the provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of the Plan Asset Regulation), transfers of shares of Capital Stock to Benefit Plan Investors that would increase aggregate Benefit Plan Investor ownership of shares of Capital Stock to a level that would meet or exceed the 25% Threshold will be void ab initio. In addition, in the event that the aggregate number of shares of Capital Stock owned by Benefit Plan Investors, but for the operation of this sentence, would meet or exceed the 25% Threshold, (i) shares of Capital Stock held by Benefit Plan Investors shall be deemed to be Shares-in-Trust, pro rata, to the extent necessary to reduce aggregate Benefit Plan Investor ownership of shares of Capital Stock below the 25% Threshold, (ii) such number of shares of Capital Stock (rounded up, in the case of each holder, to the nearest whole share) shall be transferred automatically and by operation of law to a Trust (as described in Article XI of these Articles) to be held in accordance with this Article XII and otherwise in accordance with applicable provisions of Article XI of these Articles, provided that any references therein to ownership limitations shall be deemed references to the ownership limitations set forth in this Section 12.2, and (iii) the Benefit Plan Investors previously owning such Shares-in-Trust shall submit such number of shares of Capital Stock for registration in the name of the Trust. Such transfer to a Trust and the designation of shares of Capital Stock as Shares-in-Trust shall be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the event that otherwise would have caused aggregate Benefit Plan Investor ownership of shares of Capital Stock to meet or exceed the 25% Threshold.

Section 12.3 Transfers to Non-Benefit Plan Investors. During the period prior to the discovery of the existence of the Trust, any transfer of shares of Capital Stock by a Benefit Plan Investor to a non-Benefit Plan Investor shall reduce the number of Shares-in-Trust on a one-for-one basis, and to that extent such shares shall cease to be designated as Shares-in-Trust and shall be returned, effective at exactly the time of the transfer to the non-Benefit Plan Investor, automatically and without further action by the Corporation or the Benefit Plan Investor, to all Benefit Plan Investors (or the transferee, if applicable), pro rata, in accordance with the Benefit Plan Investors' prior holdings. After the discovery of the existence of the Trust, but prior to the redemption of all discovered Shares-in-Trust and/or the submission of all discovered Shares-in-Trust for registration in the name of the Trust, any transfer of shares of Capital Stock by a Benefit Plan Investor to a non-Benefit Plan Investor shall reduce the number of Shares-in-Trust on a one-for-one basis, and to that extent such shares shall cease to be designated as Shares-in-Trust and shall be returned, automatically and without further action by the Corporation or the Benefit Plan Investor, to the transferring Benefit Plan Investor (or its transferee, if applicable).

Section 12.4 Corporation's Right to Redeem Shares-in-Trust. In the event that any shares of Capital Stock are deemed "Shares-in-Trust" pursuant to this Article XII, the holder shall cease to own any right or interest with respect to such shares, and the Corporation will have the right to redeem such Shares-in-Trust for an amount equal to their Fair Market Value, which proceeds shall be payable to the purported owner.

-15-

Section 12.5 Termination. This Article XII shall cease to apply and all Shares-in-Trust shall cease to be designated as Shares-in-Trust and shall be returned, automatically and by operation of law, to their purported owners, all of which shall occur at such time as shares of Capital Stock qualify as a class of "publicly-offered securities" or if the Corporation determines that another exception to the "look-through" rule under the Plan Asset Regulation applies.

(REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

-16-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed these Second Articles of Amendment and Restatement and acknowledge the same to be my act on this ___ day of January, 2004.

                                      By: /s/ JOHN BERT WATSON
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          John Bert Watson
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer

Attest:



/s/ THOMAS G. MANUEL
--------------------------
Thomas G. Manuel,
Secretary

-17-

EXHIBIT 10.1

STRATEGIC ALLIANCE AGREEMENT

This Strategic Alliance Agreement (this "Agreement") is entered into as of the 15th day of October, 2003 (hereinafter referred to as the "Effective Date"), by and between Sunset Capital investments, Inc., a Maryland corporation (hereinafter referred to as "SCI"), Sunset Mortgage Company, L.P., a Pennsylvania limited partnership ("SMC"), Sunset Commercial Group, LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company ("SCL") and Sunset Direct Lending LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("SDL" and together with SCL and SMC collectively referred to herein as "Sunset Mortgage").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Sunset Mortgage is regularly and actively engaged in the business of originating residential and commercial mortgage loans (collectively, "Mortgage Loans");

WHEREAS, SCI is a real estate investment trust that intends to invest in residential and commercial mortgage loans; and

WHEREAS, Sunset Mortgage and SCI wish to enter into a strategic alliance regarding the origination of Mortgage Loans by Sunset Mortgage and the purchase of Mortgage Loans by SCI.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual premises hereinafter expressed, the parties hereto do mutually agree as follows:

ARTICLE I. SCOPE OF STRATEGIC ALLIANCE.

A. Sunset Mortgage shall continue to originate Mortgage Loans in accordance with its historical practices. Commencing as of January 1, 2004, on a monthly basis, SCI shall provide Sunset Mortgage with one or more pricing sheets ("Pricing Sheets") in which SCI shall provide loan parameters (including loan to value ratio, credit scores and other criteria) applicable to Mortgage Loans and the applicable pricing for such Mortgage Loans. Sunset Mortgage agrees and acknowledges that as to any and all Mortgage Loans originated by Sunset Mortgage or its affiliates that are within the parameters set forth in the applicable Pricing Sheets, SCI shall have a right of first refusal to purchase such Mortgage Loans as set forth herein.

B. On a regular basis (but no less frequently than monthly), Sunset Mortgage shall send a written report (a "Mortgage Loan Report") to SCI setting forth in reasonable detail all Mortgage Loans within the parameters set forth in the applicable Pricing Sheets. No later than 2 days following its receipt of a Mortgage Loan Report (the "Initial Election Period"), SCI shall send written notice to Sunset Mortgage specifying the Mortgage Loans set forth in the Mortgage Loan Report that SCI is interested in purchasing (a "Preliminary Purchase Notice"). The Preliminary Purchase Notice shall constitute an offer by SCI to purchase the Mortgage Loans set forth therein at the price set forth in the applicable Pricing Sheets and upon the terms set forth herein. In the event that SCI shall fail to deliver a Preliminary Purchase Notice to Sunset Mortgage prior to the expiration of the Initial Election Period, then Sunset Mortgage may sell the Mortgage Loans set forth in the applicable Mortgage Loan Report to one or more third parties without regard to this Agreement.


C. No later than two Business Days after its receipt of a Preliminary Purchase Notice (the "Election Period"), Sunset Mortgage shall elect to sell the Mortgage Loans described in the Preliminary Purchase Notice for the purchase price set forth in the applicable Pricing Sheets (a "Sale Election") or elect to offer the Mortgage Loans to SCI at a higher price than set forth in the applicable Pricing Sheets (a "Repricing Election"). Sunset Mortgage shall make a Sale Election or a Repricing Election by delivery of written notice to SCI during the Election Period. In the event that Sunset Mortgage shall fail to deliver such written notice to SCI prior to the expiration of the Election Period, then Sunset Mortgage shall be deemed to have made a Sale Election with regard to all of the Mortgage Loans set forth in the Preliminary Purchase Notice. For purposes hereof "Business Day" shall mean any day other than Saturday or Sunday or other day on which national banks in Jacksonville, Florida are required or permitted by applicable law to close.

D. SCI may, by delivery of written notice to Sunset Mortgage on or before the expiration of two Business Days after receipt by SCI of the Repricing Election (the "Repricing Election Period"), elect to purchase all or any portion of the Mortgage Loans originally set forth in the Preliminary Purchase Notice at the price set forth in the Repricing Election. In the event that SCI shall fail to deliver such written notice prior to the expiration of the Repricing Election Period, then SCI shall be deemed to have elected not to purchase the Mortgage Loans that are subject to such Repricing Election. As to any Mortgage Loans that are subject to a Repricing Election that SCI does not elect to purchase hereunder (collectively, "Market Mortgage Loans"), Sunset Mortgage may, after expiration of the Repricing Election Period (or, if sooner, receipt of written notice from SCI that it shall not purchase such Market Mortgage Loans), market and sell such Market Mortgage Loans to one or more third parties at the price set forth in the applicable Repricing Election; provided, however, that if Sunset Mortgage proposes to sell any Market Mortgage to any third party purchaser at a price that is less than the price set forth in the applicable Repricing Election (or upon terms more favorable than originally offered to SCI), it shall first offer such Market Mortgage to SCI again at such reduced price or upon such more favorable terms (each a "Re-Offered Mortgage") by delivery of written notice to SCI (a "Re-Offer Notice"). SCI shall have two Business Days following its receipt of a Re-Offer Notice (the "Re-Offer Period") to elect to purchase one or more Re-Offered Mortgages by delivery of written notice to Sunset Mortgage (a "Re-Offer Purchase Notice"). In the event that SCI shall fail to deliver a Re-Offer Purchase Notice prior to the expiration of the Re-Offer Period, then SCI shall be deemed to have elected not to purchase such Re-Offered Mortgages as of the last day of the Re-Offer Period. As to any Re-Offered Mortgages that SCI does not elect to purchase hereunder, Sunset Mortgage may, after expiration of the Re-Offer Period (or, if sooner, receipt of written notice from SCI that is shall not purchase such Re-Offered Mortgages) sell such Re-Offered Mortgages to one or more third party purchasers at the price set forth in the Re-Offer Notice; provided, that if Sunset Mortgage proposes to sell any Re-Offered Mortgage to any third party purchaser at a price that is less than the price set forth in the Re-Offer Notice (or upon terms more favorable than originally offered to SCI), it shall offer such Re-Offered Mortgage to SCI again in accordance with the procedures set forth herein with regard to Re-Offered Mortgages.

E. Sunset Mortgage may freely sell, without regard to the provisions of this Agreement, (i) any Mortgage Loans that are not within the parameters set forth in the Pricing

2

Sheets, and (ii) any Mortgage Loans that were set forth in a Mortgage Loan Report that SCI did not elect to purchase in a Preliminary Purchase Notice.

F. No later than the Business Day immediately preceding a Closing (as defined below), Sunset Mortgage shall deliver to SCI those due diligence materials, reports and documents relating to the Mortgage Loans to be purchased at such Closing further described in Attachment "C" hereto (the "Specified Materials"). In addition, Sunset Mortgage shall provide SCI with any additional documents and other information that SCI may reasonably request with respect to any Mortgage Loans to be purchased by SCI hereunder. It shall be a condition to the obligation of SCI to purchase any Mortgage Loan at a Closing that Sunset Mortgage shall have timely provided to SCI all of the Specified Materials (and any other documents and other information reasonably requested by SCI).

G. Each closing of the purchase of Mortgage Loans by SCI hereunder (each a "Closing") shall take place at the principal offices of SCI, at the address specified in Article IX. hereof, on a Business Day designated by SCI no later than seven days after SCI elects to purchase such Mortgage Loans. At the Closing, Sunset Mortgage shall execute and deliver to SCI a purchase and sale agreement and an assignment of mortgage (in each case on forms agreed to by SCI and Sunset Mortgage) and any and all additional documents and instruments required to convey good and marketable title to the Mortgage Loans to SCI free and clear of any liens, encumbrances or claims (and shall provide SCI with customary representations and warranties to such effect as well as adequate assurances that such Mortgage Loans satisfy the applicable parameters set forth in the applicable Pricing Sheets, are valid obligations of the respective borrowers and that no default, event of default, potential default or similar occurrence exists with respect to such Mortgage Loans). At the Closing, unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties, SCI shall purchase the Mortgage Loans for the applicable purchase price payable in immediately available funds.

H. Sunset Mortgage shall use its best efforts to originate Mortgage Loans that satisfy the criteria set forth in SCI's Pricing Sheets. SCI may, at its election, request periodic accounting and other financial records from Sunset Mortgage that demonstrate its performance of this agreement. Any proprietary information and associated products, copyrights, trademarks and logos developed by Sunset Mortgage shall remain the property of Sunset Mortgage.

I. SCI shall, in a professional manner, take all steps necessary to perform its duties hereunder.

J. In addition to the other matters set forth in this Article, the parties agree to the covenants and other matters set forth in Attachment "A" hereto, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

ARTICLE II. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE.

This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall expire on the later of (i) three (3) years after the Effective Date, or (ii) with respect to any projects, commercial loans or open contracts and/or related residual income such date that all business has been completed.

3

Thereafter, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for successive one year periods unless either party gives written notice of termination to the other party at least thirty (30) days prior to the scheduled date of expiration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be earlier terminated (x) at any time by mutual agreement of the parties, (y) by either party, if SCI has not completed a public offering of its securities (an "IPO") on or before June 30, 2004, or (z) at any time by SCI or Sunset Mortgage upon sixty (60) days' advance written notice after an event constituting "cause" has occurred to the other party. For purposes of this Agreement "cause" means a judgment by a competent court that the subject party has committed fraud either against third parties or against the other party to this Agreement; the bankruptcy, insolvency or dissolution of the subject party or the material breach of this Agreement by the subject party (that is not cured by the subject party within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice). Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

ARTICLE III. MANAGEMENT.

Each party shall designate a partner, officer or other senior person to be responsible for the overall administration of such party's responsibilities under this Agreement. Neither party shall have management authority over the other outside the scope and performance of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IV. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

Sunset Mortgage acknowledges and agrees that in the course of the performance of this Agreement or additional services pursuant to this Agreement, that it may be given access to, or come into possession of, confidential information of SCI, which information may contain trade secrets, proprietary data or other confidential material of SCI. Therefore, the parties have executed a Non-Disclosure Agreement which is attached hereto as "ATTACHMENT B", and incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein. Materials used in any engagement undertaken pursuant to this Agreement shall not be altered or changed without the consent of both parties.

ARTICLE V. NO PARTNERSHIP.

Nothing herein contained shall be construed to imply a joint venture, partnership or principal-agent relationship between SCI and Sunset Mortgage, and neither party shall have the right, power or authority to obligate or bind the other in any manner whatsoever, except as otherwise agreed to in writing. The parties do not contemplate a sharing of profits relating to the business of SCI or the business of Sunset Mortgage so as to create a separate taxable entity under Section 761 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, nor co-ownership of a business or property so as to create a separate partnership under the law of any jurisdiction, including, without limitation, Florida or Maryland. Revenues and expenses relating to the Mortgage Loans hereunder and any activities relating thereto shall be reported separately by the parties for tax purposes. This provision would not eliminate the possibility that the parties may enter into various revenue or equity sharing agreements with regard to any Mortgage Loans that the parties may consider on a case by case basis. During the performance of the any of the contemplated

4

business activities set forth herein, SCI's employees will not be considered employees of Sunset Mortgage, and vice versa, within the meaning or the applications of any federal, state or local laws or regulations including, but not limited to, laws or regulations covering unemployment insurance, old age benefits, worker's compensation, industrial accident, labor or taxes of any kind.

ARTICLE VI. TRADEMARK, TRADE NAME AND COPYRIGHTS.

This Agreement does not give either party any ownership rights or interest in the other party's trade name, trademarks or copyrights.

ARTICLE VII. INDEMNIFICATION.

Each of SCI and Sunset Mortgage, at its own expense, shall indemnify, defend and hold the other, its partners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, and agents harmless from and against any and all third-party suits, actions, investigations and proceedings, and related costs and expenses (including, reasonable attorney's fees) resulting solely and directly from the indemnifying party's gross negligence, willful misconduct or material breach of this Agreement. Neither SCI nor Sunset Mortgage shall be required hereunder to defend, indemnify or hold harmless the other and/or its partners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents, or any of them, from any liability resulting from the negligence, willful misconduct or material breach of this Agreement by the party seeking indemnification or by any third-party. Each of SCI and Sunset Mortgage agrees to give the other prompt written notice of any claim or other matter as to which it believes this indemnification provision is applicable.

ARTICLE VIII. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

Work performed pursuant to this Agreement by either SCI and/or Sunset Mortgage and information, materials, products and deliverables developed in connection with business endeavors pursuant to this Agreement shall be the property of the respective parties performing the work or creating the information. All underlying methodology utilized by Sunset Mortgage and SCI, respectively, which was created and/or developed by either prior to the date of this Agreement and utilized in the course of performing their duties pursuant to this Agreement shall not become the property of the other.

ARTICLE IX. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

A. Entire Agreement: This Agreement together with the attachments hereto and all documents incorporated by reference herein, constitutes the entire and sole agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, negotiations, understandings, or other matters, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement cannot be modified, changed or amended, except in writing signed by a duly authorized representative of each of the parties.

5

B. Conflict: In the event of any conflict, ambiguity or inconsistency between this Agreement and any other document which may be annexed hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. Any conflicts or disputes that are not amicably settled in the due course of this business relationship shall be settled through binding arbitration, in accordance with the latest edition of rules as set forth by the American Arbitration Association, such arbitration to be held in Jacksonville, Florida. Said rulings in arbitration shall be considered final and binding on the parties hereto and shall be enforceable in any competent United States court.

C. Assignment and Delegation: Neither party shall voluntarily assign or delegate this Agreement or any rights, duties or obligations hereunder to any other person and/or entity without prior express written approval of the other party; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing a party may assign this Agreement by operation of law to any successor to such party by merger or consolidation (without the prior consent of the other party).

D. Notices: Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing, by hand delivery, commercial overnight courier or registered or certified U.S. Mail, to the address stated below for Sunset Mortgage or to the address stated below for SCI, and shall be deemed duly given upon receipt, or if by registered or certified mail three (3) Business Days following deposit in the U.S. Mail. The parties hereto may from time to time designate in writing other addresses expressly for the purpose of receipt of notice hereunder.

If to SCI:             Sunset Capital Investments, Inc.
                       4231 Walnut Bend
                       Jacksonville, Florida 32257

If to Sunset Mortgage: Sunset Mortgage Company, L.P.
                       1408 West Baltimore Pike
                       Franklin Center PA 19063

E. Severability: If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary and possible to render it valid and enforceable. In any event, the unenforceability or invalidity of any provision shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, and be construed and enforced, as if such provision had not been included, or had been modified as above provided, as the case may be.

F. Obligations of Sunset Mortgage. The obligations of Sunset Mortgage hereunder shall be the joint and several obligations of each entity that comprises Sunset Mortgage hereunder.

G. Governing Law: This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida without giving effect to its choice of law principles.

H. Paragraph Headings: The paragraph headings set forth in this Agreement are for the convenience of the parties, and in no way define, limit, or describe the scope or intent of this Agreement and are to be given no legal effect.

6

I. Counterparts: This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

J. Attachments: The Attachments attached hereto are made a part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein.

7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties, by their duly authorized representatives, have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

SUNSET CAPITAL INVESTMENTS, INC.

By: Its Chief Executive Officer
Name: Bert Watson

--------------------------------------------------
Signature                               Date


SUNSET MORTGAGE COMPANY, L.P.
a Pennsylvania limited partnership

By:   Avonwood Capital Corporation, its
       general partner

By:   Chairman and CEO
      --------------------------------------------
Name: James W. Porter
      --------------------------------------------

/s/ JAMES W. PORTER                    10/15/03
--------------------------------------------------
Signature                               Date

SUNSET COMMERCIAL GROUP, LLC
a Pennsylvania limited liability company

By: Chairman and CEO
Name:

/s/ JAMES W. PORTER                    10/15/03
--------------------------------------------------
Signature                               Date

SUNSET DIRECT LENDING LLC
a Delaware limited liability company

By: Chairman and CEO
Name:

/s/ JAMES W. PORTER                    10/15/03
--------------------------------------------------
Signature                               Date

8

ATTACHMENT "A"

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

In accordance with the provisions set forth in the foregoing Strategic Alliance Agreement of which this Attachment forms and integral part, it is agreed and understood between the parties as follows:

1) Sunset Mortgage shall be entitled to retain origination fees with respect to any Mortgage Loans sold to SCI hereunder, as well as any agreed to shared equity if either an acquisition or participatory loan.

2) Sunset Mortgage can identify, and present for purchase by SCI, qualified commercial and/or residential loan portfolios on a case by case basis, as well as arrange for conduit financing to other qualified commercial lenders. Fees and potential participations will be agreed to on a case by case basis, and said additional agreements, if so applicable, shall be added to this schedule and agreement as further attachments.


ATTACHMENT "B"

NON-CIRCUMVENTION/NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

THE UNDERSIGNED SUNSET MORTGAGE, INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES NOT TO CIRCUMVENT, AVOID, BYPASS, OR OBVIATE SCI, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN CONNECTION WITH THE ORIGINATION AND SALE OF MORTGAGE LOANS OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION INVOLVING ANY SALE, DISPOSITION OR PARTICIPATION IN ANY MORTGAGE LOANS.

NOR SHALL SUNSET MORTGAGE DISCLOSE OR OTHERWISE REVEAL TO ANY THIRD PARTY, ANY CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION PROVIDED BY SCI, PARTICULARLY THAT CONCERNING SCI'S LENDERS, BUSINESS, SECURITIES, BORROWERS, SELLERS, BUYERS, AFFILIATES, AGENT'S NAMES, ADDRESSES, TELEX, TELEPHONE, EMAIL, FAX NUMBERS, OR OTHER MEANS OF ACCESS THERETO, BANK ACCOUNTS, CODES OR REFERENCES, AND/OR ANY SUCH INFORMATION, ADVISED TO SUNSET MORTGAGE AS BEING CONFIDENTIAL OR PRIVILEGED, WITHOUT THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN CONSENT OF SCI.

IN THE EVENT OF CIRCUMVENTION, EITHER DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SCI SHALL BE ENTITLED TO A LEGAL MONETARY PENALTY EQUAL TO THE MAXIMUM FINANCIAL BENEFITS IT SHOULD HAVE REALIZED FROM SUCH TRANSACTIONS, INCLUDING ALL LEGAL EXPENSES IN THE RECOVERY OF FUNDS. FURTHER, ANY DISPUTE ARISING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE SETTLED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION UNDER THE RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION, AND ANY SAID ARBITRATION PROCEEDINGS SHALL BE HELD IN JACKSONVILLE IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA, USA.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE BINDING ON THE PARTIES, HEREUNDER SIGNED, THEIR SUCCESSORS, HEIRS, AND ASSIGNS.

FACSIMILE COPIES ARE CONSIDERED TO BE LEGAL DOCUMENTS.


SIGNATURES:

PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT:

SUNSET CAPITAL INVESTMENTS, INC.

By: Its Chief Executive Officer
Name: Bert Watson

/s/ JOHN BERT WATSON                   10/15/03
--------------------------------------------------
Signature                               Date

SUNSET MORTGAGE COMPANY, L.P.
a Pennsylvania limited partnership

By: Avonwood Capital Corporation, its
general partner

By: Chairman and CEO
Name: James W. Porter

/s/ JAMES W. PORTER                    10/15/03
--------------------------------------------------
Signature                               Date

SUNSET COMMERCIAL GROUP, LLC
a Pennsylvania limited liability company

By: Chairman and CEO
Name:

/s/ JAMES W. PORTER                    10/15/03
--------------------------------------------------
Signature                               Date

SUNSET DIRECT LENDING LLC
a Delaware limited liability company

By: Chairman and CEO
Name:

/s/ JAMES W. PORTER                    10/15/03
--------------------------------------------------
Signature                               Date


ATTACHMENT "C"

SPECIFIED MATERIALS

1. All customary due diligence reports, documents and analyses

2. All other materials, documents and information reasonably requested by SCI


EXHIBIT 10.2

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of February 6, 2004 (the "Commencement Date"), by and between Sunset Financial Resources, Inc., a Maryland real estate investment trust (the "Company"), and John Bert Watson, an individual (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company deem it in their respective best interests to enter into an employment agreement for the Executive to serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

(a) "Business" shall mean the acquisition and management of portfolios of residential and commercial mortgage loans in the United States.

(b) "Cause" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) the continued and intentional failure by the Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Company, other than any such failure resulting from the Executive's Disability; provided, however, that no termination of the Executive's employment shall be for Cause as set forth in this clause (i) until (x) there shall have been delivered to the Executive written notice setting forth that the Executive committed the conduct set forth in this clause (i) and specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail and (y) the Executive shall have been provided an opportunity to present his position to the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), either in writing or in person;

(ii) a breach by the Executive of his fiduciary duties as an officer of the Company, or a material breach by the Executive of any written rule, regulation, policy or procedure of the Company;

(iii) the Executive's excessive absenteeism not related to illness;

(iv) the Executive's conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or final non-appealable conviction of any other crime that incarcerates the Executive for a period of one year or longer; or

(v) the Executive's commission of a fraudulent act, embezzlement, theft or felony, in any case, whether or not involving the Company or the Executive's performance of his duties under this Agreement, that, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, renders the Executive's continued employment harmful to the Company.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to perform by the Executive after a Notice of Termination is given by the Executive shall constitute Cause for purposes of this Agreement.

(c) "Change of Control" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) at any time during any 12-month period, the Board of Directors of the Company in office at the beginning of such period shall have ceased to constitute a majority of the Board without the approval of the nomination of such directors by a majority of the Board consisting of directors who were serving at the beginning of such period;

(ii) any person (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any trustee, fiduciary or other person holding securities under any employee share ownership plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with its affiliates and associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) shall have become the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Shares;

(iii) the Company shall have filed a schedule, report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing that a change in control of the Company has occurred;

(iv) a merger or consolidation of the Company shall have been consummated, other than (x) a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Shares outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity or (y) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires more than 50% of the Voting Shares;

(v) any person, other than a subsidiary of the Company, shall have acquired more than 50% of the combined assets of the Company and its subsidiaries; or

(vi) the shareholders of the Company shall have approved the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(d) "Confidential Information" shall mean all confidential information of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, excluding any information that is available in the public domain and including trade secrets and, by way of illustration, whether or not labeled or otherwise identified as "confidential," the Company's:

(i) acquisition, expansion, marketing, financial and other business strategies, information and plans;

2

(ii) compilations of data;

(iii) computer programs and/or records;

(iv) confidential information developed by consultants and contractors;

(v) employee information; and

(vi) manuals, memoranda, projections and minutes.

(e) "Disability" shall mean the physical or mental incapacity of the Executive that, even with reasonable accommodation, has prevented the execution of the duties of his office, as outlined in Section 2, for three consecutive months or for more than 180 business days in the aggregate in any 18-month period and that, in either case, in the determination of the Board after consultation with a medical doctor licensed to practice medicine in the State of Florida appointed by the Board and the Executive, may be expected to prevent the Executive for any period of time thereafter from devoting substantial time and energies to the duties of his office, as outlined in Section 2. The Executive agrees to submit to reasonable requests for medical examinations to determine whether a Disability exists.

(f) "Employee Benefits" shall mean the perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits as provided under any and all employee retirement income and welfare benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements in which the Executive is entitled to participate, including, without limitation, any share option, share purchase, share appreciation, dividend equivalent rights, savings, pension, supplemental executive retirement or other retirement income or welfare benefit, deferred compensation, incentive compensation, group or other life, health, medical/hospital or other insurance (whether funded by actual insurance or self-insured by the Company), disability, salary continuation, expense reimbursement, and other employee benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may now exist or any equivalent successor policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may be adopted hereafter by the Company, providing perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits at least as great in the aggregate as are payable thereunder prior to a Termination Date or Change of Control Date, as the case may be.

(g) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(h) "Good Reason" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) a reduction by the Company without the Executive's consent in the Executive's position, duties, responsibilities or status with the Company that represents a substantial adverse change from his position, duties, responsibilities or status, or a removal of the Executive from or any failure to reelect the Executive to any of the positions referred to in Section 2, but specifically excluding any action in connection with the termination of the Executive's employment for death, Disability, Cause or as a result of a Change of Control or by the Executive for normal retirement;

3

(ii) a reduction by the Company without the Executive's consent of the Base Salary;

(iii) a relocation of the Executive by the Company without the Executive's consent to a location more than 25 miles from the Jacksonville, Florida metropolitan area, other than for travel reasonably required in the performance of the Executive's responsibilities;

(iv) any material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Executive that, in any case, is not cured within 14 days of written notice to the Company of such breach;

(v) the insolvency of or the filing (by any party, including the Company, but excluding the Executive) of a petition for bankruptcy of the Company, which petition is not dismissed within 60 days; or

(vi) the failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor or assign of the Company.

(i) "Severance Period" shall mean the period of time commencing on the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be, and ending on the first anniversary thereof.

(j) "Termination Date" shall mean (i) in the case of the Executive's death, his date of death; (ii) in the case of a termination by the Executive for Good Reason, the last day of his employment; and (iii) in all other cases, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (as defined below) or, if no Notice of Termination is sent, the last day of his employment; provided, however, that if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company due to Disability, the date specified in the Notice of Termination shall be the 30th day after receipt of the Notice of Termination by the Executive, provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of his duties within 30 days after such receipt.

(k) "Voting Shares" shall mean the securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company.

2. Employment and Duties.

(a) Employment. Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to employ the Executive during the Employment Term (as defined below) as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and the Executive accepts such employment.

(b) Duties. During the Employment Term, the Executive will perform the executive and managerial duties customarily associated with the office set forth in Section 2(a) under the control and at the direction of the Board and other such executive and managerial

4

duties as may, from time to time, reasonably be assigned to him by the Board that are consistent with such position. During the Employment Term, the Executive may also be required to perform services for one or more affiliates of the Company. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be located in or about Jacksonville, Florida and shall travel to such geographical locations as may be appropriate from time to time to carry out the duties of the office as outlined in this Section 2.

(c) Scope of Employment. During the Employment Term, the Executive will devote such time, energy, skill and knowledge to the performance of his duties for the Company and for the benefit of the Company as may be necessary or required for the effective conduct and operation of the Business. Furthermore, the Executive shall exercise due diligence and care in the performance of his duties to the Company under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Employment Term, the Executive may serve on civic or charitable boards and may serve as an officer, director, shareholder, or limited partner in any business venture so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive's duties under this Agreement and do not compete with the Business.

3. Employment Term. The term of employment shall begin on the Commencement Date. Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 4, this Agreement will expire on February 6, 2007 (the "Expiration Date"); provided, however, that on the Expiration Date and each subsequent anniversary of the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended by one additional year unless either the Executive or the Company shall have given written notice of expiration of this Agreement to the other party at least 180 days prior to the date of automatic renewal of this Agreement. The Commencement Date through and including the Expiration Date (as so extended) is hereinafter referred to as the "Employment Term."

4. Termination.

(a) Death. The Executive's employment will terminate automatically upon the Executive's death.

(b) Disability. Upon the good faith determination by the Company that the Disability of the Executive has occurred, the Company may terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement by notice pursuant to Section 4(e). During the period of incapacitation, the salary otherwise payable to the Executive may, at the absolute discretion of the Board, be reduced by the amount of any disability benefits or payments received by the Executive, excluding health insurance benefits or other reimbursement of medical expenses for the Executive.

(c) By the Company. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement for Cause, or without Cause, by notice pursuant to Section 4(e), subject to the severance obligations set forth in Section 8.

(d) By the Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment under this Agreement for Good Reason, or without Good Reason, by notice pursuant to Section 4(e).

5

(e) Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive's employment by the Company or by the Executive (other than a termination upon the Executive's death, which does not require notice) must be communicated by written notice (the "Notice of Termination") to the other party given in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement. The Notice of Termination must (i) indicate the specific termination provision of this Agreement relied upon; (ii) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provisions so indicated; and (iii) if the Termination Date is other than the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination, specify the Termination Date (which date shall be not more than 30 days after the date of giving of such Notice of Termination). The failure by the Company or the Executive to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance that contributes to a showing of the basis for termination will not waive any right of such party hereunder or preclude such party from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his or its rights hereunder.

5. Compensation. During the Employment Term, for all services rendered by the Executive to the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive:

(a) Base Salary. For services rendered, the Company shall pay the Executive a salary of $375,000 per calendar year (such annual salary, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to this Section 5(a), the "Base Salary"), payable in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices. The Board shall conduct an annual review of the Executive's Base Salary. The Executive shall be entitled to receive increases in the Base Salary, if any, that may be determined by the Board or an authorized committee thereof in its sole discretion. Any increases to the Base Salary shall be effective January 1 for each calendar year of the Employment Term. In no event shall the Executive's Base Salary be reduced without the Executive's consent, except as provided in
Section 4(c).

(b) Annual Incentive Compensation. In further consideration of the Executive's service, the Executive shall be eligible to receive annual incentive compensation awards ("Annual Incentive Compensation") as determined by the Board or an authorized committee thereof in its sole discretion.

(c) Taxes. All compensation paid to the Executive shall be subject to applicable employment, payroll and withholding taxes, including taxes resulting from a determination that any portion of any benefits supplied to the Executive may be reimbursing personal as well as business expenses.

6. Employee Benefits.

(a) Benefits. The Executive shall receive group health/dental insurance, life insurance, disability insurance and other similar benefits available to the Company's executive officers. Benefits may be changed, modified or revoked at the sole discretion of the Company. The Executive shall not be deemed to have a vested interest in any of the Company's plans or programs. The Executive may receive benefits not generally provided to Company employees from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board or an authorized committee thereof.

6

(b) Vacation. The Executive is entitled to receive 20 business days paid vacation annually for each calendar year of the Employment Term. Such vacation shall be taken at such times that are consistent with the reasonable business needs of the Company. All vacation shall be subject to the policies and procedures of the Company.

(c) Fringe Benefits. The Executive shall receive fringe benefits as such benefits may exist from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board or any committee thereof.

7. Business Expenses. The Executive is authorized to incur reasonable, ordinary and necessary business expenses in the performance of the duties outlined above during the Employment Term in accordance with policies established by the Company. The Executive shall account to the Company for all such expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Executive or pay the expenses in accordance with the policies established by the Company.

8. Compensation Upon Termination or Change of Control. In all events, the Company will pay to the Executive all Base Salary and benefits accrued to the Executive through and including the Termination Date.

(a) Termination Without Cause, For Good Reason or Upon a Change of Control. Upon (i) the occurrence of the first event constituting a Change of Control (the "Change of Control Date") and the termination or non-renewal of Executive's employment during the Severance Period (other than for Cause) or
(ii) if the Executive's employment is terminated (x) by the Company without Cause, (y) by reason of Disability or (z) by the Executive for Good Reason (any event specified in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii), a "Severance Event"), the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive the following:

(i) The Company shall pay to the Executive as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date or the Change of Control Date, as the case may be, an amount in cash (the "Severance Benefit") equal to the sum of: (A) the product of 2.99 times the amount of the Base Salary; and (B) the full amount of any Annual Incentive Compensation that Executive was eligible to receive for the year during which the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement occurs.

(ii) During the Severance Period, the Company will provide or arrange to provide the Executive with Employee Benefits that are welfare benefits (but not share options, share purchase, share appreciation, dividend equivalent rights or similar compensatory benefits) substantially similar to those that the Executive was receiving or entitled to receive immediately prior to the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be. The Severance Period will be considered service with the Company for the purpose of determining service credits and benefits due and payable to the Executive under the Company's retirement income, supplemental executive retirement, and other benefit plans applicable to the Executive, the Executive's dependents or the Executive's beneficiaries immediately prior to the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be. If and to the extent that any benefit described in the immediately preceding sentence is not or cannot be paid or provided

7

under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, then the Company will itself pay or provide for the payment of such Employee Benefits to the Executive, and, if applicable, the Executive's dependents and beneficiaries. Employee Benefits otherwise receivable by the Executive pursuant to this Section 8(a)(ii) will be reduced to the extent comparable welfare benefits are actually received by the Executive from another employer during the Severance Period.

(iii) Vesting of benefits shall be treated as described in
Section 8(d)(i).

(b) Termination By Reason of Disability. If the Employment Term is terminated by reason of Disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date an amount in cash equal to the Severance Benefit. Vesting of benefits shall be treated as described in Section 8(d)(i). The Executive shall continue to receive, so long as the Disability continues, all benefits provided under any long-term disability program(s) of the Company in effect at the time of such termination, subject to the terms and conditions of any such program(s), as may be amended, changed, modified or terminated for all employees of the Company.

(c) Payment of the Severance Benefit. The Company shall pay the Severance Benefit to the Executive in a single lump sum in immediately available funds, in United States Dollars, within five business days after the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as applicable.

(d) Treatment of Award Grants.

(i) Vesting of Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company's employee benefit plans, any agreement entered into under such plans, or any retirement, pension, profit sharing or other similar plan (collectively, the "Plans"), upon the occurrence of a Severance Event, all deferred or unvested portions of any award made to the Executive under any of the Plans shall automatically become fully vested as of the Termination Date or the Change of Control Date, as the case may be, and shall be in effect and redeemable by or payable to the Executive, or the Executive's designated beneficiary or estate, on the same conditions (other than vesting) as would have applied had the Severance Event not occurred.

(ii) Clarification Regarding Treatment of Award Grants. The Plans may contain language regarding the effects of certain changes of control of the Company or certain terminations of the Executive's employment. Notwithstanding such language in the Plans, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, the Company will be obligated, if the terms of this Agreement are more favorable in this regard than the terms of the Plans, to take the actions required under Section 8(d)(i) upon the happening of the circumstances described therein. Notwithstanding the definition of "Change of Control," "Cause" or any other term relating to the vesting or exercise of awards made under any Plan that may appear in such Plan, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, the definitions and other provisions set forth in this Agreement relating thereto shall control and be binding on the Company and its affiliates.

8

(e) Additional Payments.

(i) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event it is determined (as hereafter provided) that any right or interest that vests in the Executive, or any payment or distribution made by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise pursuant to or by reason of any other agreement, policy, Plan, program or arrangement, including without limitation any share option, share appreciation right, dividend equivalent right, restricted shares of similar right, the lapse or termination of any restriction on or the vesting or exerciseability of any of the foregoing (any such right, interest, payment or distribution, a "Payment"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") (or any successor provision thereto), by reason of being considered an "excess parachute payment," within the meaning of
Section 280G of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or to any similar tax imposed by state or local law, or any interest or penalties with respect to such tax (such tax or taxes, together with any such interest and penalties, being hereafter collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment or payments from the Company (collectively, a "Gross-Up Payment"). The Gross-Up Payment will be in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive will have received an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payment.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(e)(vi), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8(e), including whether an Excise Tax is payable by the Executive and the amount of such Excise Tax and whether a Gross-Up Payment is required to be paid by the Company to the Executive and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment, if any, will be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm (the "Accounting Firm") selected by the mutual written agreement of the Executive and the Company. The parties hereto will direct the Accounting Firm to submit its determination and detailed supporting calculations to both the Company and the Executive within 30 calendar days after the Executive's termination date, and any such other time or times as may be requested by the Company or the Executive. If the Accounting Firm determines that any Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, the Company will pay the required Gross-Up Payment to the Executive within five business days after receipt of such determination and calculations with respect to any payment to the Executive. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, it will, at the same time as it makes such determination, furnish the Company and the Executive an opinion that the Executive has substantial authority not to report any Excise Tax on the Executive's federal, state or local income or other tax return. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) and the possibility of similar uncertainty regarding applicable state or local tax law at the time of any determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been

9

made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts or fails to pursue its remedies pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the parties will direct the Accounting Firm to determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and to submit its determination and detailed supporting calculations to both the Company and the Executive as promptly as possible. Any such Underpayment will be promptly paid by the Company to, or for the benefit of, the Executive within five business days after receipt of such determination and calculations.

(iii) The Company and the Executive will each provide the Accounting Firm access to and copies of any books, records and documents in the possession of the Company or the Executive, as the case may be, reasonably requested by the Accounting Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the Accounting Firm in connection with the preparation of and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by
Section 8(e)(ii). Any determination by the Accounting Firm as to the amount of the Gross-Up Payment will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(iv) The federal, state and local income or other tax returns filed by the Executive will be prepared and filed on a consistent basis with the determination of the Accounting Firm with respect to the Excise Tax payable by the Executive. The Executive will make proper payment of the amount of any Excise Payment and, at the request of the Company, provide to the Company true and correct copies (with any amendments) of the Executive's federal tax return as filed with the Internal Revenue Service and corresponding state and local tax returns, if relevant, as filed with the applicable taxing authority, and such other documents reasonably requested by the Company evidencing such payment. If, prior to the filing of the Executive's federal income tax return, or corresponding state or local tax return, if relevant, the Accounting Firm determines that the amount of the Gross-Up Payment should be reduced, the Executive will within five business days pay to the Company the amount of such reduction.

(v) The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm for its services in connection with the determinations and calculations contemplated herein will be borne by the Company. If such fees and expenses are initially paid by the Executive, the Company will reimburse the Executive the full amount of such fees and expenses within five business days after receipt from the Executive of a statement therefor and reasonable evidence of the Executive's payment thereof.

(vi) The Executive will notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment. Such notification will be given as promptly as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive actually receives notice of such claim and the Executive will further apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid (in each case, to the extent known by the Executive). The Executive will not pay such claim

10

prior to the earlier of (x) the expiration of the 30-calendar day period following the date on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company and (y) the date that any payment of amount with respect to such claim is due. If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive will:

(A) provide the Company with any written records or documents in the Executive's possession relating to such claim reasonably requested by the Company;

(B) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company may reasonably request in writing from time to time, including without limitation accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney competent in respect of the subject matter and reasonably selected by the Company;

(C) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim; and

(D) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claims;

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold harmless the Executive, on an after-tax basis, from and against any Excise Tax or income tax, including interest and penalties with respect thereto, imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(e), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with the contest of any claim contemplated by this Section 8(e)(vi) and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim (provided, however, that the Executive may participate therein at the Executive's own cost and expense) and may, at its option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive will prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction, and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company may determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income or other tax, including interest or penalties with respect thereto, imposed with respect to such advance; provided, further, that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which the contested amount if claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. The Company's control of any such contested claim will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

11

(vii) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi), the Executive receives any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive will (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section
8(e)(vi)) pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto) within 30 calendar days after such receipt and the Company's satisfaction of all accrued obligations under this Agreement. If, after the receipt by the Executive of any amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such determination prior to the expiration of 30 calendar days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of any such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid by the Company to the Executive pursuant to this
Section 8(e).

(viii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the Base Salary upon the occurrence of: (x) the Expiration Date; and (y) any failure for any reason of the Expiration Date to be automatically extended by one additional year as prescribed by Section 3 of this Agreement.

(f) Nature of Payments. The amounts due under this Section 8 are in the nature of severance payments considered to be reasonable by the Company and are not in the nature of a penalty. Such amounts are in full satisfaction of all claims that the Executive may have in respect of his employment by the Company or its affiliates and are provided as the sole and exclusive benefits to be provided to the Executive in respect of his termination of Employment from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, it shall be a condition precedent to the Company making any payments pursuant to this Section 8 that the Executive has executed and delivered to the Company the release contemplated pursuant to Section 12.

(g) No Mitigation or Set-Off. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment. There will be no right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of any claim, debt of obligation against any payment to or benefit for the Executive provided for in this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

9. Confidentiality and Non-Competition.

(a) Confidentiality.

(i) During the Employment Term the Company agrees to provide the Executive with access to Confidential Information.

(ii) The Executive acknowledges that the Confidential Information is valuable and proprietary to the Company or to third parties that have entrusted the

12

Company and/or its subsidiaries with such Confidential Information. The Executive agrees, except as required for the Executive to fulfill his duties hereunder, that the Executive shall not use, publish, disseminate or otherwise disclose any Confidential Information, no matter when learned or accessed, without the prior written consent of the Company.

(iii) All Confidential Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and the Executive shall have no rights in or to the Confidential Information upon any termination of this Agreement or his employment with the Company. Upon the termination of the Executive's employment, the Executive shall immediately deliver to the Company all plans, designs, drawings, specifications, listings, manuals, records, notebooks and similar repositories of or documents containing Confidential Information, including all copies, then in the Executive's possession or control, whether prepared by the Executive or others. Upon such termination the Executive shall retain no copies of any such documents.

(iv) The provisions of this Section 9(a) shall survive the termination of this Agreement indefinitely.

(b) Restriction on Competitive Employment.

(i) In consideration of the numerous mutual promises contained in this Agreement, including, without limitation, those involving the Confidential Information, compensation, termination and arbitration, and in order to protect the Confidential Information and to reduce the likelihood of irreparable damage that would occur in the event such information is provided to or used by a competitor of the Company, during the Employment Term and, for a period of six months following the Termination Date in the case of a (x) termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason (the "Non-Competition Period"), absent the Company's prior written approval, the Executive shall not, as an owner, part-owner, shareholder, partner, director, trust manager, trustee, principal, agent, employee, consultant, member, contractor or otherwise, within the United States, directly or indirectly engage or participate in activities relating to, or render services to or invest in any firm or business engaged or about to become engaged in, the Business.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may make passive investments in an enterprise engaged in the Business, the shares of ownership of which are publicly traded, if the Executive's investment constitutes less than 2% of the total equity of such enterprise.

(iii) If, during any period within the Non-Competition Period, the Executive is not in compliance with the terms of this Section 9(b), the Company shall be entitled to, among other remedies, compliance by the Executive with the terms of this Section 9(b) for an additional period equal to the period of such noncompliance. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Non-Competition Period" shall also include this additional period. The Executive hereby acknowledges that the geographic boundaries,

13

scope of prohibited activities and the time duration of the provisions of this Section 9(b) are reasonable and are no broader than are necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company.

(iv) The provisions of this Section 9(b) shall survive the termination of the Executive's employment for the duration of the Non-Competition Period.

(v) The Company and the Executive agree and stipulate that the agreements and covenants not to compete contained in this Section 9(b) are fair and reasonable in light of all of the facts and circumstances of the relationship between the Executive and the Company; however, the Executive and the Company are aware that in certain circumstances courts have refused to enforce certain terms of agreements not to compete. Therefore, in furtherance of, and not in derogation of the provisions of this Section 9(b), the Company and the Executive agree that in the event a court should decline to enforce any provision of this Section 9(b), that this Section 9(b) shall be deemed to be modified or reformed to restrict the Executive's competition with the Company or its affiliates to the maximum extent, as to time, geography and business scope, that the court shall find enforceable; provided, however, in no event shall the provisions of this Section 9(b) be deemed to be more restrictive to the Executive than those contained herein.

(c) Inducement/Enticement. In order to prevent the Executive from violating the provisions of Section 9(b), during the Employment Term and, in the case of (x) a termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason, during the Non-Competition Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly:

(i) induce, or attempt to induce, any employees or agents of, or consultants of or to, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to do anything from which the Executive is restricted by reason of Sections 9(a) or (b); or

(ii) offer or aid others to offer employment to or recruit or solicit anyone who is an employee or agent of, or consultant of or to, the Company or a subsidiary of the Company at the time of termination of the Executive, unless such person's employment was terminated by the Company or any such subsidiary.

In the case of (x) a termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason, the provisions of this Section 9(c) shall survive the termination of the Executive's employment for the duration of the Non-Competition Period.

(d) Injunctive Relief. The Executive acknowledges that a breach of any of the agreements contained in this Section 9 will give rise to irreparable injury to the Company, inadequately compensable in damages. Accordingly, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent or cure breaches or threatened breaches of the provisions of this Section 9 and to enforce specific performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any court of competent

14

jurisdiction, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies that may be available. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that in the event of the termination of this Agreement, his experience and capabilities are such that he can obtain employment in business activities that are of a different or noncompeting nature with his activities as an employee of the Company and that the enforcement of a remedy hereunder by way of injunction shall not prevent the Executive from earning a reasonable livelihood. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the covenants contained herein are necessary for the protection of the Company's legitimate business interests and are reasonable in scope and content. The Executive also acknowledges that the Company would not enter into this Agreement or agree to provide him with access to its Confidential Information without the Executive's promises contained in this
Section 9.

10. Remedies for the Company. The termination of this Agreement by the Company for Cause shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Company of any breach by the Executive of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Company, and, notwithstanding such a termination, the Executive shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

11. Remedies for the Executive.

(a) The termination of this Agreement by the Executive for Good Reason shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Executive of any breach by the Company of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Executive, and, notwithstanding such a termination, the Company shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

(b) In the event that the Executive is terminated for Cause and it is ultimately determined that the Company lacked Cause, (i) the termination shall be treated as a termination other than for Cause; (ii) the Executive shall have the right to seek remedy for a breach of this Agreement by the Company, including, but not limited to, any other such damages as may be suffered and/or incurred by the Executive, the Executive's costs incurred during the dispute and reasonable attorneys' fees in connection with such dispute; and (iii) the Executive shall receive all Severance Benefits.

12. Full Satisfaction; Waiver and Release. As a condition to receiving the payments and benefits described in Section 8, the Executive and the Company shall execute a document in form reasonably acceptable to them, releasing and waiving any and all claims, causes of actions and the like against the other party and its respective successors, subsidiaries, affiliates, shareholders, officers, directors, managers, agents and employees, regarding all matters relating to the Executive's service as an employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their affiliates and the termination of such relationship. Such claims include, without limitation, any claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991, as amended; the Equal Pay Act of 1962; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; or any other federal, state or local statute or ordinance, but exclude any claims that arise out of an asserted breach of the terms of this Agreement and any benefits payable to the Executive under the Company's benefit plans, practices and programs in which he participates.

15

13. No Waiver. No waiver or non-action by either party with respect to any breach by the other party of any provision of this Agreement, nor the waiver or non-action with respect to the provisions of any similar agreement with other employees or the breach thereof, shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of such provision, or as a waiver of the provision itself.

14. Invalid Provisions. Should any portion of this Agreement be adjusted or held invalid, unenforceable or void, such holding shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement and the parties hereby agree that the portion so held invalid, unenforceable, or void shall, if possible, be deemed amended or reduced in scope, or otherwise be stricken from this Agreement, to the extent required for the purposes of validity and enforcement thereof.

15. Successor and Assigns. Neither the Executive nor the Company may assign its rights, duties, or obligations hereunder without consent of the other.

16. Survival. The provisions of Sections 9 and 22 of this Agreement shall survive the Executive's termination of employment. Other provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of the Executive's employment to the extent necessary to ensure the preservation of each party's respective rights and obligations.

17. Prior Agreements. This Agreement incorporates the entire agreement between both parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements (oral or written), documents or other instruments with respect to the matters covered herein.

18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Florida, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits itself to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the Federal and State courts sitting in the State of Florida, and hereby waives any claims it may have as to inconvenient forum.

19. No Oral Modifications. This Agreement may not be changed or terminated orally, and no change, termination or waiver of this Agreement or of any of the provisions herein contained shall be binding unless made in writing and signed by both parties, and, in the case of the Company, by a person designated by the Board or any committee thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, any change or changes, from time to time, in the Executive's salary or duties or both shall not be, nor be deemed to be, a change, termination or waiver of this Agreement or of any of the provisions herein contained.

20. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing, and shall be deemed properly given if delivered personally, mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, sent by facsimile, or sent by Express Mail or Federal Express or other nationally recognized express delivery service, as follows:

16

If to the Company:

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.
4231 Walnut Bend
Jacksonville, Florida 32257

Attention: Chairman of the Board

If to the Executive:

John Bert Watson
Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. 4231 Walnut Bend
Jacksonville, Florida 32257

Notice given by hand, Express Mail, Federal Express, or other such express delivery service shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by facsimile transmission shall be effective upon actual receipt during the recipient's customary business hours, or at the beginning of the recipient's next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient's customary business hours. All notices sent by facsimile transmission shall be confirmed promptly after transmission in writing by certified mail or personal delivery.

Any party may change any address to which notice shall be given to it by giving notice as provided above of such change in address.

21. Executive's Representation and Warranties. The Executive represents and warrants that he is legally free to make and perform this Agreement, that he has no obligation to any other person or entity that would affect or conflict with any of his obligations hereunder, and that the complete performance of his obligations hereunder will not violate any law, regulation, order, or decree of any governmental or jurisdictional body or contract by which he is bound.

22. Entire Agreement. The parties expressly agree that this Agreement is contractual in nature and not a mere recital, and that it contains all the terms and conditions of the agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. All prior negotiations, agreements, arrangements, understandings and statements between the parties relating to the matters set forth herein that have occurred at any time or contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement are superseded and merged into this completely integrated Agreement. The Recitals set forth above shall be deemed to be part of this Agreement.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

17

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

THE COMPANY:

SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.,
a Maryland corporation

By: /s/ JOHN BERT WATSON
    ------------------------------------------
    John Bert Watson
    President and Chief Executive Officer

THE EXECUTIVE:

JOHN BERT WATSON

/s/ JOHN BERT WATSON
----------------------------------------------

18

EXHIBIT 10.3

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of February 6, 2004 (the "Commencement Date"), by and between Sunset Financial Resources, Inc., a Maryland real estate investment trust (the "Company"), and Michael L. Pannell, an individual (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company deem it in their respective best interests to enter into an employment agreement for the Executive to serve as the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

(a) "Business" shall mean the acquisition and management of portfolios of residential and commercial mortgage loans in the United States.

(b) "Cause" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) the continued and intentional failure by the Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Company, other than any such failure resulting from the Executive's Disability; provided, however, that no termination of the Executive's employment shall be for Cause as set forth in this clause (i) until (x) there shall have been delivered to the Executive written notice setting forth that the Executive committed the conduct set forth in this clause (i) and specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail and (y) the Executive shall have been provided an opportunity to present his position to the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), either in writing or in person;

(ii) a breach by the Executive of his fiduciary duties as an officer of the Company, or a material breach by the Executive of any written rule, regulation, policy or procedure of the Company;

(iii) the Executive's excessive absenteeism not related to illness;

(iv) the Executive's conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or final non-appealable conviction of any other crime that incarcerates the Executive for a period of one year or longer; or

(v) the Executive's commission of a fraudulent act, embezzlement, theft or felony, in any case, whether or not involving the Company or the Executive's performance of his duties under this Agreement, that, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, renders the Executive's continued employment harmful to the Company.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to perform by the Executive after a Notice of Termination is given by the Executive shall constitute Cause for purposes of this Agreement.

(c) "Change of Control" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) at any time during any 12-month period, the Board of Directors of the Company in office at the beginning of such period shall have ceased to constitute a majority of the Board without the approval of the nomination of such directors by a majority of the Board consisting of directors who were serving at the beginning of such period;

(ii) any person (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) or
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any trustee, fiduciary or other person holding securities under any employee share ownership plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with its affiliates and associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) shall have become the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Shares;

(iii) the Company shall have filed a schedule, report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing that a change in control of the Company has occurred;

(iv) a merger or consolidation of the Company shall have been consummated, other than (x) a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Shares outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity or (y) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires more than 50% of the Voting Shares;

(v) any person, other than a subsidiary of the Company, shall have acquired more than 50% of the combined assets of the Company and its subsidiaries; or

(vi) the shareholders of the Company shall have approved the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(d) "Confidential Information" shall mean all confidential information of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, excluding any information that is available in the public domain, and including trade secrets and, by way of illustration, whether or not labeled or otherwise identified as "confidential," the Company's:

(i) acquisition, expansion, marketing, financial and other business strategies, information and plans;

2

(ii) compilations of data;

(iii) computer programs and/or records;

(iv) confidential information developed by consultants and contractors;

(v) employee information; and

(vi) manuals, memoranda, projections and minutes.

(e) "Disability" shall mean the physical or mental incapacity of the Executive that, even with reasonable accommodation, has prevented the execution of the duties of his office, as outlined in Section 2, for three consecutive months or for more than 180 business days in the aggregate in any 18-month period and that, in either case, in the determination of the Board after consultation with a medical doctor licensed to practice medicine in the State of Florida appointed by the Board and the Executive, may be expected to prevent the Executive for any period of time thereafter from devoting substantial time and energies to the duties of his office, as outlined in
Section 2. The Executive agrees to submit to reasonable requests for medical examinations to determine whether a Disability exists.

(f) "Employee Benefits" shall mean the perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits as provided under any and all employee retirement income and welfare benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements in which the Executive is entitled to participate, including, without limitation, any share option, share purchase, share appreciation, dividend equivalent rights, savings, pension, supplemental executive retirement or other retirement income or welfare benefit, deferred compensation, incentive compensation, group or other life, health, medical/hospital or other insurance (whether funded by actual insurance or self-insured by the Company), disability, salary continuation, expense reimbursement, and other employee benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may now exist or any equivalent successor policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may be adopted hereafter by the Company, providing perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits at least as great in the aggregate as are payable thereunder prior to a Termination Date or Change of Control Date, as the case may be.

(g) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(h) "Good Reason" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) a reduction by the Company without the Executive's consent in the Executive's position, duties, responsibilities or status with the Company that represents a substantial adverse change from his position, duties, responsibilities or status, or a removal of the Executive from or any failure to reelect the Executive to any of the positions referred to in Section 2, but specifically excluding any action in connection with the termination of the Executive's employment for death, Disability, Cause or as a result of a Change of Control or by the Executive for normal retirement;

3

(ii) a reduction by the Company without the Executive's consent of the Base Salary;

(iii) a relocation of the Executive by the Company without the Executive's consent to a location more than 25 miles from the Jacksonville, Florida metropolitan area, other than for travel reasonably required in the performance of the Executive's responsibilities;

(iv) any material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Executive that, in any case, is not cured within 14 days of written notice to the Company of such breach;

(v) the insolvency of or the filing (by any party, including the Company, but excluding the Executive) of a petition for bankruptcy of the Company, which petition is not dismissed within 60 days; or

(vi) the failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor or assign of the Company.

(i) "Severance Period" shall mean the period of time commencing on the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be, and ending on the first anniversary thereof.

(j) "Termination Date" shall mean (i) in the case of the Executive's death, his date of death; (ii) in the case of a termination by the Executive for Good Reason, the last day of his employment; and (iii) in all other cases, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (as defined below) or, if no Notice of Termination is sent, the last day of his employment; provided, however, that if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company due to Disability, the date specified in the Notice of Termination shall be the 30th day after receipt of the Notice of Termination by the Executive, provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of his duties within 30 days after such receipt.

(k) "Voting Shares" shall mean the securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company.

2. Employment and Duties.

(a) Employment. Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to employ the Executive during the Employment Term (as defined below) as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, and the Executive accepts such employment.

(b) Duties. During the Employment Term, the Executive will perform the executive and managerial duties customarily associated with the office set forth in Section 2(a) under the control and at the direction of the Board and other such executive and managerial

4

duties as may, from time to time, reasonably be assigned to him by the Board that are consistent with such position. During the Employment Term, the Executive may also be required to perform services for one or more affiliates of the Company. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be located in or about Jacksonville, Florida and shall travel to such geographical locations as may be appropriate from time to time to carry out the duties of the office as outlined in this Section 2.

(c) Scope of Employment. During the Employment Term, the Executive will devote such time, energy, skill and knowledge to the performance of his duties for the Company and for the benefit of the Company as may be necessary or required for the effective conduct and operation of the Business. Furthermore, the Executive shall exercise due diligence and care in the performance of his duties to the Company under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Employment Term, the Executive may serve on civic or charitable boards and may serve as an officer, director, shareholder, or limited partner in any business venture so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive's duties under this Agreement and do not compete with the Business.

3. Employment Term. The term of employment shall begin on the Commencement Date. Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 4, this Agreement will expire on February 6, 2007 (the "Expiration Date"); provided, however, that on the Expiration Date and each subsequent anniversary of the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended by one additional year unless either the Executive or the Company shall have given written notice of expiration of this Agreement to the other party at least 180 days prior to the date of automatic renewal of this Agreement. The Commencement Date through and including the Expiration Date (as so extended) is hereinafter referred to as the "Employment Term."

4. Termination.

(a) Death. The Executive's employment will terminate automatically upon the Executive's death.

(b) Disability. Upon the good faith determination by the Company that the Disability of the Executive has occurred, the Company may terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement by notice pursuant to
Section 4(e). During the period of incapacitation, the salary otherwise payable to the Executive may, at the absolute discretion of the Board, be reduced by the amount of any disability benefits or payments received by the Executive, excluding health insurance benefits or other reimbursement of medical expenses for the Executive.

(c) By the Company. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement for Cause, or without Cause, by notice pursuant to Section 4(e), subject to the severance obligations set forth in Section 8.

(d) By the Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment under this Agreement for Good Reason, or without Good Reason, by notice pursuant to Section 4(e).

5

(e) Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive's employment by the Company or by the Executive (other than a termination upon the Executive's death, which does not require notice) must be communicated by written notice (the "Notice of Termination") to the other party given in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement. The Notice of Termination must (i) indicate the specific termination provision of this Agreement relied upon; (ii) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provisions so indicated; and (iii) if the Termination Date is other than the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination, specify the Termination Date (which date shall be not more than 30 days after the date of giving of such Notice of Termination). The failure by the Company or the Executive to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance that contributes to a showing of the basis for termination will not waive any right of such party hereunder or preclude such party from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his or its rights hereunder.

5. Compensation. During the Employment Term, for all services rendered by the Executive to the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive:

(a) Base Salary. For services rendered, the Company shall pay the Executive a salary of $175,000 per calendar year (such annual salary, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to this Section 5(a), the "Base Salary"), payable in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices. The Board shall conduct an annual review of the Executive's Base Salary. The Executive shall be entitled to receive increases in the Base Salary, if any, that may be determined by the Board or an authorized committee thereof in its sole discretion. Any increases to the Base Salary shall be effective January 1 for each calendar year of the Employment Term. In no event shall the Executive's Base Salary be reduced without the Executive's consent, except as provided in
Section 4(c).

(b) Annual Incentive Compensation. In further consideration of the Executive's service, the Executive shall be eligible to receive annual incentive compensation awards ("Annual Incentive Compensation") as determined by the Board or an authorized committee thereof in its sole discretion.

(c) Taxes. All compensation paid to the Executive shall be subject to applicable employment, payroll and withholding taxes, including taxes resulting from a determination that any portion of any benefits supplied to the Executive may be reimbursing personal as well as business expenses.

6. Employee Benefits.

(a) Benefits. The Executive shall receive group health/dental insurance, life insurance, disability insurance and other similar benefits available to the Company's executive officers. Benefits may be changed, modified or revoked at the sole discretion of the Company. The Executive shall not be deemed to have a vested interest in any of the Company's plans or programs. The Executive may receive benefits not generally provided to Company employees from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board or an authorized committee thereof.

6

(b) Vacation. The Executive is entitled to receive 20 business days paid vacation annually for each calendar year of the Employment Term. Such vacation shall be taken at such times that are consistent with the reasonable business needs of the Company. All vacation shall be subject to the policies and procedures of the Company.

(c) Fringe Benefits. The Executive shall receive fringe benefits as such benefits may exist from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board or any committee thereof.

7. Business Expenses. The Executive is authorized to incur reasonable, ordinary and necessary business expenses in the performance of the duties outlined above during the Employment Term in accordance with policies established by the Company. The Executive shall account to the Company for all such expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Executive or pay the expenses in accordance with the policies established by the Company.

8. Compensation Upon Termination or Change of Control. In all events, the Company will pay to the Executive all Base Salary and benefits accrued to the Executive through and including the Termination Date.

(a) Termination Without Cause, For Good Reason or Upon a Change of Control. Upon (i) the occurrence of the first event constituting a Change of Control (the "Change of Control Date") and the termination or non-renewal of Executive's employment during the Severance Period (other than for Cause) or (ii) if the Executive's employment is terminated (x) by the Company without Cause, (y) by reason of Disability or (z) by the Executive for Good Reason (any event specified in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii), a "Severance Event"), the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive the following:

(i) The Company shall pay to the Executive as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date or the Change of Control Date, as the case may be, an amount in cash (the "Severance Benefit") equal to the sum of: (A) the product of 2.99 times the amount of the Base Salary; and (B) the full amount of any Annual Incentive Compensation that Executive was eligible to receive for the year during which the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement occurs.

(ii) During the Severance Period, the Company will provide or arrange to provide the Executive with Employee Benefits that are welfare benefits (but not share options, share purchase, share appreciation, dividend equivalent rights or similar compensatory benefits) substantially similar to those that the Executive was receiving or entitled to receive immediately prior to the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be. The Severance Period will be considered service with the Company for the purpose of determining service credits and benefits due and payable to the Executive under the Company's retirement income, supplemental executive retirement, and other benefit plans applicable to the Executive, the Executive's dependents or the Executive's beneficiaries immediately prior to the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be. If and to the extent that any benefit described in the immediately preceding sentence is not or cannot be paid or provided

7

under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, then the Company will itself pay or provide for the payment of such Employee Benefits to the Executive, and, if applicable, the Executive's dependents and beneficiaries. Employee Benefits otherwise receivable by the Executive pursuant to this Section 8(a)(ii) will be reduced to the extent comparable welfare benefits are actually received by the Executive from another employer during the Severance Period.

(iii) Vesting of benefits shall be treated as described in Section 8(d)(i).

(b) Termination By Reason of Disability. If the Employment Term is terminated by reason of Disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date an amount in cash equal to the Severance Benefit. Vesting of benefits shall be treated as described in Section 8(d)(i). The Executive shall continue to receive, so long as the Disability continues, all benefits provided under any long-term disability program(s) of the Company in effect at the time of such termination, subject to the terms and conditions of any such program(s), as may be amended, changed, modified or terminated for all employees of the Company.

(c) Payment of the Severance Benefit. The Company shall pay the Severance Benefit to the Executive in a single lump sum in immediately available funds, in United States Dollars, within five business days after the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as applicable.

(d) Treatment of Award Grants.

(i) Vesting of Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company's employee benefit plans, any agreement entered into under such plans, or any retirement, pension, profit sharing or other similar plan (collectively, the "Plans"), upon the occurrence of a Severance Event, all deferred or unvested portions of any award made to the Executive under any of the Plans shall automatically become fully vested as of the Termination Date or the Change of Control Date, as the case may be, and shall be in effect and redeemable by or payable to the Executive, or the Executive's designated beneficiary or estate, on the same conditions (other than vesting) as would have applied had the Severance Event not occurred.

(ii) Clarification Regarding Treatment of Award Grants. The Plans may contain language regarding the effects of certain changes of control of the Company or certain terminations of the Executive's employment. Notwithstanding such language in the Plans, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, the Company will be obligated, if the terms of this Agreement are more favorable in this regard than the terms of the Plans, to take the actions required under Section 8(d)(i) upon the happening of the circumstances described therein. Notwithstanding the definition of "Change of Control," "Cause" or any other term relating to the vesting or exercise of awards made under any Plan that may appear in such Plan, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, the definitions and other provisions set forth in this Agreement relating thereto shall control and be binding on the Company and its affiliates.

8

(e) Additional Payments.

(i) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event it is determined (as hereafter provided) that any right or interest that vests in the Executive, or any payment or distribution made by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise pursuant to or by reason of any other agreement, policy, Plan, program or arrangement, including without limitation any share option, share appreciation right, dividend equivalent right, restricted shares of similar right, the lapse or termination of any restriction on or the vesting or exercisability of any of the foregoing (any such right, interest, payment or distribution, a "Payment"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") (or any successor provision thereto), by reason of being considered an "excess parachute payment," within the meaning of
Section 280G of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or to any similar tax imposed by state or local law, or any interest or penalties with respect to such tax (such tax or taxes, together with any such interest and penalties, being hereafter collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment or payments from the Company (collectively, a "Gross-Up Payment"). The Gross-Up Payment will be in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive will have received an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payment.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(e)(vi), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8(e), including whether an Excise Tax is payable by the Executive and the amount of such Excise Tax and whether a Gross-Up Payment is required to be paid by the Company to the Executive and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment, if any, will be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm (the "Accounting Firm") selected by the mutual written agreement of the Executive and the Company. The parties hereto will direct the Accounting Firm to submit its determination and detailed supporting calculations to both the Company and the Executive within 30 calendar days after the Executive's termination date, and any such other time or times as may be requested by the Company or the Executive. If the Accounting Firm determines that any Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, the Company will pay the required Gross-Up Payment to the Executive within five business days after receipt of such determination and calculations with respect to any payment to the Executive. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, it will, at the same time as it makes such determination, furnish the Company and the Executive an opinion that the Executive has substantial authority not to report any Excise Tax on the Executive's federal, state or local income or other tax return. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) and the possibility of similar uncertainty regarding applicable state or local tax law at the time of any determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been

9

made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts or fails to pursue its remedies pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the parties will direct the Accounting Firm to determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and to submit its determination and detailed supporting calculations to both the Company and the Executive as promptly as possible. Any such Underpayment will be promptly paid by the Company to, or for the benefit of, the Executive within five business days after receipt of such determination and calculations.

(iii) The Company and the Executive will each provide the Accounting Firm access to and copies of any books, records and documents in the possession of the Company or the Executive, as the case may be, reasonably requested by the Accounting Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the Accounting Firm in connection with the preparation of and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by
Section 8(e)(ii). Any determination by the Accounting Firm as to the amount of the Gross-Up Payment will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(iv) The federal, state and local income or other tax returns filed by the Executive will be prepared and filed on a consistent basis with the determination of the Accounting Firm with respect to the Excise Tax payable by the Executive. The Executive will make proper payment of the amount of any Excise Payment and, at the request of the Company, provide to the Company true and correct copies (with any amendments) of the Executive's federal tax return as filed with the Internal Revenue Service and corresponding state and local tax returns, if relevant, as filed with the applicable taxing authority, and such other documents reasonably requested by the Company evidencing such payment. If, prior to the filing of the Executive's federal income tax return, or corresponding state or local tax return, if relevant, the Accounting Firm determines that the amount of the Gross-Up Payment should be reduced, the Executive will within five business days pay to the Company the amount of such reduction.

(v) The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm for its services in connection with the determinations and calculations contemplated herein will be borne by the Company. If such fees and expenses are initially paid by the Executive, the Company will reimburse the Executive the full amount of such fees and expenses within five business days after receipt from the Executive of a statement therefor and reasonable evidence of the Executive's payment thereof.

(vi) The Executive will notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment. Such notification will be given as promptly as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive actually receives notice of such claim and the Executive will further apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid (in each case, to the extent known by the Executive). The Executive will not pay such claim

10

prior to the earlier of (x) the expiration of the 30-calendar day period following the date on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company and (y) the date that any payment of amount with respect to such claim is due. If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive will:

(A) provide the Company with any written records or documents in the Executive's possession relating to such claim reasonably requested by the Company;

(B) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company may reasonably request in writing from time to time, including without limitation accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney competent in respect of the subject matter and reasonably selected by the Company;

(C) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim; and

(D) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claims;

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold harmless the Executive, on an after-tax basis, from and against any Excise Tax or income tax, including interest and penalties with respect thereto, imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(e), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with the contest of any claim contemplated by this Section 8(e)(vi) and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim (provided, however, that the Executive may participate therein at the Executive's own cost and expense) and may, at its option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive will prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction, and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company may determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income or other tax, including interest or penalties with respect thereto, imposed with respect to such advance; provided, further, that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which the contested amount if claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. The Company's control of any such contested claim will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

11

(vii) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi), the Executive receives any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive will (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of
Section 8(e)(vi)) pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto) within 30 calendar days after such receipt and the Company's satisfaction of all accrued obligations under this Agreement. If, after the receipt by the Executive of any amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such determination prior to the expiration of 30 calendar days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of any such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid by the Company to the Executive pursuant to this
Section 8(e).

(viii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the Base Salary upon the occurrence of: (x) the Expiration Date; and
(y) any failure for any reason of the Expiration Date to be automatically extended by one additional year as prescribed by Section 3 of this Agreement.

(f) Nature of Payments. The amounts due under this Section 8 are in the nature of severance payments considered to be reasonable by the Company and are not in the nature of a penalty. Such amounts are in full satisfaction of all claims that the Executive may have in respect of his employment by the Company or its affiliates and are provided as the sole and exclusive benefits to be provided to the Executive in respect of his termination of Employment from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, it shall be a condition precedent to the Company making any payments pursuant to this Section 8 that the Executive has executed and delivered to the Company the release contemplated pursuant to Section 12.

(g) No Mitigation or Set-Off. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment. There will be no right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of any claim, debt of obligation against any payment to or benefit for the Executive provided for in this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

9. Confidentiality and Non-Competition.

(a) Confidentiality.

(i) During the Employment Term the Company agrees to provide the Executive with access to Confidential Information.

(ii) The Executive acknowledges that the Confidential Information is valuable and proprietary to the Company or to third parties that have entrusted the

12

Company and/or its subsidiaries with such Confidential Information. The Executive agrees, except as required for the Executive to fulfill his duties hereunder, that the Executive shall not use, publish, disseminate or otherwise disclose any Confidential Information, no matter when learned or accessed, without the prior written consent of the Company.

(iii) All Confidential Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and the Executive shall have no rights in or to the Confidential Information upon any termination of this Agreement or his employment with the Company. Upon the termination of the Executive's employment, the Executive shall immediately deliver to the Company all plans, designs, drawings, specifications, listings, manuals, records, notebooks and similar repositories of or documents containing Confidential Information, including all copies, then in the Executive's possession or control, whether prepared by the Executive or others. Upon such termination the Executive shall retain no copies of any such documents.

(iv) The provisions of this Section 9(a) shall survive the termination of this Agreement indefinitely.

(b) Restriction on Competitive Employment.

(i) In consideration of the numerous mutual promises contained in this Agreement, including, without limitation, those involving the Confidential Information, compensation, termination and arbitration, and in order to protect the Confidential Information and to reduce the likelihood of irreparable damage that would occur in the event such information is provided to or used by a competitor of the Company, during the Employment Term and, for a period of six months following the Termination Date in the case of a (x) termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason (the "Non-Competition Period"), absent the Company's prior written approval, the Executive shall not, as an owner, part-owner, shareholder, partner, director, trust manager, trustee, principal, agent, employee, consultant, member, contractor or otherwise, within the United States, directly or indirectly engage or participate in activities relating to, or render services to or invest in any firm or business engaged or about to become engaged in, the Business.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may make passive investments in an enterprise engaged in the Business, the shares of ownership of which are publicly traded, if the Executive's investment constitutes less than 2% of the total equity of such enterprise.

(iii) If, during any period within the Non-Competition Period, the Executive is not in compliance with the terms of this Section 9(b), the Company shall be entitled to, among other remedies, compliance by the Executive with the terms of this
Section 9(b) for an additional period equal to the period of such noncompliance. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Non-Competition Period" shall also include this additional period. The Executive hereby acknowledges that the geographic boundaries,

13

scope of prohibited activities and the time duration of the provisions of this Section 9(b) are reasonable and are no broader than are necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company.

(iv) The provisions of this Section 9(b) shall survive the termination of the Executive's employment for the duration of the Non-Competition Period.

(v) The Company and the Executive agree and stipulate that the agreements and covenants not to compete contained in this
Section 9(b) are fair and reasonable in light of all of the facts and circumstances of the relationship between the Executive and the Company; however, the Executive and the Company are aware that in certain circumstances courts have refused to enforce certain terms of agreements not to compete. Therefore, in furtherance of, and not in derogation of the provisions of this Section 9(b), the Company and the Executive agree that in the event a court should decline to enforce any provision of this Section 9(b), that this Section 9(b) shall be deemed to be modified or reformed to restrict the Executive's competition with the Company or its affiliates to the maximum extent, as to time, geography and business scope, that the court shall find enforceable; provided, however, in no event shall the provisions of this Section 9(b) be deemed to be more restrictive to the Executive than those contained herein.

(c) Inducement/Enticement. In order to prevent the Executive from violating the provisions of Section 9(b), during the Employment Term and, in the case of (x) a termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason, during the Non-Competition Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly:

(i) induce, or attempt to induce, any employees or agents of, or consultants of or to, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to do anything from which the Executive is restricted by reason of Sections 9(a) or (b); or

(ii) offer or aid others to offer employment to or recruit or solicit anyone who is an employee or agent of, or consultant of or to, the Company or a subsidiary of the Company at the time of termination of the Executive, unless such person's employment was terminated by the Company or any such subsidiary.

In the case of (x) a termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason, the provisions of this Section 9(c) shall survive the termination of the Executive's employment for the duration of the Non-Competition Period.

(d) Injunctive Relief. The Executive acknowledges that a breach of any of the agreements contained in this Section 9 will give rise to irreparable injury to the Company, inadequately compensable in damages. Accordingly, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent or cure breaches or threatened breaches of the provisions of this Section 9 and to enforce specific performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any court of competent

14

jurisdiction, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies that may be available. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that in the event of the termination of this Agreement, his experience and capabilities are such that he can obtain employment in business activities that are of a different or noncompeting nature with his activities as an employee of the Company and that the enforcement of a remedy hereunder by way of injunction shall not prevent the Executive from earning a reasonable livelihood. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the covenants contained herein are necessary for the protection of the Company's legitimate business interests and are reasonable in scope and content. The Executive also acknowledges that the Company would not enter into this Agreement or agree to provide him with access to its Confidential Information without the Executive's promises contained in this
Section 9.

10. Remedies for the Company. The termination of this Agreement by the Company for Cause shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Company of any breach by the Executive of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Company, and, notwithstanding such a termination, the Executive shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

11. Remedies for the Executive.

(a) The termination of this Agreement by the Executive for Good Reason shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Executive of any breach by the Company of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Executive, and, notwithstanding such a termination, the Company shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

(b) In the event that the Executive is terminated for Cause and it is ultimately determined that the Company lacked Cause, (i) the termination shall be treated as a termination other than for Cause; (ii) the Executive shall have the right to seek remedy for a breach of this Agreement by the Company, including, but not limited to, any other such damages as may be suffered and/or incurred by the Executive, the Executive's costs incurred during the dispute and reasonable attorneys' fees in connection with such dispute; and
(iii) the Executive shall receive all Severance Benefits.

12. Full Satisfaction; Waiver and Release. As a condition to receiving the payments and benefits described in Section 8, the Executive and the Company shall execute a document in form reasonably acceptable to them, releasing and waiving any and all claims, causes of actions and the like against the other party and its respective successors, subsidiaries, affiliates, shareholders, officers, directors, managers, agents and employees, regarding all matters relating to the Executive's service as an employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their affiliates and the termination of such relationship. Such claims include, without limitation, any claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991, as amended; the Equal Pay Act of 1962; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; or any other federal, state or local statute or ordinance, but exclude any claims that arise out of an asserted breach of the terms of this Agreement and any benefits payable to the Executive under the Company's benefit plans, practices and programs in which he participates.

15

13. No Waiver. No waiver or non-action by either party with respect to any breach by the other party of any provision of this Agreement, nor the waiver or non-action with respect to the provisions of any similar agreement with other employees or the breach thereof, shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of such provision, or as a waiver of the provision itself.

14. Invalid Provisions. Should any portion of this Agreement be adjusted or held invalid, unenforceable or void, such holding shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement and the parties hereby agree that the portion so held invalid, unenforceable, or void shall, if possible, be deemed amended or reduced in scope, or otherwise be stricken from this Agreement, to the extent required for the purposes of validity and enforcement thereof.

15. Successor and Assigns. Neither the Executive nor the Company may assign its rights, duties, or obligations hereunder without consent of the other.

16. Survival. The provisions of Sections 9 and 22 of this Agreement shall survive the Executive's termination of employment. Other provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of the Executive's employment to the extent necessary to ensure the preservation of each party's respective rights and obligations.

17. Prior Agreements. This Agreement incorporates the entire agreement between both parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements (oral or written), documents or other instruments with respect to the matters covered herein.

18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Florida, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits itself to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the Federal and State courts sitting in the State of Florida, and hereby waives any claims it may have as to inconvenient forum.

19. No Oral Modifications. This Agreement may not be changed or terminated orally, and no change, termination or waiver of this Agreement or of any of the provisions herein contained shall be binding unless made in writing and signed by both parties, and, in the case of the Company, by a person designated by the Board or any committee thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, any change or changes, from time to time, in the Executive's salary or duties or both shall not be, nor be deemed to be, a change, termination or waiver of this Agreement or of any of the provisions herein contained.

20. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing, and shall be deemed properly given if delivered personally, mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, sent by facsimile, or sent by Express Mail or Federal Express or other nationally recognized express delivery service, as follows:

16

If to the Company:

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.
4231 Walnut Bend
Jacksonville, Florida 32257

Attention: Chairman of the Board

If to the Executive:

Michael L. Pannell

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. 4231 Walnut Bend
Jacksonville, Florida 32257

Notice given by hand, Express Mail, Federal Express, or other such express delivery service shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by facsimile transmission shall be effective upon actual receipt during the recipient's customary business hours, or at the beginning of the recipient's next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient's customary business hours. All notices sent by facsimile transmission shall be confirmed promptly after transmission in writing by certified mail or personal delivery.

Any party may change any address to which notice shall be given to it by giving notice as provided above of such change in address.

21. Executive's Representation and Warranties. The Executive represents and warrants that he is legally free to make and perform this Agreement, that he has no obligation to any other person or entity that would affect or conflict with any of his obligations hereunder, and that the complete performance of his obligations hereunder will not violate any law, regulation, order, or decree of any governmental or jurisdictional body or contract by which he is bound.

22. Entire Agreement. The parties expressly agree that this Agreement is contractual in nature and not a mere recital, and that it contains all the terms and conditions of the agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. All prior negotiations, agreements, arrangements, understandings and statements between the parties relating to the matters set forth herein that have occurred at any time or contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement are superseded and merged into this completely integrated Agreement. The Recitals set forth above shall be deemed to be part of this Agreement.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

17

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

THE COMPANY:

SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.,
a Maryland corporation

By: /s/ JOHN BERT WATSON
    ---------------------------------------
    John Bert Watson
    President and Chief Executive Officer

THE EXECUTIVE:

MICHAEL L. PANNELL

/s/ MICHAEL L. PANNELL
-------------------------------------------

18

EXHIBIT 10.4

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of February 6, 2004 (the "Commencement Date"), by and between Sunset Financial Resources, Inc., a Maryland real estate investment trust (the "Company"), and Byron Boston, an individual (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company deem it in their respective best interests to enter into an employment agreement for the Executive to serve as the Vice Chairman and Executive Vice President - Chief Investment Officer of the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

(a) "Business" shall mean the acquisition and management of portfolios of residential and commercial mortgage loans in the United States.

(b) "Cause" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) the continued and intentional failure by the Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Company, other than any such failure resulting from the Executive's Disability; provided, however, that no termination of the Executive's employment shall be for Cause as set forth in this clause (i) until (x) there shall have been delivered to the Executive written notice setting forth that the Executive committed the conduct set forth in this clause (i) and specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail and (y) the Executive shall have been provided an opportunity to present his position to the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), either in writing or in person;

(ii) a breach by the Executive of his fiduciary duties as an officer of the Company, or a material breach by the Executive of any written rule, regulation, policy or procedure of the Company;

(iii) the Executive's excessive absenteeism not related to illness;

(iv) the Executive's conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or final non-appealable conviction of any other crime that incarcerates the Executive for a period of one year or longer; or

(v) the Executive's commission of a fraudulent act, embezzlement, theft or felony, in any case, whether or not involving the Company or the Executive's performance of his duties under this Agreement, that, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, renders the Executive's continued employment harmful to the Company.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to perform by the Executive after a Notice of Termination is given by the Executive shall constitute Cause for purposes of this Agreement.

(c) "Change of Control" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) at any time during any 12-month period, the Board of Directors of the Company in office at the beginning of such period shall have ceased to constitute a majority of the Board without the approval of the nomination of such directors by a majority of the Board consisting of directors who were serving at the beginning of such period;

(ii) any person (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any trustee, fiduciary or other person holding securities under any employee share ownership plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with its affiliates and associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) shall have become the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Shares;

(iii) the Company shall have filed a schedule, report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing that a change in control of the Company has occurred;

(iv) a merger or consolidation of the Company shall have been consummated, other than (x) a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Shares outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity or (y) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires more than 50% of the Voting Shares;

(v) any person, other than a subsidiary of the Company, shall have acquired more than 50% of the combined assets of the Company and its subsidiaries; or

(vi) the shareholders of the Company shall have approved the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(d) "Confidential Information" shall mean all confidential information of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, excluding any information that is available in the public domain, and including trade secrets and, by way of illustration, whether or not labeled or otherwise identified as "confidential," the Company's:

(i) acquisition, expansion, marketing, financial and other business strategies, information and plans;

2

(ii) compilations of data;

(iii) computer programs and/or records;

(iv) confidential information developed by consultants and contractors;

(v) employee information; and

(vi) manuals, memoranda, projections and minutes.

(e) "Disability" shall mean the physical or mental incapacity of the Executive that, even with reasonable accommodation, has prevented the execution of the duties of his office, as outlined in Section 2, for three consecutive months or for more than 180 business days in the aggregate in any 18-month period and that, in either case, in the determination of the Board after consultation with a medical doctor licensed to practice medicine in the State of Florida appointed by the Board and the Executive, may be expected to prevent the Executive for any period of time thereafter from devoting substantial time and energies to the duties of his office, as outlined in
Section 2. The Executive agrees to submit to reasonable requests for medical examinations to determine whether a Disability exists.

(f) "Employee Benefits" shall mean the perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits as provided under any and all employee retirement income and welfare benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements in which the Executive is entitled to participate, including, without limitation, any share option, share purchase, share appreciation, dividend equivalent rights, savings, pension, supplemental executive retirement or other retirement income or welfare benefit, deferred compensation, incentive compensation, group or other life, health, medical/hospital or other insurance (whether funded by actual insurance or self-insured by the Company), disability, salary continuation, expense reimbursement, and other employee benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may now exist or any equivalent successor policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may be adopted hereafter by the Company, providing perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits at least as great in the aggregate as are payable thereunder prior to a Termination Date or Change of Control Date, as the case may be.

(g) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(h) "Good Reason" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) a reduction by the Company without the Executive's consent in the Executive's position, duties, responsibilities or status with the Company that represents a substantial adverse change from his position, duties, responsibilities or status, or a removal of the Executive from or any failure to reelect the Executive to any of the positions referred to in Section 2, but specifically excluding any action in connection with the termination of the Executive's employment for death, Disability, Cause or as a result of a Change of Control or by the Executive for normal retirement;

3

(ii) a reduction by the Company without the Executive's consent of the Base Salary;

(iii) a relocation of the Executive by the Company without the Executive's consent to a location more than 25 miles from the Jacksonville, Florida metropolitan area, other than for travel reasonably required in the performance of the Executive's responsibilities;

(iv) any material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Executive that, in any case, is not cured within 14 days of written notice to the Company of such breach;

(v) the insolvency of or the filing (by any party, including the Company, but excluding the Executive) of a petition for bankruptcy of the Company, which petition is not dismissed within 60 days; or

(vi) the failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor or assign of the Company.

(i) "Severance Period" shall mean the period of time commencing on the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be, and ending on the first anniversary thereof.

(j) "Termination Date" shall mean (i) in the case of the Executive's death, his date of death; (ii) in the case of a termination by the Executive for Good Reason, the last day of his employment; and (iii) in all other cases, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (as defined below) or, if no Notice of Termination is sent, the last day of his employment; provided, however, that if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company due to Disability, the date specified in the Notice of Termination shall be the 30th day after receipt of the Notice of Termination by the Executive, provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of his duties within 30 days after such receipt.

(k) "Voting Shares" shall mean the securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company.

2. Employment and Duties.

(a) Employment. Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to employ the Executive during the Employment Term (as defined below) as Vice Chairman and Executive Vice President - Chief Investment Officer of the Company, reporting to the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and the Board, and the Executive accepts such employment.

(b) Duties. During the Employment Term, the Executive will perform the executive and managerial duties customarily associated with the office set forth in Section 2(a)

4

under the control and at the direction of the Board and other such executive and managerial duties as may, from time to time, reasonably be assigned to him by the Board that are consistent with such position. During the Employment Term, the Executive may also be required to perform services for one or more affiliates of the Company. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be located in or about Jacksonville, Florida and shall travel to such geographical locations as may be appropriate from time to time to carry out the duties of the office as outlined in this Section 2.

(c) Scope of Employment. During the Employment Term, the Executive will devote such time, energy, skill and knowledge to the performance of his duties for the Company and for the benefit of the Company as may be necessary or required for the effective conduct and operation of the Business. Furthermore, the Executive shall exercise due diligence and care in the performance of his duties to the Company under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Employment Term, the Executive may serve on civic or charitable boards and may serve as an officer, director, shareholder, or limited partner in any business venture so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive's duties under this Agreement and do not compete with the Business.

3. Employment Term. The term of employment shall begin on the Commencement Date. Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 4, this Agreement will expire on February 6, 2007 (the "Expiration Date"); provided, however, that on the Expiration Date and each subsequent anniversary of the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended by one additional year unless either the Executive or the Company shall have given written notice of expiration of this Agreement to the other party at least 180 days prior to the date of automatic renewal of this Agreement. The Commencement Date through and including the Expiration Date (as so extended) is hereinafter referred to as the "Employment Term."

4. Termination.

(a) Death. The Executive's employment will terminate automatically upon the Executive's death.

(b) Disability. Upon the good faith determination by the Company that the Disability of the Executive has occurred, the Company may terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement by notice pursuant to Section 4(e). During the period of incapacitation, the salary otherwise payable to the Executive may, at the absolute discretion of the Board, be reduced by the amount of any disability benefits or payments received by the Executive, excluding health insurance benefits or other reimbursement of medical expenses for the Executive.

(c) By the Company. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement for Cause, or without Cause, by notice pursuant to Section 4(e), subject to the severance obligations set forth in Section 8.

(d) By the Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment under this Agreement for Good Reason, or without Good Reason, by notice pursuant to Section 4(e).

5

(e) Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive's employment by the Company or by the Executive (other than a termination upon the Executive's death, which does not require notice) must be communicated by written notice (the "Notice of Termination") to the other party given in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement. The Notice of Termination must (i) indicate the specific termination provision of this Agreement relied upon; (ii) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provisions so indicated; and (iii) if the Termination Date is other than the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination, specify the Termination Date (which date shall be not more than 30 days after the date of giving of such Notice of Termination). The failure by the Company or the Executive to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance that contributes to a showing of the basis for termination will not waive any right of such party hereunder or preclude such party from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his or its rights hereunder.

5. Compensation. During the Employment Term, for all services rendered by the Executive to the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive:

(a) Base Salary. For services rendered, the Company shall pay the Executive a salary of $300,000 per calendar year (such annual salary, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to this Section 5(a), the "Base Salary"), payable in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices. The Board shall conduct an annual review of the Executive's Base Salary. The Executive shall be entitled to receive increases in the Base Salary, if any, that may be determined by the Board or an authorized committee thereof in its sole discretion. Any increases to the Base Salary shall be effective January 1 for each calendar year of the Employment Term. In no event shall the Executive's Base Salary be reduced without the Executive's consent, except as provided in
Section 4(c).

(b) Annual Incentive Compensation. In further consideration of the Executive's service, the Executive shall be eligible to receive annual incentive compensation awards ("Annual Incentive Compensation") as determined by the Board or an authorized committee thereof in its sole discretion.

(c) Taxes. All compensation paid to the Executive shall be subject to applicable employment, payroll and withholding taxes, including taxes resulting from a determination that any portion of any benefits supplied to the Executive may be reimbursing personal as well as business expenses.

(d) Relocation Expenses. The Company shall pay the Executive the sum of $25,000 for relocation expenses. In addition, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable relocation expenses incurred by the Executive, including but not limited to real estate commissions and temporary housing costs, to the extent those expenses exceed $25,000. The Executive shall present appropriate documentation to the Company in support of any reimbursement request hereunder.

(e) Attorneys' Fees. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for the fees of his legal counsel up to $10,000 incurred in negotiating Executive's separation from

6

employment with his former employer and in advising him with respect to his position with the Company.

6. Employee Benefits.

(a) Benefits. The Executive shall receive group health/dental insurance, life insurance, disability insurance and other similar benefits available to the Company's executive officers. Benefits may be changed, modified or revoked at the sole discretion of the Company. The Executive shall not be deemed to have a vested interest in any of the Company's plans or programs. The Executive may receive benefits not generally provided to Company employees from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board or an authorized committee thereof.

(b) Vacation. The Executive is entitled to receive 20 business days paid vacation annually for each calendar year of the Employment Term. Such vacation shall be taken at such times that are consistent with the reasonable business needs of the Company. All vacation shall be subject to the policies and procedures of the Company.

(c) Fringe Benefits. The Executive shall receive fringe benefits as such benefits may exist from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board or any committee thereof.

(d) Stock Options. Subject to the completion of the initial public offering of the Company's common stock (the "IPO"), the Company shall grant the Executive options to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price per share equal to the IPO price per share, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2003 Share Incentive Plan and related stock option agreement.

(e) Restricted Stock. Subject to the completion of the IPO, the Company shall grant the Executive 5,000 shares of restricted stock under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of that plan and the related grant document.

7. Business Expenses. The Executive is authorized to incur reasonable, ordinary and necessary business expenses in the performance of the duties outlined above during the Employment Term in accordance with policies established by the Company. The Executive shall account to the Company for all such expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Executive or pay the expenses in accordance with the policies established by the Company.

8. Compensation Upon Termination or Change of Control. In all events, the Company will pay to the Executive all Base Salary and benefits accrued to the Executive through and including the Termination Date.

(a) Termination Without Cause, For Good Reason or Upon a Change of Control. Upon (i) the occurrence of the first event constituting a Change of Control (the "Change of Control Date") and the termination or non-renewal of Executive's employment during the Severance Period (other than for Cause) or
(ii) if the Executive's employment is terminated (x) by the Company without Cause, (y) by reason of Disability or (z) by the

7

Executive for Good Reason (any event specified in the foregoing clauses (i) or
(ii), a "Severance Event"), the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive the following:

(i) The Company shall pay to the Executive as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date or the Change of Control Date, as the case may be, an amount in cash (the "Severance Benefit") equal to the sum of: (A) the product of 2.99 times the amount of the Base Salary; and (B) the full amount of any Annual Incentive Compensation that Executive was eligible to receive for the year during which the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement occurs.

(ii) During the Severance Period, the Company will provide or arrange to provide the Executive with Employee Benefits that are welfare benefits (but not share options, share purchase, share appreciation, dividend equivalent rights or similar compensatory benefits) substantially similar to those that the Executive was receiving or entitled to receive immediately prior to the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be. The Severance Period will be considered service with the Company for the purpose of determining service credits and benefits due and payable to the Executive under the Company's retirement income, supplemental executive retirement, and other benefit plans applicable to the Executive, the Executive's dependents or the Executive's beneficiaries immediately prior to the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be. If and to the extent that any benefit described in the immediately preceding sentence is not or cannot be paid or provided under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, then the Company will itself pay or provide for the payment of such Employee Benefits to the Executive, and, if applicable, the Executive's dependents and beneficiaries. Employee Benefits otherwise receivable by the Executive pursuant to this Section 8(a)(ii) will be reduced to the extent comparable welfare benefits are actually received by the Executive from another employer during the Severance Period.

(iii) Vesting of benefits shall be treated as described in
Section 8(d)(i).

(b) Termination By Reason of Disability. If the Employment Term is terminated by reason of Disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date an amount in cash equal to the Severance Benefit. Vesting of benefits shall be treated as described in Section 8(d)(i). The Executive shall continue to receive, so long as the Disability continues, all benefits provided under any long-term disability program(s) of the Company in effect at the time of such termination, subject to the terms and conditions of any such program(s), as may be amended, changed, modified or terminated for all employees of the Company.

(c) Payment of the Severance Benefit. The Company shall pay the Severance Benefit to the Executive in a single lump sum in immediately available funds, in United States Dollars, within five business days after the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as applicable.

8

(d) Treatment of Award Grants.

(i) Vesting of Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company's employee benefit plans, any agreement entered into under such plans, or any retirement, pension, profit sharing or other similar plan (collectively, the "Plans"), upon the occurrence of a Severance Event, all deferred or unvested portions of any award made to the Executive under any of the Plans shall automatically become fully vested as of the Termination Date or the Change of Control Date, as the case may be, and shall be in effect and redeemable by or payable to the Executive, or the Executive's designated beneficiary or estate, on the same conditions (other than vesting) as would have applied had the Severance Event not occurred.

(ii) Clarification Regarding Treatment of Award Grants. The Plans may contain language regarding the effects of certain changes of control of the Company or certain terminations of the Executive's employment. Notwithstanding such language in the Plans, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, the Company will be obligated, if the terms of this Agreement are more favorable in this regard than the terms of the Plans, to take the actions required under Section 8(d)(i) upon the happening of the circumstances described therein. Notwithstanding the definition of "Change of Control," "Cause" or any other term relating to the vesting or exercise of awards made under any Plan that may appear in such Plan, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, the definitions and other provisions set forth in this Agreement relating thereto shall control and be binding on the Company and its affiliates.

(e) Additional Payments.

(i) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event it is determined (as hereafter provided) that any right or interest that vests in the Executive, or any payment or distribution made by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise pursuant to or by reason of any other agreement, policy, Plan, program or arrangement, including without limitation any share option, share appreciation right, dividend equivalent right, restricted shares of similar right, the lapse or termination of any restriction on or the vesting or exerciseability of any of the foregoing (any such right, interest, payment or distribution, a "Payment"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") (or any successor provision thereto), by reason of being considered an "excess parachute payment," within the meaning of
Section 280G of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or to any similar tax imposed by state or local law, or any interest or penalties with respect to such tax (such tax or taxes, together with any such interest and penalties, being hereafter collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment or payments from the Company (collectively, a "Gross-Up Payment"). The Gross-Up Payment will be in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any Excise Tax imposed upon

9

the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive will have received an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payment.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(e)(vi), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8(e), including whether an Excise Tax is payable by the Executive and the amount of such Excise Tax and whether a Gross-Up Payment is required to be paid by the Company to the Executive and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment, if any, will be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm (the "Accounting Firm") selected by the mutual written agreement of the Executive and the Company. The parties hereto will direct the Accounting Firm to submit its determination and detailed supporting calculations to both the Company and the Executive within 30 calendar days after the Executive's termination date, and any such other time or times as may be requested by the Company or the Executive. If the Accounting Firm determines that any Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, the Company will pay the required Gross-Up Payment to the Executive within five business days after receipt of such determination and calculations with respect to any payment to the Executive. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, it will, at the same time as it makes such determination, furnish the Company and the Executive an opinion that the Executive has substantial authority not to report any Excise Tax on the Executive's federal, state or local income or other tax return. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) and the possibility of similar uncertainty regarding applicable state or local tax law at the time of any determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts or fails to pursue its remedies pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the parties will direct the Accounting Firm to determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and to submit its determination and detailed supporting calculations to both the Company and the Executive as promptly as possible. Any such Underpayment will be promptly paid by the Company to, or for the benefit of, the Executive within five business days after receipt of such determination and calculations.

(iii) The Company and the Executive will each provide the Accounting Firm access to and copies of any books, records and documents in the possession of the Company or the Executive, as the case may be, reasonably requested by the Accounting Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the Accounting Firm in connection with the preparation of and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by
Section 8(e)(ii). Any determination by the Accounting Firm as to the amount of the Gross-Up Payment will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(iv) The federal, state and local income or other tax returns filed by the Executive will be prepared and filed on a consistent basis with the determination of the Accounting Firm with respect to the Excise Tax payable by the Executive. The

10

Executive will make proper payment of the amount of any Excise Payment and, at the request of the Company, provide to the Company true and correct copies (with any amendments) of the Executive's federal tax return as filed with the Internal Revenue Service and corresponding state and local tax returns, if relevant, as filed with the applicable taxing authority, and such other documents reasonably requested by the Company evidencing such payment. If, prior to the filing of the Executive's federal income tax return, or corresponding state or local tax return, if relevant, the Accounting Firm determines that the amount of the Gross-Up Payment should be reduced, the Executive will within five business days pay to the Company the amount of such reduction.

(v) The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm for its services in connection with the determinations and calculations contemplated herein will be borne by the Company. If such fees and expenses are initially paid by the Executive, the Company will reimburse the Executive the full amount of such fees and expenses within five business days after receipt from the Executive of a statement therefor and reasonable evidence of the Executive's payment thereof.

(vi) The Executive will notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment. Such notification will be given as promptly as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive actually receives notice of such claim and the Executive will further apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid (in each case, to the extent known by the Executive). The Executive will not pay such claim prior to the earlier of (x) the expiration of the 30-calendar day period following the date on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company and
(y) the date that any payment of amount with respect to such claim is due. If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive will:

(A) provide the Company with any written records or documents in the Executive's possession relating to such claim reasonably requested by the Company;

(B) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company may reasonably request in writing from time to time, including without limitation accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney competent in respect of the subject matter and reasonably selected by the Company;

(C) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim; and

(D) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claims;

11

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold harmless the Executive, on an after-tax basis, from and against any Excise Tax or income tax, including interest and penalties with respect thereto, imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(e), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with the contest of any claim contemplated by this Section 8(e)(vi) and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim (provided, however, that the Executive may participate therein at the Executive's own cost and expense) and may, at its option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive will prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction, and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company may determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income or other tax, including interest or penalties with respect thereto, imposed with respect to such advance; provided, further, that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which the contested amount if claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. The Company's control of any such contested claim will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

(vii) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi), the Executive receives any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive will (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section
8(e)(vi)) pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto) within 30 calendar days after such receipt and the Company's satisfaction of all accrued obligations under this Agreement. If, after the receipt by the Executive of any amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such determination prior to the expiration of 30 calendar days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of any such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid by the Company to the Executive pursuant to this
Section 8(e).

(viii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the Base Salary upon the occurrence of: (x) the Expiration Date; and (y) any failure for any reason of the Expiration Date to be automatically extended by one additional year as prescribed by Section 3 of this Agreement.

12

(f) Nature of Payments. The amounts due under this Section 8 are in the nature of severance payments considered to be reasonable by the Company and are not in the nature of a penalty. Such amounts are in full satisfaction of all claims that the Executive may have in respect of his employment by the Company or its affiliates and are provided as the sole and exclusive benefits to be provided to the Executive in respect of his termination of Employment from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, it shall be a condition precedent to the Company making any payments pursuant to this Section 8 that the Executive has executed and delivered to the Company the release contemplated pursuant to Section 12.

(g) No Mitigation or Set-Off. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment. There will be no right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of any claim, debt of obligation against any payment to or benefit for the Executive provided for in this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

9. Confidentiality and Non-Competition.

(a) Confidentiality.

(i) During the Employment Term the Company agrees to provide the Executive with access to Confidential Information.

(ii) The Executive acknowledges that the Confidential Information is valuable and proprietary to the Company or to third parties that have entrusted the Company and/or its subsidiaries with such Confidential Information. The Executive agrees, except as required for the Executive to fulfill his duties hereunder, that the Executive shall not use, publish, disseminate or otherwise disclose any Confidential Information, no matter when learned or accessed, without the prior written consent of the Company.

(iii) All Confidential Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and the Executive shall have no rights in or to the Confidential Information upon any termination of this Agreement or his employment with the Company. Upon the termination of the Executive's employment, the Executive shall immediately deliver to the Company all plans, designs, drawings, specifications, listings, manuals, records, notebooks and similar repositories of or documents containing Confidential Information, including all copies, then in the Executive's possession or control, whether prepared by the Executive or others. Upon such termination the Executive shall retain no copies of any such documents.

(iv) The provisions of this Section 9(a) shall survive the termination of this Agreement indefinitely.

(b) Restriction on Competitive Employment.

13

(i) In consideration of the numerous mutual promises contained in this Agreement, including, without limitation, those involving the Confidential Information, compensation, termination and arbitration, and in order to protect the Confidential Information and to reduce the likelihood of irreparable damage that would occur in the event such information is provided to or used by a competitor of the Company, during the Employment Term and, for a period of six months following the Termination Date in the case of a (x) termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason (the "Non-Competition Period"), absent the Company's prior written approval, the Executive shall not, as an owner, part-owner, shareholder, partner, director, trust manager, trustee, principal, agent, employee, consultant, member, contractor or otherwise, within the United States, directly or indirectly engage or participate in activities relating to, or render services to or invest in any firm or business engaged or about to become engaged in, the Business.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may make passive investments in an enterprise engaged in the Business, the shares of ownership of which are publicly traded, if the Executive's investment constitutes less than 2% of the total equity of such enterprise.

(iii) If, during any period within the Non-Competition Period, the Executive is not in compliance with the terms of this Section 9(b), the Company shall be entitled to, among other remedies, compliance by the Executive with the terms of this Section 9(b) for an additional period equal to the period of such noncompliance. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Non-Competition Period" shall also include this additional period. The Executive hereby acknowledges that the geographic boundaries, scope of prohibited activities and the time duration of the provisions of this Section 9(b) are reasonable and are no broader than are necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company.

(iv) The provisions of this Section 9(b) shall survive the termination of the Executive's employment for the duration of the Non-Competition Period.

(v) The Company and the Executive agree and stipulate that the agreements and covenants not to compete contained in this Section 9(b) are fair and reasonable in light of all of the facts and circumstances of the relationship between the Executive and the Company; however, the Executive and the Company are aware that in certain circumstances courts have refused to enforce certain terms of agreements not to compete. Therefore, in furtherance of, and not in derogation of the provisions of this Section 9(b), the Company and the Executive agree that in the event a court should decline to enforce any provision of this Section 9(b), that this Section 9(b) shall be deemed to be modified or reformed to restrict the Executive's competition with the Company or its affiliates to the maximum extent, as to time, geography and business scope, that the court shall find enforceable; provided, however, in no event shall the provisions of this Section 9(b) be deemed to be more restrictive to the Executive than those contained herein.

14

(c) Inducement/Enticement. In order to prevent the Executive from violating the provisions of Section 9(b), during the Employment Term and, in the case of (x) a termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason, during the Non-Competition Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly:

(i) induce, or attempt to induce, any employees or agents of, or consultants of or to, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to do anything from which the Executive is restricted by reason of Sections 9(a) or (b); or

(ii) offer or aid others to offer employment to or recruit or solicit anyone who is an employee or agent of, or consultant of or to, the Company or a subsidiary of the Company at the time of termination of the Executive, unless such person's employment was terminated by the Company or any such subsidiary.

In the case of (x) a termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason, the provisions of this Section 9(c) shall survive the termination of the Executive's employment for the duration of the Non-Competition Period.

(d) Injunctive Relief. The Executive acknowledges that a breach of any of the agreements contained in this Section 9 will give rise to irreparable injury to the Company, inadequately compensable in damages. Accordingly, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent or cure breaches or threatened breaches of the provisions of this Section 9 and to enforce specific performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any court of competent jurisdiction, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies that may be available. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that in the event of the termination of this Agreement, his experience and capabilities are such that he can obtain employment in business activities that are of a different or noncompeting nature with his activities as an employee of the Company and that the enforcement of a remedy hereunder by way of injunction shall not prevent the Executive from earning a reasonable livelihood. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the covenants contained herein are necessary for the protection of the Company's legitimate business interests and are reasonable in scope and content. The Executive also acknowledges that the Company would not enter into this Agreement or agree to provide him with access to its Confidential Information without the Executive's promises contained in this Section 9.

10. Remedies for the Company. The termination of this Agreement by the Company for Cause shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Company of any breach by the Executive of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Company, and, notwithstanding such a termination, the Executive shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

11. Remedies for the Executive.

(a) The termination of this Agreement by the Executive for Good Reason shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Executive of any breach by the Company of this

15

Agreement or any other obligation owed the Executive, and, notwithstanding such a termination, the Company shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

(b) In the event that the Executive is terminated for Cause and it is ultimately determined that the Company lacked Cause, (i) the termination shall be treated as a termination other than for Cause; (ii) the Executive shall have the right to seek remedy for a breach of this Agreement by the Company, including, but not limited to, any other such damages as may be suffered and/or incurred by the Executive, the Executive's costs incurred during the dispute and reasonable attorneys' fees in connection with such dispute; and (iii) the Executive shall receive all Severance Benefits.

12. Full Satisfaction; Waiver and Release. As a condition to receiving the payments and benefits described in Section 8, the Executive and the Company shall execute a document in form reasonably acceptable to them, releasing and waiving any and all claims, causes of actions and the like against the other party and its respective successors, subsidiaries, affiliates, shareholders, officers, directors, managers, agents and employees, regarding all matters relating to the Executive's service as an employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their affiliates and the termination of such relationship. Such claims include, without limitation, any claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991, as amended; the Equal Pay Act of 1962; the American Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family Medical Leave Act, as amended; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; or any other federal, state or local statute or ordinance, but exclude any claims that arise out of an asserted breach of the terms of this Agreement and any benefits payable to the Executive under the Company's benefit plans, practices and programs in which he participates.

13. No Waiver. No waiver or non-action by either party with respect to any breach by the other party of any provision of this Agreement, nor the waiver or non-action with respect to the provisions of any similar agreement with other employees or the breach thereof, shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of such provision, or as a waiver of the provision itself.

14. Invalid Provisions. Should any portion of this Agreement be adjusted or held invalid, unenforceable or void, such holding shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement and the parties hereby agree that the portion so held invalid, unenforceable, or void shall, if possible, be deemed amended or reduced in scope, or otherwise be stricken from this Agreement, to the extent required for the purposes of validity and enforcement thereof.

15. Successor and Assigns. Neither the Executive nor the Company may assign its rights, duties, or obligations hereunder without consent of the other.

16. Survival. The provisions of Sections 9 and 22 of this Agreement shall survive the Executive's termination of employment. Other provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of the Executive's employment to the extent necessary to ensure the preservation of each party's respective rights and obligations.

16

17. Prior Agreements. This Agreement incorporates the entire agreement between both parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements (oral or written), documents or other instruments with respect to the matters covered herein.

18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Florida, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits itself to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the Federal and State courts sitting in the State of Florida, and hereby waives any claims it may have as to inconvenient forum.

19. No Oral Modifications. This Agreement may not be changed or terminated orally, and no change, termination or waiver of this Agreement or of any of the provisions herein contained shall be binding unless made in writing and signed by both parties, and, in the case of the Company, by a person designated by the Board or any committee thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, any change or changes, from time to time, in the Executive's salary or duties or both shall not be, nor be deemed to be, a change, termination or waiver of this Agreement or of any of the provisions herein contained.

20. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing, and shall be deemed properly given if delivered personally, mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, sent by facsimile, or sent by Express Mail or Federal Express or other nationally recognized express delivery service, as follows:

If to the Company:

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.
4231 Walnut Bend
Jacksonville, Florida 32257

Attention: Chairman of the Board

If to the Executive:

Byron Boston

1597 Palm Springs Drive
Vienna, Virginia 22182

With a copy to:

Frederick W. Chockley III Baker & Hostetler LLP
1050 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Suite 1100
Washington, D.C. 20036

Notice given by hand, Express Mail, Federal Express, or other such express delivery service shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by facsimile transmission

17

shall be effective upon actual receipt during the recipient's customary business hours, or at the beginning of the recipient's next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient's customary business hours. All notices sent by facsimile transmission shall be confirmed promptly after transmission in writing by certified mail or personal delivery.

Any party may change any address to which notice shall be given to it by giving notice as provided above of such change in address.

21. Executive's Representation and Warranties. The Executive represents and warrants that he is legally free to make and perform this Agreement, that he has no obligation to any other person or entity that would affect or conflict with any of his obligations hereunder, and that the complete performance of his obligations hereunder will not violate any law, regulation, order, or decree of any governmental or jurisdictional body or contract by which he is bound.

22. Entire Agreement. The parties expressly agree that this Agreement is contractual in nature and not a mere recital, and that it contains all the terms and conditions of the agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. All prior negotiations, agreements, arrangements, understandings and statements between the parties relating to the matters set forth herein that have occurred at any time or contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement are superseded and merged into this completely integrated Agreement. The Recitals set forth above shall be deemed to be part of this Agreement.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

18

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

THE COMPANY:

SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.,
a Maryland corporation

By:   /s/ JOHN BERT WATSON
      ---------------------------------------
      John Bert Watson
      President and Chief Executive Officer

THE EXECUTIVE:

BYRON BOSTON

/s/ BYRON BOSTON
---------------------------------------------

19

EXHIBIT 10.5

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of February 6, 2004 (the "Commencement Date"), by and between Sunset Financial Resources, Inc., a Maryland real estate investment trust (the "Company"), and Jeffrey S. Betros, an individual (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company deem it in their respective best interests to enter into an employment agreement for the Executive to serve as the Executive Vice President - Chief Marketing Officer of the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

(a) "Business" shall mean the acquisition and management of portfolios of residential and commercial mortgage loans in the United States.

(b) "Cause" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) the continued and intentional failure by the Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Company, other than any such failure resulting from the Executive's Disability; provided, however, that no termination of the Executive's employment shall be for Cause as set forth in this clause (i) until (x) there shall have been delivered to the Executive written notice setting forth that the Executive committed the conduct set forth in this clause (i) and specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail and (y) the Executive shall have been provided an opportunity to present his position to the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), either in writing or in person;

(ii) a breach by the Executive of his fiduciary duties as an officer of the Company, or a material breach by the Executive of any written rule, regulation, policy or procedure of the Company;

(iii) the Executive's excessive absenteeism not related to illness;

(iv) the Executive's conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or final non-appealable conviction of any other crime that incarcerates the Executive for a period of one year or longer; or

(v) the Executive's commission of a fraudulent act, embezzlement, theft or felony, in any case, whether or not involving the Company or the Executive's performance of his duties under this Agreement, that, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, renders the Executive's continued employment harmful to the Company.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to perform by the Executive after a Notice of Termination is given by the Executive shall constitute Cause for purposes of this Agreement.

(c) "Change of Control" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) at any time during any 12-month period, the Board of Directors of the Company in office at the beginning of such period shall have ceased to constitute a majority of the Board without the approval of the nomination of such directors by a majority of the Board consisting of directors who were serving at the beginning of such period;

(ii) any person (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any trustee, fiduciary or other person holding securities under any employee share ownership plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with its affiliates and associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) shall have become the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Shares;

(iii) the Company shall have filed a schedule, report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing that a change in control of the Company has occurred;

(iv) a merger or consolidation of the Company shall have been consummated, other than (x) a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Shares outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity or (y) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires more than 50% of the Voting Shares;

(v) any person, other than a subsidiary of the Company, shall have acquired more than 50% of the combined assets of the Company and its subsidiaries; or

(vi) the shareholders of the Company shall have approved the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(d) "Confidential Information" shall mean all confidential information of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, excluding any information that is available in the public domain, and including trade secrets and, by way of illustration, whether or not labeled or otherwise identified as "confidential," the Company's:

(i) acquisition, expansion, marketing, financial and other business strategies, information and plans;

2

(ii) compilations of data;

(iii) computer programs and/or records;

(iv) confidential information developed by consultants and contractors;

(v) employee information; and

(vi) manuals, memoranda, projections and minutes.

(e) "Disability" shall mean the physical or mental incapacity of the Executive that, even with reasonable accommodation, has prevented the execution of the duties of his office, as outlined in Section 2, for three consecutive months or for more than 180 business days in the aggregate in any 18-month period and that, in either case, in the determination of the Board after consultation with a medical doctor licensed to practice medicine in the State of Florida appointed by the Board and the Executive, may be expected to prevent the Executive for any period of time thereafter from devoting substantial time and energies to the duties of his office, as outlined in Section 2. The Executive agrees to submit to reasonable requests for medical examinations to determine whether a Disability exists.

(f) "Employee Benefits" shall mean the perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits as provided under any and all employee retirement income and welfare benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements in which the Executive is entitled to participate, including, without limitation, any share option, share purchase, share appreciation, dividend equivalent rights, savings, pension, supplemental executive retirement or other retirement income or welfare benefit, deferred compensation, incentive compensation, group or other life, health, medical/hospital or other insurance (whether funded by actual insurance or self-insured by the Company), disability, salary continuation, expense reimbursement, and other employee benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may now exist or any equivalent successor policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may be adopted hereafter by the Company, providing perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits at least as great in the aggregate as are payable thereunder prior to a Termination Date or Change of Control Date, as the case may be.

(g) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(h) "Good Reason" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) a reduction by the Company without the Executive's consent in the Executive's position, duties, responsibilities or status with the Company that represents a substantial adverse change from his position, duties, responsibilities or status, or a removal of the Executive from or any failure to reelect the Executive to any of the positions referred to in Section 2, but specifically excluding any action in connection with the termination of the Executive's employment for death, Disability, Cause or as a result of a Change of Control or by the Executive for normal retirement;

3

(ii) a reduction by the Company without the Executive's consent of the Base Salary;

(iii) a relocation of the Executive by the Company without the Executive's consent to a location more than 25 miles from the Jacksonville, Florida metropolitan area, other than for travel reasonably required in the performance of the Executive's responsibilities;

(iv) any material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Executive that, in any case, is not cured within 14 days of written notice to the Company of such breach;

(v) the insolvency of or the filing (by any party, including the Company, but excluding the Executive) of a petition for bankruptcy of the Company, which petition is not dismissed within 60 days; or

(vi) the failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor or assign of the Company.

(i) "Severance Period" shall mean the period of time commencing on the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be, and ending on the first anniversary thereof.

(j) "Termination Date" shall mean (i) in the case of the Executive's death, his date of death; (ii) in the case of a termination by the Executive for Good Reason, the last day of his employment; and (iii) in all other cases, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (as defined below) or, if no Notice of Termination is sent, the last day of his employment; provided, however, that if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company due to Disability, the date specified in the Notice of Termination shall be the 30th day after receipt of the Notice of Termination by the Executive, provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of his duties within 30 days after such receipt.

(k) "Voting Shares" shall mean the securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company.

2. Employment and Duties.

(a) Employment. Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to employ the Executive during the Employment Term (as defined below) as Executive Vice President - Chief Marketing Officer of the Company, and the Executive accepts such employment.

(b) Duties. During the Employment Term, the Executive will perform the executive and managerial duties customarily associated with the office set forth in Section 2(a) under the control and at the direction of the Board and other such executive and managerial

4

duties as may, from time to time, reasonably be assigned to him by the Board that are consistent with such position. During the Employment Term, the Executive may also be required to perform services for one or more affiliates of the Company. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be located in or about Jacksonville, Florida and shall travel to such geographical locations as may be appropriate from time to time to carry out the duties of the office as outlined in this Section 2.

(c) Scope of Employment. During the Employment Term, the Executive will devote such time, energy, skill and knowledge to the performance of his duties for the Company and for the benefit of the Company as may be necessary or required for the effective conduct and operation of the Business. Furthermore, the Executive shall exercise due diligence and care in the performance of his duties to the Company under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Employment Term, the Executive may serve on civic or charitable boards and may serve as an officer, director, shareholder, or limited partner in any business venture so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive's duties under this Agreement and do not compete with the Business.

3. Employment Term. The term of employment shall begin on the Commencement Date. Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 4, this Agreement will expire on February 6, 2007 (the "Expiration Date"); provided, however, that on the Expiration Date and each subsequent anniversary of the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended by one additional year unless either the Executive or the Company shall have given written notice of expiration of this Agreement to the other party at least 180 days prior to the date of automatic renewal of this Agreement. The Commencement Date through and including the Expiration Date (as so extended) is hereinafter referred to as the "Employment Term."

4. Termination.

(a) Death. The Executive's employment will terminate automatically upon the Executive's death.

(b) Disability. Upon the good faith determination by the Company that the Disability of the Executive has occurred, the Company may terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement by notice pursuant to Section 4(e). During the period of incapacitation, the salary otherwise payable to the Executive may, at the absolute discretion of the Board, be reduced by the amount of any disability benefits or payments received by the Executive, excluding health insurance benefits or other reimbursement of medical expenses for the Executive.

(c) By the Company. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement for Cause, or without Cause, by notice pursuant to Section 4(e), subject to the severance obligations set forth in Section 8.

(d) By the Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment under this Agreement for Good Reason, or without Good Reason, by notice pursuant to Section 4(e).

5

(e) Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive's employment by the Company or by the Executive (other than a termination upon the Executive's death, which does not require notice) must be communicated by written notice (the "Notice of Termination") to the other party given in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement. The Notice of Termination must (i) indicate the specific termination provision of this Agreement relied upon; (ii) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provisions so indicated; and (iii) if the Termination Date is other than the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination, specify the Termination Date (which date shall be not more than 30 days after the date of giving of such Notice of Termination). The failure by the Company or the Executive to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance that contributes to a showing of the basis for termination will not waive any right of such party hereunder or preclude such party from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his or its rights hereunder.

5. Compensation. During the Employment Term, for all services rendered by the Executive to the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive:

(a) Base Salary. For services rendered, the Company shall pay the Executive a salary of $250,000 per calendar year (such annual salary, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to this Section 5(a), the "Base Salary"), payable in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices. The Board shall conduct an annual review of the Executive's Base Salary. The Executive shall be entitled to receive increases in the Base Salary, if any, that may be determined by the Board or an authorized committee thereof in its sole discretion. Any increases to the Base Salary shall be effective January 1 for each calendar year of the Employment Term. In no event shall the Executive's Base Salary be reduced without the Executive's consent, except as provided in
Section 4(c).

(b) Annual Incentive Compensation. In further consideration of the Executive's service, the Executive shall be eligible to receive annual incentive compensation awards ("Annual Incentive Compensation") as determined by the Board or an authorized committee thereof in its sole discretion.

(c) Taxes. All compensation paid to the Executive shall be subject to applicable employment, payroll and withholding taxes, including taxes resulting from a determination that any portion of any benefits supplied to the Executive may be reimbursing personal as well as business expenses.

6. Employee Benefits.

(a) Benefits. The Executive shall receive group health/dental insurance, life insurance, disability insurance and other similar benefits available to the Company's executive officers. Benefits may be changed, modified or revoked at the sole discretion of the Company. The Executive shall not be deemed to have a vested interest in any of the Company's plans or programs. The Executive may receive benefits not generally provided to Company employees from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board or an authorized committee thereof.

6

(b) Vacation. The Executive is entitled to receive 20 business days paid vacation annually for each calendar year of the Employment Term. Such vacation shall be taken at such times that are consistent with the reasonable business needs of the Company. All vacation shall be subject to the policies and procedures of the Company.

(c) Fringe Benefits. The Executive shall receive fringe benefits as such benefits may exist from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board or any committee thereof.

7. Business Expenses. The Executive is authorized to incur reasonable, ordinary and necessary business expenses in the performance of the duties outlined above during the Employment Term in accordance with policies established by the Company. The Executive shall account to the Company for all such expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Executive or pay the expenses in accordance with the policies established by the Company.

8. Compensation Upon Termination or Change of Control. In all events, the Company will pay to the Executive all Base Salary and benefits accrued to the Executive through and including the Termination Date.

(a) Termination Without Cause, For Good Reason or Upon a Change of Control. Upon (i) the occurrence of the first event constituting a Change of Control (the "Change of Control Date") and the termination or non-renewal of Executive's employment during the Severance Period (other than for Cause) or
(ii) if the Executive's employment is terminated (x) by the Company without Cause, (y) by reason of Disability or (z) by the Executive for Good Reason (any event specified in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii), a "Severance Event"), the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive the following:

(i) The Company shall pay to the Executive as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date or the Change of Control Date, as the case may be, an amount in cash (the "Severance Benefit") equal to the sum of: (A) the product of 2.99 times the amount of the Base Salary; and (B) the full amount of any Annual Incentive Compensation that Executive was eligible to receive for the year during which the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement occurs.

(ii) During the Severance Period, the Company will provide or arrange to provide the Executive with Employee Benefits that are welfare benefits (but not share options, share purchase, share appreciation, dividend equivalent rights or similar compensatory benefits) substantially similar to those that the Executive was receiving or entitled to receive immediately prior to the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be. The Severance Period will be considered service with the Company for the purpose of determining service credits and benefits due and payable to the Executive under the Company's retirement income, supplemental executive retirement, and other benefit plans applicable to the Executive, the Executive's dependents or the Executive's beneficiaries immediately prior to the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be. If and to the extent that any benefit described in the immediately preceding sentence is not or cannot be paid or provided

7

under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, then the Company will itself pay or provide for the payment of such Employee Benefits to the Executive, and, if applicable, the Executive's dependents and beneficiaries. Employee Benefits otherwise receivable by the Executive pursuant to this Section 8(a)(ii) will be reduced to the extent comparable welfare benefits are actually received by the Executive from another employer during the Severance Period.

(iii) Vesting of benefits shall be treated as described in
Section 8(d)(i).

(b) Termination By Reason of Disability. If the Employment Term is terminated by reason of Disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date an amount in cash equal to the Severance Benefit. Vesting of benefits shall be treated as described in Section 8(d)(i). The Executive shall continue to receive, so long as the Disability continues, all benefits provided under any long-term disability program(s) of the Company in effect at the time of such termination, subject to the terms and conditions of any such program(s), as may be amended, changed, modified or terminated for all employees of the Company.

(c) Payment of the Severance Benefit. The Company shall pay the Severance Benefit to the Executive in a single lump sum in immediately available funds, in United States Dollars, within five business days after the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as applicable.

(d) Treatment of Award Grants.

(i) Vesting of Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company's employee benefit plans, any agreement entered into under such plans, or any retirement, pension, profit sharing or other similar plan (collectively, the "Plans"), upon the occurrence of a Severance Event, all deferred or unvested portions of any award made to the Executive under any of the Plans shall automatically become fully vested as of the Termination Date or the Change of Control Date, as the case may be, and shall be in effect and redeemable by or payable to the Executive, or the Executive's designated beneficiary or estate, on the same conditions (other than vesting) as would have applied had the Severance Event not occurred.

(ii) Clarification Regarding Treatment of Award Grants. The Plans may contain language regarding the effects of certain changes of control of the Company or certain terminations of the Executive's employment. Notwithstanding such language in the Plans, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, the Company will be obligated, if the terms of this Agreement are more favorable in this regard than the terms of the Plans, to take the actions required under Section 8(d)(i) upon the happening of the circumstances described therein. Notwithstanding the definition of "Change of Control," "Cause" or any other term relating to the vesting or exercise of awards made under any Plan that may appear in such Plan, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, the definitions and other provisions set forth in this Agreement relating thereto shall control and be binding on the Company and its affiliates.

8

(e) Additional Payments.

(i) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event it is determined (as hereafter provided) that any right or interest that vests in the Executive, or any payment or distribution made by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise pursuant to or by reason of any other agreement, policy, Plan, program or arrangement, including without limitation any share option, share appreciation right, dividend equivalent right, restricted shares of similar right, the lapse or termination of any restriction on or the vesting or exerciseability of any of the foregoing (any such right, interest, payment or distribution, a "Payment"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") (or any successor provision thereto), by reason of being considered an "excess parachute payment," within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or to any similar tax imposed by state or local law, or any interest or penalties with respect to such tax (such tax or taxes, together with any such interest and penalties, being hereafter collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment or payments from the Company (collectively, a "Gross-Up Payment"). The Gross-Up Payment will be in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive will have received an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payment.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(e)(vi), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8(e), including whether an Excise Tax is payable by the Executive and the amount of such Excise Tax and whether a Gross-Up Payment is required to be paid by the Company to the Executive and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment, if any, will be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm (the "Accounting Firm") selected by the mutual written agreement of the Executive and the Company. The parties hereto will direct the Accounting Firm to submit its determination and detailed supporting calculations to both the Company and the Executive within 30 calendar days after the Executive's termination date, and any such other time or times as may be requested by the Company or the Executive. If the Accounting Firm determines that any Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, the Company will pay the required Gross-Up Payment to the Executive within five business days after receipt of such determination and calculations with respect to any payment to the Executive. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, it will, at the same time as it makes such determination, furnish the Company and the Executive an opinion that the Executive has substantial authority not to report any Excise Tax on the Executive's federal, state or local income or other tax return. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) and the possibility of similar uncertainty regarding applicable state or local tax law at the time of any determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been

9

made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts or fails to pursue its remedies pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the parties will direct the Accounting Firm to determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and to submit its determination and detailed supporting calculations to both the Company and the Executive as promptly as possible. Any such Underpayment will be promptly paid by the Company to, or for the benefit of, the Executive within five business days after receipt of such determination and calculations.

(iii) The Company and the Executive will each provide the Accounting Firm access to and copies of any books, records and documents in the possession of the Company or the Executive, as the case may be, reasonably requested by the Accounting Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the Accounting Firm in connection with the preparation of and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by
Section 8(e)(ii). Any determination by the Accounting Firm as to the amount of the Gross-Up Payment will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(iv) The federal, state and local income or other tax returns filed by the Executive will be prepared and filed on a consistent basis with the determination of the Accounting Firm with respect to the Excise Tax payable by the Executive. The Executive will make proper payment of the amount of any Excise Payment and, at the request of the Company, provide to the Company true and correct copies (with any amendments) of the Executive's federal tax return as filed with the Internal Revenue Service and corresponding state and local tax returns, if relevant, as filed with the applicable taxing authority, and such other documents reasonably requested by the Company evidencing such payment. If, prior to the filing of the Executive's federal income tax return, or corresponding state or local tax return, if relevant, the Accounting Firm determines that the amount of the Gross-Up Payment should be reduced, the Executive will within five business days pay to the Company the amount of such reduction.

(v) The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm for its services in connection with the determinations and calculations contemplated herein will be borne by the Company. If such fees and expenses are initially paid by the Executive, the Company will reimburse the Executive the full amount of such fees and expenses within five business days after receipt from the Executive of a statement therefor and reasonable evidence of the Executive's payment thereof.

(vi) The Executive will notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment. Such notification will be given as promptly as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive actually receives notice of such claim and the Executive will further apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid (in each case, to the extent known by the Executive). The Executive will not pay such claim

10

prior to the earlier of (x) the expiration of the 30-calendar day period following the date on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company and (y) the date that any payment of amount with respect to such claim is due. If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive will:

(A) provide the Company with any written records or documents in the Executive's possession relating to such claim reasonably requested by the Company;

(B) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company may reasonably request in writing from time to time, including without limitation accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney competent in respect of the subject matter and reasonably selected by the Company;

(C) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim; and

(D) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claims;

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold harmless the Executive, on an after-tax basis, from and against any Excise Tax or income tax, including interest and penalties with respect thereto, imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(e), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with the contest of any claim contemplated by this Section 8(e)(vi) and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim (provided, however, that the Executive may participate therein at the Executive's own cost and expense) and may, at its option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive will prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction, and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company may determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income or other tax, including interest or penalties with respect thereto, imposed with respect to such advance; provided, further, that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which the contested amount if claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. The Company's control of any such contested claim will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

11

(vii) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi), the Executive receives any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive will (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section
8(e)(vi)) pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto) within 30 calendar days after such receipt and the Company's satisfaction of all accrued obligations under this Agreement. If, after the receipt by the Executive of any amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such determination prior to the expiration of 30 calendar days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of any such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid by the Company to the Executive pursuant to this
Section 8(e).

(viii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the Base Salary upon the occurrence of: (x) the Expiration Date; and (y) any failure for any reason of the Expiration Date to be automatically extended by one additional year as prescribed by Section 3 of this Agreement.

(f) Nature of Payments. The amounts due under this Section 8 are in the nature of severance payments considered to be reasonable by the Company and are not in the nature of a penalty. Such amounts are in full satisfaction of all claims that the Executive may have in respect of his employment by the Company or its affiliates and are provided as the sole and exclusive benefits to be provided to the Executive in respect of his termination of Employment from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, it shall be a condition precedent to the Company making any payments pursuant to this Section 8 that the Executive has executed and delivered to the Company the release contemplated pursuant to Section 12.

(g) No Mitigation or Set-Off. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment. There will be no right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of any claim, debt of obligation against any payment to or benefit for the Executive provided for in this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

9. Confidentiality and Non-Competition.

(a) Confidentiality.

(i) During the Employment Term the Company agrees to provide the Executive with access to Confidential Information.

(ii) The Executive acknowledges that the Confidential Information is valuable and proprietary to the Company or to third parties that have entrusted the

12

Company and/or its subsidiaries with such Confidential Information. The Executive agrees, except as required for the Executive to fulfill his duties hereunder, that the Executive shall not use, publish, disseminate or otherwise disclose any Confidential Information, no matter when learned or accessed, without the prior written consent of the Company.

(iii) All Confidential Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and the Executive shall have no rights in or to the Confidential Information upon any termination of this Agreement or his employment with the Company. Upon the termination of the Executive's employment, the Executive shall immediately deliver to the Company all plans, designs, drawings, specifications, listings, manuals, records, notebooks and similar repositories of or documents containing Confidential Information, including all copies, then in the Executive's possession or control, whether prepared by the Executive or others. Upon such termination the Executive shall retain no copies of any such documents.

(iv) The provisions of this Section 9(a) shall survive the termination of this Agreement indefinitely.

(b) Restriction on Competitive Employment.

(i) In consideration of the numerous mutual promises contained in this Agreement, including, without limitation, those involving the Confidential Information, compensation, termination and arbitration, and in order to protect the Confidential Information and to reduce the likelihood of irreparable damage that would occur in the event such information is provided to or used by a competitor of the Company, during the Employment Term and, for a period of six months following the Termination Date in the case of a (x) termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason (the "Non-Competition Period"), absent the Company's prior written approval, the Executive shall not, as an owner, part-owner, shareholder, partner, director, trust manager, trustee, principal, agent, employee, consultant, member, contractor or otherwise, within the United States, directly or indirectly engage or participate in activities relating to, or render services to or invest in any firm or business engaged or about to become engaged in, the Business.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may make passive investments in an enterprise engaged in the Business, the shares of ownership of which are publicly traded, if the Executive's investment constitutes less than 2% of the total equity of such enterprise.

(iii) If, during any period within the Non-Competition Period, the Executive is not in compliance with the terms of this Section 9(b), the Company shall be entitled to, among other remedies, compliance by the Executive with the terms of this Section 9(b) for an additional period equal to the period of such noncompliance. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Non-Competition Period" shall also include this additional period. The Executive hereby acknowledges that the geographic boundaries,

13

scope of prohibited activities and the time duration of the provisions of this Section 9(b) are reasonable and are no broader than are necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company.

(iv) The provisions of this Section 9(b) shall survive the termination of the Executive's employment for the duration of the Non-Competition Period.

(v) The Company and the Executive agree and stipulate that the agreements and covenants not to compete contained in this Section 9(b) are fair and reasonable in light of all of the facts and circumstances of the relationship between the Executive and the Company; however, the Executive and the Company are aware that in certain circumstances courts have refused to enforce certain terms of agreements not to compete. Therefore, in furtherance of, and not in derogation of the provisions of this Section 9(b), the Company and the Executive agree that in the event a court should decline to enforce any provision of this Section 9(b), that this Section 9(b) shall be deemed to be modified or reformed to restrict the Executive's competition with the Company or its affiliates to the maximum extent, as to time, geography and business scope, that the court shall find enforceable; provided, however, in no event shall the provisions of this Section 9(b) be deemed to be more restrictive to the Executive than those contained herein.

(c) Inducement/Enticement. In order to prevent the Executive from violating the provisions of Section 9(b), during the Employment Term and, in the case of (x) a termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason, during the Non-Competition Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly:

(i) induce, or attempt to induce, any employees or agents of, or consultants of or to, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to do anything from which the Executive is restricted by reason of Sections 9(a) or (b); or

(ii) offer or aid others to offer employment to or recruit or solicit anyone who is an employee or agent of, or consultant of or to, the Company or a subsidiary of the Company at the time of termination of the Executive, unless such person's employment was terminated by the Company or any such subsidiary.

In the case of (x) a termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason, the provisions of this Section 9(c) shall survive the termination of the Executive's employment for the duration of the Non-Competition Period.

(d) Injunctive Relief. The Executive acknowledges that a breach of any of the agreements contained in this Section 9 will give rise to irreparable injury to the Company, inadequately compensable in damages. Accordingly, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent or cure breaches or threatened breaches of the provisions of this Section 9 and to enforce specific performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any court of competent

14

jurisdiction, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies that may be available. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that in the event of the termination of this Agreement, his experience and capabilities are such that he can obtain employment in business activities that are of a different or noncompeting nature with his activities as an employee of the Company and that the enforcement of a remedy hereunder by way of injunction shall not prevent the Executive from earning a reasonable livelihood. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the covenants contained herein are necessary for the protection of the Company's legitimate business interests and are reasonable in scope and content. The Executive also acknowledges that the Company would not enter into this Agreement or agree to provide him with access to its Confidential Information without the Executive's promises contained in this
Section 9.

10. Remedies for the Company. The termination of this Agreement by the Company for Cause shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Company of any breach by the Executive of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Company, and, notwithstanding such a termination, the Executive shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

11. Remedies for the Executive.

(a) The termination of this Agreement by the Executive for Good Reason shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Executive of any breach by the Company of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Executive, and, notwithstanding such a termination, the Company shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

(b) In the event that the Executive is terminated for Cause and it is ultimately determined that the Company lacked Cause, (i) the termination shall be treated as a termination other than for Cause; (ii) the Executive shall have the right to seek remedy for a breach of this Agreement by the Company, including, but not limited to, any other such damages as may be suffered and/or incurred by the Executive, the Executive's costs incurred during the dispute and reasonable attorneys' fees in connection with such dispute; and (iii) the Executive shall receive all Severance Benefits.

12. Full Satisfaction; Waiver and Release. As a condition to receiving the payments and benefits described in Section 8, the Executive and the Company shall execute a document in form reasonably acceptable to them, releasing and waiving any and all claims, causes of actions and the like against the other party and its respective successors, subsidiaries, affiliates, shareholders, officers, directors, managers, agents and employees, regarding all matters relating to the Executive's service as an employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their affiliates and the termination of such relationship. Such claims include, without limitation, any claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991, as amended; the Equal Pay Act of 1962; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; or any other federal, state or local statute or ordinance, but exclude any claims that arise out of an asserted breach of the terms of this Agreement and any benefits payable to the Executive under the Company's benefit plans, practices and programs in which he participates.

15

13. No Waiver. No waiver or non-action by either party with respect to any breach by the other party of any provision of this Agreement, nor the waiver or non-action with respect to the provisions of any similar agreement with other employees or the breach thereof, shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of such provision, or as a waiver of the provision itself.

14. Invalid Provisions. Should any portion of this Agreement be adjusted or held invalid, unenforceable or void, such holding shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement and the parties hereby agree that the portion so held invalid, unenforceable, or void shall, if possible, be deemed amended or reduced in scope, or otherwise be stricken from this Agreement, to the extent required for the purposes of validity and enforcement thereof.

15. Successor and Assigns. Neither the Executive nor the Company may assign its rights, duties, or obligations hereunder without consent of the other.

16. Survival. The provisions of Sections 9 and 22 of this Agreement shall survive the Executive's termination of employment. Other provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of the Executive's employment to the extent necessary to ensure the preservation of each party's respective rights and obligations.

17. Prior Agreements. This Agreement incorporates the entire agreement between both parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements (oral or written), documents or other instruments with respect to the matters covered herein.

18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Florida, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits itself to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the Federal and State courts sitting in the State of Florida, and hereby waives any claims it may have as to inconvenient forum.

19. No Oral Modifications. This Agreement may not be changed or terminated orally, and no change, termination or waiver of this Agreement or of any of the provisions herein contained shall be binding unless made in writing and signed by both parties, and, in the case of the Company, by a person designated by the Board or any committee thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, any change or changes, from time to time, in the Executive's salary or duties or both shall not be, nor be deemed to be, a change, termination or waiver of this Agreement or of any of the provisions herein contained.

20. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing, and shall be deemed properly given if delivered personally, mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, sent by facsimile, or sent by Express Mail or Federal Express or other nationally recognized express delivery service, as follows:

16

If to the Company:

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.
4231 Walnut Bend
Jacksonville, Florida 32257

Attention: Chairman of the Board

If to the Executive:

Jeffrey S. Betros
Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. 4231 Walnut Bend
Jacksonville, Florida 32257

Notice given by hand, Express Mail, Federal Express, or other such express delivery service shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by facsimile transmission shall be effective upon actual receipt during the recipient's customary business hours, or at the beginning of the recipient's next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient's customary business hours. All notices sent by facsimile transmission shall be confirmed promptly after transmission in writing by certified mail or personal delivery.

Any party may change any address to which notice shall be given to it by giving notice as provided above of such change in address.

21. Executive's Representation and Warranties. The Executive represents and warrants that he is legally free to make and perform this Agreement, that he has no obligation to any other person or entity that would affect or conflict with any of his obligations hereunder, and that the complete performance of his obligations hereunder will not violate any law, regulation, order, or decree of any governmental or jurisdictional body or contract by which he is bound.

22. Entire Agreement. The parties expressly agree that this Agreement is contractual in nature and not a mere recital, and that it contains all the terms and conditions of the agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. All prior negotiations, agreements, arrangements, understandings and statements between the parties relating to the matters set forth herein that have occurred at any time or contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement are superseded and merged into this completely integrated Agreement. The Recitals set forth above shall be deemed to be part of this Agreement.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

17

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

THE COMPANY:

SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.,
a Maryland corporation

By: /s/ JOHN BERT WATSON
    -------------------------------------
    John Bert Watson
    President and Chief Executive Officer

THE EXECUTIVE:

JEFFREY S. BETROS

/s/ JEFFREY S. BETROS
-----------------------------------------

18

EXHIBIT 10.6

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of February 6, 2004 (the "Commencement Date"), by and between Sunset Financial Resources, Inc., a Maryland real estate investment trust (the "Company"), and Thomas G. Manuel, an individual (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company deem it in their respective best interests to enter into an employment agreement for the Executive to serve as the Executive Vice President - Operations and Compliance and Secretary of the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

(a) "Business" shall mean the acquisition and management of portfolios of residential and commercial mortgage loans in the United States.

(b) "Cause" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) the continued and intentional failure by the Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Company, other than any such failure resulting from the Executive's Disability; provided, however, that no termination of the Executive's employment shall be for Cause as set forth in this clause (i) until (x) there shall have been delivered to the Executive written notice setting forth that the Executive committed the conduct set forth in this clause (i) and specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail and (y) the Executive shall have been provided an opportunity to present his position to the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), either in writing or in person;

(ii) a breach by the Executive of his fiduciary duties as an officer of the Company, or a material breach by the Executive of any written rule, regulation, policy or procedure of the Company;

(iii) the Executive's excessive absenteeism not related to illness;

(iv) the Executive's conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or final non-appealable conviction of any other crime that incarcerates the Executive for a period of one year or longer; or

(v) the Executive's commission of a fraudulent act, embezzlement, theft or felony, in any case, whether or not involving the Company or the Executive's performance of his duties under this Agreement, that, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, renders the Executive's continued employment harmful to the Company.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to perform by the Executive after a Notice of Termination is given by the Executive shall constitute Cause for purposes of this Agreement.

(c) "Change of Control" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) at any time during any 12-month period, the Board of Directors of the Company in office at the beginning of such period shall have ceased to constitute a majority of the Board without the approval of the nomination of such directors by a majority of the Board consisting of directors who were serving at the beginning of such period;

(ii) any person (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any trustee, fiduciary or other person holding securities under any employee share ownership plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with its affiliates and associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) shall have become the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Shares;

(iii) the Company shall have filed a schedule, report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing that a change in control of the Company has occurred;

(iv) a merger or consolidation of the Company shall have been consummated, other than (x) a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Shares outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity or (y) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires more than 50% of the Voting Shares;

(v) any person, other than a subsidiary of the Company, shall have acquired more than 50% of the combined assets of the Company and its subsidiaries; or

(vi) the shareholders of the Company shall have approved the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(d) "Confidential Information" shall mean all confidential information of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, excluding any information that is available in the public domain, and including trade secrets and, by way of illustration, whether or not labeled or otherwise identified as "confidential," the Company's:

(i) acquisition, expansion, marketing, financial and other business strategies, information and plans;

2

(ii) compilations of data;

(iii) computer programs and/or records;

(iv) confidential information developed by consultants and contractors;

(v) employee information; and

(vi) manuals, memoranda, projections and minutes.

(e) "Disability" shall mean the physical or mental incapacity of the Executive that, even with reasonable accommodation, has prevented the execution of the duties of his office, as outlined in Section 2, for three consecutive months or for more than 180 business days in the aggregate in any 18-month period and that, in either case, in the determination of the Board after consultation with a medical doctor licensed to practice medicine in the State of Florida appointed by the Board and the Executive, may be expected to prevent the Executive for any period of time thereafter from devoting substantial time and energies to the duties of his office, as outlined in
Section 2. The Executive agrees to submit to reasonable requests for medical examinations to determine whether a Disability exists.

(f) "Employee Benefits" shall mean the perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits as provided under any and all employee retirement income and welfare benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements in which the Executive is entitled to participate, including, without limitation, any share option, share purchase, share appreciation, dividend equivalent rights, savings, pension, supplemental executive retirement or other retirement income or welfare benefit, deferred compensation, incentive compensation, group or other life, health, medical/hospital or other insurance (whether funded by actual insurance or self-insured by the Company), disability, salary continuation, expense reimbursement, and other employee benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may now exist or any equivalent successor policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may be adopted hereafter by the Company, providing perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits at least as great in the aggregate as are payable thereunder prior to a Termination Date or Change of Control Date, as the case may be.

(g) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(h) "Good Reason" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) a reduction by the Company without the Executive's consent in the Executive's position, duties, responsibilities or status with the Company that represents a substantial adverse change from his position, duties, responsibilities or status, or a removal of the Executive from or any failure to reelect the Executive to any of the positions referred to in Section 2, but specifically excluding any action in connection with the termination of the Executive's employment for death, Disability, Cause or as a result of a Change of Control or by the Executive for normal retirement;

3

(ii) a reduction by the Company without the Executive's consent of the Base Salary;

(iii) a relocation of the Executive by the Company without the Executive's consent to a location more than 25 miles from the Jacksonville, Florida metropolitan area, other than for travel reasonably required in the performance of the Executive's responsibilities;

(iv) any material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Executive that, in any case, is not cured within 14 days of written notice to the Company of such breach;

(v) the insolvency of or the filing (by any party, including the Company, but excluding the Executive) of a petition for bankruptcy of the Company, which petition is not dismissed within 60 days; or

(vi) the failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor or assign of the Company.

(i) "Severance Period" shall mean the period of time commencing on the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be, and ending on the first anniversary thereof.

(j) "Termination Date" shall mean (i) in the case of the Executive's death, his date of death; (ii) in the case of a termination by the Executive for Good Reason, the last day of his employment; and (iii) in all other cases, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (as defined below) or, if no Notice of Termination is sent, the last day of his employment; provided, however, that if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company due to Disability, the date specified in the Notice of Termination shall be the 30th day after receipt of the Notice of Termination by the Executive, provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of his duties within 30 days after such receipt.

(k) "Voting Shares" shall mean the securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company.

2. Employment and Duties.

(a) Employment. Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to employ the Executive during the Employment Term (as defined below) as Executive Vice President - Operations and Compliance and Secretary of the Company, and the Executive accepts such employment.

(b) Duties. During the Employment Term, the Executive will perform the executive and managerial duties customarily associated with the office set forth in Section 2(a) under the control and at the direction of the Board and other such executive and managerial

4

duties as may, from time to time, reasonably be assigned to him by the Board that are consistent with such position. During the Employment Term, the Executive may also be required to perform services for one or more affiliates of the Company. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be located in or about Jacksonville, Florida and shall travel to such geographical locations as may be appropriate from time to time to carry out the duties of the office as outlined in this Section 2.

(c) Scope of Employment. During the Employment Term, the Executive will devote such time, energy, skill and knowledge to the performance of his duties for the Company and for the benefit of the Company as may be necessary or required for the effective conduct and operation of the Business. Furthermore, the Executive shall exercise due diligence and care in the performance of his duties to the Company under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Employment Term, the Executive may serve on civic or charitable boards and may serve as an officer, director, shareholder, or limited partner in any business venture so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive's duties under this Agreement and do not compete with the Business. Nothing herein shall prohibit the Executive from serving on county commissions, planning and zoning agencies, or in a legislative or political office that is not full-time, provided such service does not interfere with the Executive's performance of his duties hereunder.

3. Employment Term. The term of employment shall begin on the Commencement Date. Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 4, this Agreement will expire on February 6, 2007 (the "Expiration Date"); provided, however, that on the Expiration Date and each subsequent anniversary of the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended by one additional year unless either the Executive or the Company shall have given written notice of expiration of this Agreement to the other party at least 180 days prior to the date of automatic renewal of this Agreement. The Commencement Date through and including the Expiration Date (as so extended) is hereinafter referred to as the "Employment Term."

4. Termination.

(a) Death. The Executive's employment will terminate automatically upon the Executive's death.

(b) Disability. Upon the good faith determination by the Company that the Disability of the Executive has occurred, the Company may terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement by notice pursuant to Section 4(e). During the period of incapacitation, the salary otherwise payable to the Executive may, at the absolute discretion of the Board, be reduced by the amount of any disability benefits or payments received by the Executive, excluding health insurance benefits or other reimbursement of medical expenses for the Executive.

(c) By the Company. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement for Cause, or without Cause, by notice pursuant to Section 4(e), subject to the severance obligations set forth in Section 8.

5

(d) By the Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment under this Agreement for Good Reason, or without Good Reason, by notice pursuant to Section 4(e).

(e) Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive's employment by the Company or by the Executive (other than a termination upon the Executive's death, which does not require notice) must be communicated by written notice (the "Notice of Termination") to the other party given in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement. The Notice of Termination must (i) indicate the specific termination provision of this Agreement relied upon; (ii) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provisions so indicated; and (iii) if the Termination Date is other than the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination, specify the Termination Date (which date shall be not more than 30 days after the date of giving of such Notice of Termination). The failure by the Company or the Executive to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance that contributes to a showing of the basis for termination will not waive any right of such party hereunder or preclude such party from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his or its rights hereunder.

5. Compensation. During the Employment Term, for all services rendered by the Executive to the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive:

(a) Base Salary. For services rendered, the Company shall pay the Executive a salary of $175,000 per calendar year (such annual salary, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to this Section 5(a), the "Base Salary"), payable in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices. The Board shall conduct an annual review of the Executive's Base Salary. The Executive shall be entitled to receive increases in the Base Salary, if any, that may be determined by the Board or an authorized committee thereof in its sole discretion. Any increases to the Base Salary shall be effective January 1 for each calendar year of the Employment Term. In no event shall the Executive's Base Salary be reduced without the Executive's consent, except as provided in
Section 4(c).

(b) Annual Incentive Compensation. In further consideration of the Executive's service, the Executive shall be eligible to receive annual incentive compensation awards ("Annual Incentive Compensation") as determined by the Board or an authorized committee thereof in its sole discretion.

(c) Taxes. All compensation paid to the Executive shall be subject to applicable employment, payroll and withholding taxes, including taxes resulting from a determination that any portion of any benefits supplied to the Executive may be reimbursing personal as well as business expenses.

6. Employee Benefits.

(a) Benefits. The Executive shall receive group health/dental insurance, life insurance, disability insurance and other similar benefits available to the Company's executive officers. Benefits may be changed, modified or revoked at the sole discretion of the Company. The Executive shall not be deemed to have a vested interest in any of the Company's plans or

6

programs. The Executive may receive benefits not generally provided to Company employees from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board or an authorized committee thereof.

(b) Vacation. The Executive is entitled to receive 20 business days paid vacation annually for each calendar year of the Employment Term. Such vacation shall be taken at such times that are consistent with the reasonable business needs of the Company. All vacation shall be subject to the policies and procedures of the Company.

(c) Fringe Benefits. The Executive shall receive fringe benefits as such benefits may exist from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board or any committee thereof.

7. Business Expenses. The Executive is authorized to incur reasonable, ordinary and necessary business expenses in the performance of the duties outlined above during the Employment Term in accordance with policies established by the Company. The Executive shall account to the Company for all such expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Executive or pay the expenses in accordance with the policies established by the Company.

8. Compensation Upon Termination or Change of Control. In all events, the Company will pay to the Executive all Base Salary and benefits accrued to the Executive through and including the Termination Date.

(a) Termination Without Cause, For Good Reason or Upon a Change of Control. Upon (i) the occurrence of the first event constituting a Change of Control (the "Change of Control Date") and the termination or non-renewal of Executive's employment during the Severance Period (other than for Cause) or
(ii) if the Executive's employment is terminated (x) by the Company without Cause, (y) by reason of Disability or (z) by the Executive for Good Reason (any event specified in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii), a "Severance Event"), the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive the following:

(i) The Company shall pay to the Executive as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date or the Change of Control Date, as the case may be, an amount in cash (the "Severance Benefit") equal to the sum of: (A) the product of 2.99 times the amount of the Base Salary; and (B) the full amount of any Annual Incentive Compensation that Executive was eligible to receive for the year during which the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement occurs.

(ii) During the Severance Period, the Company will provide or arrange to provide the Executive with Employee Benefits that are welfare benefits (but not share options, share purchase, share appreciation, dividend equivalent rights or similar compensatory benefits) substantially similar to those that the Executive was receiving or entitled to receive immediately prior to the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be. The Severance Period will be considered service with the Company for the purpose of determining service credits and benefits due and payable to the Executive under the Company's retirement income, supplemental executive retirement, and other benefit plans applicable to the Executive, the Executive's

7

dependents or the Executive's beneficiaries immediately prior to the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as the case may be. If and to the extent that any benefit described in the immediately preceding sentence is not or cannot be paid or provided under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, then the Company will itself pay or provide for the payment of such Employee Benefits to the Executive, and, if applicable, the Executive's dependents and beneficiaries. Employee Benefits otherwise receivable by the Executive pursuant to this Section 8(a)(ii) will be reduced to the extent comparable welfare benefits are actually received by the Executive from another employer during the Severance Period.

(iii) Vesting of benefits shall be treated as described in
Section 8(d)(i).

(b) Termination By Reason of Disability. If the Employment Term is terminated by reason of Disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date an amount in cash equal to the Severance Benefit. Vesting of benefits shall be treated as described in Section 8(d)(i). The Executive shall continue to receive, so long as the Disability continues, all benefits provided under any long-term disability program(s) of the Company in effect at the time of such termination, subject to the terms and conditions of any such program(s), as may be amended, changed, modified or terminated for all employees of the Company.

(c) Payment of the Severance Benefit. The Company shall pay the Severance Benefit to the Executive in a single lump sum in immediately available funds, in United States Dollars, within five business days after the Change of Control Date or the Termination Date, as applicable.

(d) Treatment of Award Grants.

(i) Vesting of Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company's employee benefit plans, any agreement entered into under such plans, or any retirement, pension, profit sharing or other similar plan (collectively, the "Plans"), upon the occurrence of a Severance Event, all deferred or unvested portions of any award made to the Executive under any of the Plans shall automatically become fully vested as of the Termination Date or the Change of Control Date, as the case may be, and shall be in effect and redeemable by or payable to the Executive, or the Executive's designated beneficiary or estate, on the same conditions (other than vesting) as would have applied had the Severance Event not occurred.

(ii) Clarification Regarding Treatment of Award Grants. The Plans may contain language regarding the effects of certain changes of control of the Company or certain terminations of the Executive's employment. Notwithstanding such language in the Plans, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, the Company will be obligated, if the terms of this Agreement are more favorable in this regard than the terms of the Plans, to take the actions required under Section 8(d)(i) upon the happening of the circumstances described therein. Notwithstanding the definition of "Change of Control," "Cause" or any other term relating to the vesting or exercise of awards made under any

8

Plan that may appear in such Plan, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, the definitions and other provisions set forth in this Agreement relating thereto shall control and be binding on the Company and its affiliates.

(e) Additional Payments.

(i) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event it is determined (as hereafter provided) that any right or interest that vests in the Executive, or any payment or distribution made by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise pursuant to or by reason of any other agreement, policy, Plan, program or arrangement, including without limitation any share option, share appreciation right, dividend equivalent right, restricted shares of similar right, the lapse or termination of any restriction on or the vesting or exerciseability of any of the foregoing (any such right, interest, payment or distribution, a "Payment"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") (or any successor provision thereto), by reason of being considered an "excess parachute payment," within the meaning of
Section 280G of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or to any similar tax imposed by state or local law, or any interest or penalties with respect to such tax (such tax or taxes, together with any such interest and penalties, being hereafter collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment or payments from the Company (collectively, a "Gross-Up Payment"). The Gross-Up Payment will be in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive will have received an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payment.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(e)(vi), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8(e), including whether an Excise Tax is payable by the Executive and the amount of such Excise Tax and whether a Gross-Up Payment is required to be paid by the Company to the Executive and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment, if any, will be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm (the "Accounting Firm") selected by the mutual written agreement of the Executive and the Company. The parties hereto will direct the Accounting Firm to submit its determination and detailed supporting calculations to both the Company and the Executive within 30 calendar days after the Executive's termination date, and any such other time or times as may be requested by the Company or the Executive. If the Accounting Firm determines that any Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, the Company will pay the required Gross-Up Payment to the Executive within five business days after receipt of such determination and calculations with respect to any payment to the Executive. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, it will, at the same time as it makes such determination, furnish the Company and the Executive an opinion that the Executive has substantial authority not to report any Excise Tax on the Executive's federal, state or local income or other tax return. As a result of the

9

uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) and the possibility of similar uncertainty regarding applicable state or local tax law at the time of any determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts or fails to pursue its remedies pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the parties will direct the Accounting Firm to determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and to submit its determination and detailed supporting calculations to both the Company and the Executive as promptly as possible. Any such Underpayment will be promptly paid by the Company to, or for the benefit of, the Executive within five business days after receipt of such determination and calculations.

(iii) The Company and the Executive will each provide the Accounting Firm access to and copies of any books, records and documents in the possession of the Company or the Executive, as the case may be, reasonably requested by the Accounting Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the Accounting Firm in connection with the preparation of and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by
Section 8(e)(ii). Any determination by the Accounting Firm as to the amount of the Gross-Up Payment will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(iv) The federal, state and local income or other tax returns filed by the Executive will be prepared and filed on a consistent basis with the determination of the Accounting Firm with respect to the Excise Tax payable by the Executive. The Executive will make proper payment of the amount of any Excise Payment and, at the request of the Company, provide to the Company true and correct copies (with any amendments) of the Executive's federal tax return as filed with the Internal Revenue Service and corresponding state and local tax returns, if relevant, as filed with the applicable taxing authority, and such other documents reasonably requested by the Company evidencing such payment. If, prior to the filing of the Executive's federal income tax return, or corresponding state or local tax return, if relevant, the Accounting Firm determines that the amount of the Gross-Up Payment should be reduced, the Executive will within five business days pay to the Company the amount of such reduction.

(v) The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm for its services in connection with the determinations and calculations contemplated herein will be borne by the Company. If such fees and expenses are initially paid by the Executive, the Company will reimburse the Executive the full amount of such fees and expenses within five business days after receipt from the Executive of a statement therefor and reasonable evidence of the Executive's payment thereof.

(vi) The Executive will notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment. Such notification will be

10

given as promptly as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive actually receives notice of such claim and the Executive will further apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid (in each case, to the extent known by the Executive). The Executive will not pay such claim prior to the earlier of (x) the expiration of the 30-calendar day period following the date on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company and (y) the date that any payment of amount with respect to such claim is due. If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive will:

(A) provide the Company with any written records or documents in the Executive's possession relating to such claim reasonably requested by the Company;

(B) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company may reasonably request in writing from time to time, including without limitation accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney competent in respect of the subject matter and reasonably selected by the Company;

(C) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim; and

(D) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claims;

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold harmless the Executive, on an after-tax basis, from and against any Excise Tax or income tax, including interest and penalties with respect thereto, imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(e), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with the contest of any claim contemplated by this Section 8(e)(vi) and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim (provided, however, that the Executive may participate therein at the Executive's own cost and expense) and may, at its option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive will prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction, and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company may determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income or other tax, including interest or penalties with respect thereto, imposed with respect to such advance; provided, further, that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which the contested amount if claimed to be due is limited solely to such

11

contested amount. The Company's control of any such contested claim will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

(vii) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi), the Executive receives any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive will (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section
8(e)(vi)) pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto) within 30 calendar days after such receipt and the Company's satisfaction of all accrued obligations under this Agreement. If, after the receipt by the Executive of any amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(e)(vi), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such determination prior to the expiration of 30 calendar days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of any such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid by the Company to the Executive pursuant to this
Section 8(e).

(viii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the Base Salary upon the occurrence of: (x) the Expiration Date; and (y) any failure for any reason of the Expiration Date to be automatically extended by one additional year as prescribed by Section 3 of this Agreement.

(f) Nature of Payments. The amounts due under this Section 8 are in the nature of severance payments considered to be reasonable by the Company and are not in the nature of a penalty. Such amounts are in full satisfaction of all claims that the Executive may have in respect of his employment by the Company or its affiliates and are provided as the sole and exclusive benefits to be provided to the Executive in respect of his termination of Employment from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, it shall be a condition precedent to the Company making any payments pursuant to this Section 8 that the Executive has executed and delivered to the Company the release contemplated pursuant to Section 12.

(g) No Mitigation or Set-Off. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment. There will be no right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of any claim, debt of obligation against any payment to or benefit for the Executive provided for in this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

12

9. Confidentiality and Non-Competition.

(a) Confidentiality.

(i) During the Employment Term the Company agrees to provide the Executive with access to Confidential Information.

(ii) The Executive acknowledges that the Confidential Information is valuable and proprietary to the Company or to third parties that have entrusted the Company and/or its subsidiaries with such Confidential Information. The Executive agrees, except as required for the Executive to fulfill his duties hereunder, that the Executive shall not use, publish, disseminate or otherwise disclose any Confidential Information, no matter when learned or accessed, without the prior written consent of the Company.

(iii) All Confidential Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and the Executive shall have no rights in or to the Confidential Information upon any termination of this Agreement or his employment with the Company. Upon the termination of the Executive's employment, the Executive shall immediately deliver to the Company all plans, designs, drawings, specifications, listings, manuals, records, notebooks and similar repositories of or documents containing Confidential Information, including all copies, then in the Executive's possession or control, whether prepared by the Executive or others. Upon such termination the Executive shall retain no copies of any such documents.

(iv) The provisions of this Section 9(a) shall survive the termination of this Agreement indefinitely.

(b) Restriction on Competitive Employment.

(i) In consideration of the numerous mutual promises contained in this Agreement, including, without limitation, those involving the Confidential Information, compensation, termination and arbitration, and in order to protect the Confidential Information and to reduce the likelihood of irreparable damage that would occur in the event such information is provided to or used by a competitor of the Company, during the Employment Term and, for a period of six months following the Termination Date in the case of a (x) termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason (the "Non-Competition Period"), absent the Company's prior written approval, the Executive shall not, as an owner, part-owner, shareholder, partner, director, trust manager, trustee, principal, agent, employee, consultant, member, contractor or otherwise, within the United States, directly or indirectly engage or participate in activities relating to, or render services to or invest in any firm or business engaged or about to become engaged in, the Business.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may make passive investments in an enterprise engaged in the Business, the shares of ownership of which

13

are publicly traded, if the Executive's investment constitutes less than 2% of the total equity of such enterprise.

(iii) If, during any period within the Non-Competition Period, the Executive is not in compliance with the terms of this Section 9(b), the Company shall be entitled to, among other remedies, compliance by the Executive with the terms of this Section 9(b) for an additional period equal to the period of such noncompliance. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Non-Competition Period" shall also include this additional period. The Executive hereby acknowledges that the geographic boundaries, scope of prohibited activities and the time duration of the provisions of this Section 9(b) are reasonable and are no broader than are necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company.

(iv) The provisions of this Section 9(b) shall survive the termination of the Executive's employment for the duration of the Non-Competition Period.

(v) The Company and the Executive agree and stipulate that the agreements and covenants not to compete contained in this Section 9(b) are fair and reasonable in light of all of the facts and circumstances of the relationship between the Executive and the Company; however, the Executive and the Company are aware that in certain circumstances courts have refused to enforce certain terms of agreements not to compete. Therefore, in furtherance of, and not in derogation of the provisions of this Section 9(b), the Company and the Executive agree that in the event a court should decline to enforce any provision of this Section 9(b), that this Section 9(b) shall be deemed to be modified or reformed to restrict the Executive's competition with the Company or its affiliates to the maximum extent, as to time, geography and business scope, that the court shall find enforceable; provided, however, in no event shall the provisions of this Section 9(b) be deemed to be more restrictive to the Executive than those contained herein.

(c) Inducement/Enticement. In order to prevent the Executive from violating the provisions of Section 9(b), during the Employment Term and, in the case of (x) a termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason, during the Non-Competition Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly:

(i) induce, or attempt to induce, any employees or agents of, or consultants of or to, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to do anything from which the Executive is restricted by reason of Sections 9(a) or (b); or

(ii) offer or aid others to offer employment to or recruit or solicit anyone who is an employee or agent of, or consultant of or to, the Company or a subsidiary of the Company at the time of termination of the Executive, unless such person's employment was terminated by the Company or any such subsidiary.

14

In the case of (x) a termination by the Company for Cause, (y) a termination due to Disability or (z) a termination by the Executive other than for Good Reason, the provisions of this Section 9(c) shall survive the termination of the Executive's employment for the duration of the Non-Competition Period.

(d) Injunctive Relief. The Executive acknowledges that a breach of any of the agreements contained in this Section 9 will give rise to irreparable injury to the Company, inadequately compensable in damages. Accordingly, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent or cure breaches or threatened breaches of the provisions of this Section 9 and to enforce specific performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any court of competent jurisdiction, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies that may be available. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that in the event of the termination of this Agreement, his experience and capabilities are such that he can obtain employment in business activities that are of a different or noncompeting nature with his activities as an employee of the Company and that the enforcement of a remedy hereunder by way of injunction shall not prevent the Executive from earning a reasonable livelihood. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the covenants contained herein are necessary for the protection of the Company's legitimate business interests and are reasonable in scope and content. The Executive also acknowledges that the Company would not enter into this Agreement or agree to provide him with access to its Confidential Information without the Executive's promises contained in this Section 9.

10. Remedies for the Company. The termination of this Agreement by the Company for Cause shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Company of any breach by the Executive of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Company, and, notwithstanding such a termination, the Executive shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

11. Remedies for the Executive.

(a) The termination of this Agreement by the Executive for Good Reason shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Executive of any breach by the Company of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Executive, and, notwithstanding such a termination, the Company shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

(b) In the event that the Executive is terminated for Cause and it is ultimately determined that the Company lacked Cause, (i) the termination shall be treated as a termination other than for Cause; (ii) the Executive shall have the right to seek remedy for a breach of this Agreement by the Company, including, but not limited to, any other such damages as may be suffered and/or incurred by the Executive, the Executive's costs incurred during the dispute and reasonable attorneys' fees in connection with such dispute; and (iii) the Executive shall receive all Severance Benefits.

12. Full Satisfaction; Waiver and Release. As a condition to receiving the payments and benefits described in Section 8, the Executive and the Company shall execute a document in form reasonably acceptable to them, releasing and waiving any and all claims, causes of actions and the like against the other party and its respective successors, subsidiaries, affiliates,

15

shareholders, officers, directors, managers, agents and employees, regarding all matters relating to the Executive's service as an employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their affiliates and the termination of such relationship. Such claims include, without limitation, any claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991, as amended; the Equal Pay Act of 1962; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; or any other federal, state or local statute or ordinance, but exclude any claims that arise out of an asserted breach of the terms of this Agreement and any benefits payable to the Executive under the Company's benefit plans, practices and programs in which he participates.

13. No Waiver. No waiver or non-action by either party with respect to any breach by the other party of any provision of this Agreement, nor the waiver or non-action with respect to the provisions of any similar agreement with other employees or the breach thereof, shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of such provision, or as a waiver of the provision itself.

14. Invalid Provisions. Should any portion of this Agreement be adjusted or held invalid, unenforceable or void, such holding shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement and the parties hereby agree that the portion so held invalid, unenforceable, or void shall, if possible, be deemed amended or reduced in scope, or otherwise be stricken from this Agreement, to the extent required for the purposes of validity and enforcement thereof.

15. Successor and Assigns. Neither the Executive nor the Company may assign its rights, duties, or obligations hereunder without consent of the other.

16. Survival. The provisions of Sections 9 and 22 of this Agreement shall survive the Executive's termination of employment. Other provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of the Executive's employment to the extent necessary to ensure the preservation of each party's respective rights and obligations.

17. Prior Agreements. This Agreement incorporates the entire agreement between both parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements (oral or written), documents or other instruments with respect to the matters covered herein.

18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Florida, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits itself to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the Federal and State courts sitting in the State of Florida, and hereby waives any claims it may have as to inconvenient forum.

19. No Oral Modifications. This Agreement may not be changed or terminated orally, and no change, termination or waiver of this Agreement or of any of the provisions herein contained shall be binding unless made in writing and signed by both parties, and, in the case of the Company, by a person designated by the Board or any committee thereof. Without limiting

16

the foregoing, any change or changes, from time to time, in the Executive's salary or duties or both shall not be, nor be deemed to be, a change, termination or waiver of this Agreement or of any of the provisions herein contained.

20. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing, and shall be deemed properly given if delivered personally, mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, sent by facsimile, or sent by Express Mail or Federal Express or other nationally recognized express delivery service, as follows:

If to the Company:

Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.
4231 Walnut Bend
Jacksonville, Florida 32257

Attention: Chairman of the Board

If to the Executive:

Thomas G. Manuel
Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. 4231 Walnut Bend
Jacksonville, Florida 32257

Notice given by hand, Express Mail, Federal Express, or other such express delivery service shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by facsimile transmission shall be effective upon actual receipt during the recipient's customary business hours, or at the beginning of the recipient's next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient's customary business hours. All notices sent by facsimile transmission shall be confirmed promptly after transmission in writing by certified mail or personal delivery.

Any party may change any address to which notice shall be given to it by giving notice as provided above of such change in address.

21. Executive's Representation and Warranties. The Executive represents and warrants that he is legally free to make and perform this Agreement, that he has no obligation to any other person or entity that would affect or conflict with any of his obligations hereunder, and that the complete performance of his obligations hereunder will not violate any law, regulation, order, or decree of any governmental or jurisdictional body or contract by which he is bound.

22. Entire Agreement. The parties expressly agree that this Agreement is contractual in nature and not a mere recital, and that it contains all the terms and conditions of the agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. All prior negotiations, agreements, arrangements, understandings and statements between the parties relating to the matters set forth herein that have occurred at any time or contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement are superseded and merged into this completely integrated Agreement. The Recitals set forth above shall be deemed to be part of this Agreement.

17

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

18

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

THE COMPANY:

SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.,
a Maryland corporation

By:   /s/ JOHN BERT WATSON
      ---------------------------------------
      John Bert Watson
      President and Chief Executive Officer

THE EXECUTIVE:

THOMAS G. MANUEL

/s/ THOMAS G. MANUEL
---------------------------------------------

19

EXHIBIT 10.7

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into this ______ day of February, 2004 by and between Sunset Financial Resources, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), and____________________ (the "Indemnitee").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, both the Company and the Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors and officers of companies in today's environment;

WHEREAS, the Company's Articles of Incorporation (the "Charter") provide that the Company may indemnify its officers, and shall indemnify its directors, to the fullest extent permitted by law and will advance expenses in connection therewith, and the Indemnitee's willingness to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company is based in part on the Indemnitee's reliance on such provisions;

WHEREAS, the Maryland General Corporation Law (the "Maryland Statute") expressly recognizes that the indemnification provisions of the Maryland Statute are not exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification may be entitled under the Charter or Bylaws of the Company, a resolution of stockholders or directors, an agreement or otherwise, and this Agreement is being entered into pursuant to and in furtherance of the Charter and Bylaws, as permitted by the Maryland Statute and as authorized and permitted by the Charter and the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"); and

WHEREAS, in recognition of the Indemnitee's need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance the Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective manner, and the Indemnitee's reliance on the aforesaid provisions of the Charter, and in part to provide the Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by such provisions (with respect to directors) will be available to the Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of such provisions or any change in the composition of the Board or any acquisition or business combination transaction relating to the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancement of expenses to the Indemnitee as set forth in this Agreement and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of the Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance policies, if any.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


1. Indemnification.

(a) In accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this
Section 1, the Company shall hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitee against any and all reasonable expenses, liabilities and losses (including, without limitation, investigation expenses and expert witnesses' and attorneys' fees and expenses, judgments, penalties, fines, ERISA excise taxes and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually incurred by the Indemnitee (net of any related insurance proceeds or other amounts received by the Indemnitee or paid by or on behalf of the Company on the Indemnitee's behalf), in connection with any action, suit, arbitration or proceeding (or any inquiry or investigation, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise, that the Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, arbitration or proceeding), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, or any appeal therefrom, in which the Indemnitee is a party, is threatened to be made a party, is a witness or is participating (a "Proceeding") based upon, arising from, relating to or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is, was, shall be or shall have been a director and/or officer of the Company or is or was serving, shall serve, or shall have served at the request of the Board of Directors of the Company as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent ("Affiliate Indemnitee") of another foreign or domestic corporation or non-profit corporation, cooperative, partnership, joint venture, trust, other incorporated or unincorporated enterprise or employee benefit plan (each, a "Company Affiliate").

(b) In providing the foregoing indemnification, the Company shall, with respect to a Proceeding, hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent required by the Maryland Statute and to the fullest extent permitted by the Express Permitted Indemnification Provisions (as hereinafter defined) of the Maryland Statute. For purposes of this Agreement, the "Express Permitted Indemnification Provisions" of the Maryland Statute shall mean indemnification as permitted by Section 2-418(b) of the Maryland Statute or by any amendment thereof or other statuary provisions expressly permitting such indemnification which is adopted after the date hereof (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than said law required or permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment).

(c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this
Section 1 for any expenses actually incurred in any Proceeding initiated by or in the right of the Company unless the Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company.

(d) If the Indemnitee is entitled under this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Indemnified Amounts (as hereinafter defined) but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Indemnitee (or Affiliate Indemnitee) is unwilling to accept a settlement offer (the "Settlement Offer") with respect to any Proceeding, under which settlement offer no civil or criminal liability (or presumption of civil or criminal liability) is imposed on the Indemnitee (or Affiliate Indemnitee) and the Company has agreed in writing to pay all costs and expenses associated therewith, then

2

the Company's indemnification obligations hereunder with respect to such Proceeding shall terminate, provided that Indemnitee shall still be entitled to receive all rights provided, and amounts payable, under the Settlement Offer.

2. Other Indemnification Arrangements. The Maryland Statute, the Charter and the Bylaws of the Company permit the Company to purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection or make other arrangements, including, without limitation, providing a trust fund, letter of credit or surety bond (collectively, the "Indemnity Arrangements") on behalf of the Indemnitee against any liability asserted against him or incurred by or on behalf of him in such capacity as a director or officer of the Company or as an Affiliate Indemnitee, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement or under the Maryland Statute, as it may then be in effect. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such Indemnification Arrangement shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of the Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such Indemnification Arrangement. All amounts payable by the Company pursuant to this
Section 2 and Section 1 hereof are herein referred to as "Indemnified Amounts."

3. Advance Payment of Indemnified Amounts.

(a) The Indemnitee hereby is granted the right to receive in advance of a final, non-appealable judgment or other final adjudication of a Proceeding (a "Final Determination") the amount of any and all expenses, including, without limitation, investigation expenses, expert witness and attorneys' fees and other expenses expended or incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding or otherwise expended or incurred by the Indemnitee (such amounts so expended or incurred being referred to as "Advanced Amounts").

(b) In making any written request for Advanced Amounts, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a schedule setting forth in reasonable detail the dollar amount expended or incurred and expected to be expended. Each such listing shall be supported by the bill, agreement or other documentation relating thereto, each of which shall be appended to the schedule as an exhibit. In addition, before the Indemnitee may receive Advanced Amounts from the Company, the Indemnitee shall provide to the Company (i) a written affirmation of the Indemnitee's good faith belief that the applicable standard of conduct required for indemnification by the Company has been satisfied by the Indemnitee and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the Advanced Amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee has not satisfied any applicable standard of conduct. The written undertaking required from the Indemnitee shall be an unlimited general obligation of the Indemnitee but need not be secured. The Company shall pay to the Indemnitee all Advanced Amounts within ten (10) business days after receipt by the Company of all information and documentation required to be provided by the Indemnitee pursuant to this subsection (b).

3

4. Procedure for Payment of Indemnified Amounts.

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request for payment of the appropriate Indemnified Amounts, including with such request such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that the Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) The Company shall pay the Indemnitee the appropriate Indemnified Amounts unless it is established that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct of the Express Permitted Indemnification Provisions. For purposes of determining whether the Indemnitee is entitled to Indemnified Amounts, in order to deny indemnification to the Indemnitee the Company has the burden of proof in establishing that the Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct. In this regard, a termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order or settlement does not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct; provided, however, that the termination of any criminal proceeding by conviction, or a pleading of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct.

(c) Any determination that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct required to qualify for indemnification shall be made (i) either by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties of such action, suit or proceeding or (ii) by independent legal counsel (who may be the outside counsel regularly employed by the Company), provided that the manner in which (and, if applicable, the counsel by which) the right to indemnification is to be determined shall be approved in advance in writing by both the highest ranking executive officer of the Company who is not party to such action (sometimes hereinafter referred to as the "Senior Officer") and by the Indemnitee. In the event that such parties are unable to agree on the manner in which any such determination is to be made, such determination shall be made by independent legal counsel retained by the Company especially for such purpose, provided that such counsel be approved in advance in writing by both the Senior Officer and Indemnitee and provided further, that such counsel shall not be outside counsel regularly employed by the Company. The fees and expenses of counsel in connection with making said determination contemplated hereunder shall be paid by the Company, and if requested by such counsel, the Company shall give such counsel an appropriate written agreement with respect to the payment of their fees and expenses and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by counsel.

(d) The Company will use its best efforts to conclude as soon as practicable any required determination pursuant to subsection (c) above and promptly will advise the Indemnitee in writing with respect to any determination that the Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied. Payment of any applicable Indemnified Amounts will be made to the Indemnitee within ten (10) days after any determination of the Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification.

4

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnitee may, at any time after sixty (60) days after a claim for Indemnified Amounts has been filed with the Company (or upon receipt of written notice that a claim for Indemnified Amounts has been rejected, if earlier) and before three (3) years after a claim for Indemnified Amounts has been filed, petition a court of competent jurisdiction to determine whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under the provisions of this Agreement, and such court shall thereupon have the exclusive authority to make such determination unless and until such court dismisses or otherwise terminates such action without having made such determination. The court shall, as petitioned, make an independent determination of whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification as provided under this Agreement, irrespective of any prior determination made by the Board or independent counsel. If the court shall determine that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification as to any claim, issue or matter involved in the Proceeding with respect to which there has been no prior determination pursuant to this Agreement or with respect to which there has been a prior determination that the Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification hereunder, the Company shall pay all expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such judicial determination.

5. Agreement Not Exclusive; Subrogation Rights, etc.

(a) This Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of and shall not diminish any other rights the Indemnitee may have to be indemnified or insured or otherwise protected against any liability, loss or expense by the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any other person or entity under any charter, bylaws, law, agreement, policy of insurance or similar protection, vote of stockholders or directors, disinterested or not, or otherwise, whether or not now in effect, both as to actions in the Indemnitee's official capacity, and as to actions in another capacity while holding such office. The Company's obligations to make payments of Indemnified Amounts hereunder shall be satisfied to the extent that payments with respect to the same Proceeding (or part thereof) have been made to or for the benefit of the Indemnitee by reason of the indemnification of the Indemnitee pursuant to any other arrangement made by the Company for the benefit of the Indemnitee.

(b) In the event the Indemnitee shall receive payment from any insurance carrier or from the plaintiff in any Proceeding against the Indemnitee in respect of Indemnified Amounts after payments on account of all or part of such Indemnified Amounts have been made by the Company pursuant hereto, the Indemnitee shall promptly reimburse to the Company the amount, if any, by which the sum of such payment by such insurance carrier or such plaintiff and payments by the Company or pursuant to arrangements made by the Company to Indemnitee exceeds such Indemnified Amounts; provided, however, that such portions, if any, of such insurance proceeds that are required to be reimbursed to the insurance carrier under the terms of its insurance policy, such as deductible or co-insurance payments, shall not be deemed to be payments to the Indemnitee hereunder. In addition, upon payment of Indemnified Amounts hereunder, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Indemnitee receiving such payments (to the extent thereof) against any insurance carrier (to the extent permitted under such insurance policies) or plaintiff in respect of such Indemnified Amounts and the Indemnitee shall execute and deliver any and all instruments and documents and perform any and all other acts or deeds which the Company deems necessary or advisable to secure such rights. Such right of

5

subrogation shall be terminated upon receipt by the Company of the amount to be reimbursed by the Indemnitee pursuant to the first sentence of this subsection (b).

6. Insurance Coverage. In the event that the Company maintains directors' and officers' liability insurance to protect itself and any director or officer of the Company against any expense, liability or loss, such insurance shall cover the Indemnitee to at least the same extent as any other director or officer of the Company.

7. Establishment of Trust. The Company may, in its sole discretion, create a trust (the "Trust") for the benefit of the Indemnitee and, to the extent such Trust has been created, from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund the Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Indemnified Amounts (including Advanced Amounts) which are actually paid or which Indemnitee reasonably determines from time to time may be payable by the Company under this Agreement. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the independent legal counsel appointed under Section 4 hereof. If the Trust is established, the terms thereof shall provide that (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded without the written consent of the Indemnitee; (ii) the trustee of the Trust (the "Trustee") shall advance, within ten (10) business days of a request by the Indemnitee, any and all Advanced Amounts to the Indemnitee (and the Indemnitee hereby agrees to reimburse the Trust under the circumstances which the Indemnitee would be required to reimburse the Company under Section 3(b)(ii) hereof); the Company shall continue to fund the Trust from time to time in accordance with the funding obligations set forth above; (iv) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all Indemnified Amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement; and (v) all unexpended funds in the Trust shall revert to the Company upon a final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final decision from which there is no further right of appeal that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be chosen by the Indemnitee. Nothing in this
Section 7 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

8. Continuation of Indemnity. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period the Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company (or is serving at the request of the Company as an Affiliate Indemnitee) and shall continue thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was a director or officer of the Company or was serving in any other capacity referred to herein.

9. Successors; Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company's successors and assigns and by the Indemnitee's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. The Company shall require any successor or assignee (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

6

10. Enforcement. The Company has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on the Company hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to act as a director or officer, as the case may be, of the Company, and acknowledge that the Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in continuing in such capacity. In the event the Indemnitee is required to bring any action to enforce rights or to collect moneys due under this Agreement and is successful in such action, the Company shall reimburse the Indemnitee for all of the Indemnitee's fees and expenses in bringing and pursuing such action. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the advancement of Indemnified Amounts to the full extent contemplated by Section 3 hereof in connection with such proceeding.

11. Separability. Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a separate and distinct agreement independent of the others, so that if any provision hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof, which other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

12. Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is approved by the Board and agreed to in writing signed by the Indemnitee and either the President of the Company or another officer of the Company specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same time or at any prior or subsequent times. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. The Indemnitee may bring an action seeking resolution of disputes or controversies arising under or in any way related to this Agreement in the state or federal court jurisdiction in which the Indemnitee resides or in which his place of business is located, and in any related appellate courts, and the Company consents to the jurisdiction of such courts and to such venue.

13. Notices. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, as follows: (i) if to the Indemnitee, at the address set forth below the Indemnitee's name on the signature page hereof, and (ii) if to the Company:

4231 Walnut Bend Jacksonville, Florida 32257 Attention: Secretary

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

7

14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

15. Effectiveness. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date it is executed.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.

By:

INDEMNITEE


[NAME] Address:



9

EXHIBIT 10.8

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2003 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

OF

SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.

1. PURPOSE.

The purpose of this Plan is to benefit the Company's shareholders by encouraging high levels of performance by individuals who are key to the success of the Company and to enable the Company to attract, motivate and retain talented and experienced individuals essential to its continued success. This is to be accomplished by providing such individuals an opportunity to obtain or increase their proprietary interest in the Company's performance and by providing such individuals with additional incentives to remain with the Company.

2. DEFINITIONS.

The following terms, as used herein, shall have the meaning specified:

(a) "Affiliate" shall mean any corporation or other entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company or by another Affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(b) "Award" shall mean an award granted pursuant to Section 6.

(c) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as it may be comprised from time to time.

(d) "Change in Control" shall means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) at any time during any 12-month period, the Board of Directors of the Company in office at the beginning of such period shall have ceased to constitute a majority of the Board without the approval of the nomination of such directors by a majority of the Board consisting of directors who were serving at the beginning of such period;

(2) any person (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any trustee, fiduciary or other person holding securities under any employee share ownership plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with its affiliates and associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) shall have become the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange


Act) of securities representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Shares;

(3) the Company shall have filed a schedule, report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing that a change in control of the Company has occurred;

(4) a merger or consolidation of the Company shall have been consummated, other than (x) a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Shares outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity or (y) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires more than 50% of the Voting Shares;

(5) any person, other than a subsidiary of the Company, shall have acquired more than 50% of the combined assets of the Company and its subsidiaries; or

the shareholders of the Company shall have approved the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(e) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(f) "Committee" shall mean a committee appointed pursuant to Section 3(a) or, if no such Committee is appointed, the Board.

(g) "Company" shall mean Sunset Financial Resources, Inc.

(h) "Director" shall mean any person who shall from time to time serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or any Affiliate.

(i) "Dividend Equivalent Right" shall mean an Award granted pursuant to
Section 6(c).

(j) "Effective Date" shall mean the date this Plan was originally adopted by the Board, unless otherwise specified by the Board.

(k) "Election Date" shall mean the date an Independent Director is first elected to the Board.

(l) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(m) "Fair Market Value" shall mean the closing price of the relevant security as reported on the composite tape of New York Stock Exchange issues (or such other reporting system as shall be selected by the Committee) on the relevant date, or if no sale of the security is reported for such date, the next following day for which there is a reported sale. The Committee

2

shall determine the Fair Market Value of any security that is not publicly traded, using such criteria as it shall determine, in its sole discretion, to be appropriate for such valuation.

(n) "Independent Director" shall mean any Director who is (i) (A) a "non-employee director" within the meaning of Rule 16b3(b)(3)(i) of the Exchange Act, and (B) an "outside director" within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and (ii) who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate; provided, that a Director who is (x) a Director or (y) a consultant, or both, but is not an employee, also may be an Independent Director.

(o) "Insider" shall mean any person who is subject to Section 16.

(p) "ISO" shall mean an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422.

(q) "Mature Shares" shall mean, with respect to an exercise date, Shares held by a Participant for at least six months prior to such exercise date.

(r) "NQO" shall mean a stock option that is not within the meaning of Code Section 422.

(s) "Option" shall mean any option granted pursuant to Section 6(a)(1).

(t) "Outstanding Shares" shall mean, with respect to any date, the total of the number of Shares outstanding, plus (ii) the number of Shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, plus (iii) the number of Shares, if any, held as "treasury stock" by the Company, each as on such date.

(u) "Participant" shall mean any person who has been granted an Award pursuant to this Plan.

(v) "Restricted Shares" shall mean the Shares issued as a result of a Restricted Share Award.

(w) "Restricted Share Award" shall mean a grant of the right to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 6(b). Such Shares, when and if issued, shall be subject to such transfer restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the Committee shall determine at the time the Award is granted, until such specific conditions are met. Such conditions may be based on continuing employment or achievement of pre-established performance objectives, or both.

(x) "Rights" shall mean an Award granted pursuant to Section 6.

(y) "Section 16" shall mean Section 16 of the Exchange Act or any successor regulation and the rules promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission, as they may be amended from time to time.

(z) "Shares" shall mean the Common shares of beneficial interest of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.

3

(aa) "Maryland Act" shall mean the Maryland General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time.

(bb) "Director" shall mean any person who shall from time to time be a member of the Board.

3. ADMINISTRATION AND INTERPRETATION.

(a) Administration. This Plan shall be administered by a Committee, which shall consist of three or more Independent Directors. The Board may from time to time remove and appoint members of the Committee in substitution for, or in addition to, members previously appointed and may fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Committee may prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations for administration of this Plan and shall have full power and authority to construe and interpret this Plan. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the act of a majority of the members present at a meeting or the acts of a majority of the members evidenced in writing shall be the acts of the Committee. The Committee may correct any defect or any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan or in any Award or grant made hereunder in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable.

The Committee shall have the full and exclusive right to grant all Awards under this Plan, which may be Options, Restricted Share Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights. In granting Awards, the Committee shall take into consideration the contribution the individual has made or may make to the success of the Company or its Affiliates and such other factors as the Committee shall determine. The Committee shall periodically determine the Participants in this Plan and the nature, amount, pricing, time and other terms of Awards to be made to such individuals, subject to the other terms and provisions of this Plan. The Committee shall also have the authority to consult with and receive recommendations from officers and other individuals of the Company and its Affiliates with regard to these matters. In no event shall any individual, his or her legal representative, heirs, legatees, distributees or successors have any right to participate in this Plan except to such extent, if any, as the Committee shall determine.

The Committee may from time to time in granting Awards under this Plan prescribe such other terms and conditions concerning such Awards as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, the achievement of specific goals established by the Committee, provided that such terms and conditions are not more favorable to any individual than those expressly set forth in this Plan.

The Committee may delegate to the officers of or individuals associated with the Company the authority to execute and deliver such instruments and documents, to do all such acts and things, and to take all such other steps deemed necessary, advisable or convenient for the effective administration of this Plan in accordance with its terms and purpose, except that the Committee may not delegate any discretionary authority with respect to substantive decisions or functions regarding this Plan or Awards hereunder as these relate to Insiders, including but not limited to decisions regarding the timing, eligibility, pricing, amount or other material term of such Awards.

4

(b) Interpretation. The Committee shall have the power to interpret and administer this Plan. All questions of interpretation with respect to this Plan, the number of Shares or other security granted hereunder, and the terms of any Award shall be determined by the Committee and its determination shall be final and conclusive upon all parties in interest. In the event of any conflict between an Award and this Plan, the terms of this Plan shall govern. It is the intent of the Company that this Plan and Awards hereunder satisfy and be interpreted in a manner that, in the case of participants who are or may be Insiders, satisfies the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, so that such persons will be entitled to the benefits of Rule 16b-3 or other exemptive rules under Section 16 and will not be subjected to liability thereunder. If any provision of this Plan or of any Award would otherwise frustrate or conflict with the intent expressed in this Section 3(b), that provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict. To the extent of any remaining irreconcilable conflict with such intent, the provision shall be deemed void as applicable to Insiders.

(c) Limitation on Liability. Neither the Committee nor any member thereof shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in connection with this Plan in good faith, and the members of the Committee shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including counsel fees) arising therefrom to the full extent permitted by law. The members of the Committee shall be named as insureds under any directors and officers (or similar) liability insurance coverage which the Company may have in effect from time to time.

4. ELIGIBILITY.

The class of persons who are potential recipients of Awards granted under this Plan consist of the (i) Independent Directors, (ii) Directors, (iii) Advisory Board Members, (iv) key employees of the Company or any Affiliate and
(v) consultants to the Company or any Affiliate, in each case (other than in the case of clause (i)), as determined by the Committee from time to time. The Independent Directors, Directors, key employees and consultants to whom Awards are granted under this Plan, and the number of Shares subject to each such Award, shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject, however, to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

5. SHARES SUBJECT TO GRANTS UNDER THIS PLAN.

(a) Limitation on Number of Shares. The Shares subject to grants of Awards shall be authorized but unissued Shares, Shares purchased in the open market or privately and such Shares, if any, held as "treasury stock" by the Company. Subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided, the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted under this Plan shall not exceed 10% of the Outstanding Shares determined immediately following the consummation of the Company's Initial Public Offering (including the exercise of any over-allotment options by the underwriters of such Initial Public Offering).

(b) Shares ceasing to be subject to an Award because of the exercise of an Option or Right or the vesting of an Award shall no longer be subject to any further grant under this Plan. However, if any outstanding Option or Right, in whole or in part, expires or terminates unexercised or is canceled or if any Award, in whole or in part, expires or is terminated or

5

forfeited, for any reason prior to the expiration of ten (10) years from the Effective Date, the Shares allocable to the unexercised, terminated, canceled or forfeited portion of such Award may again be made the subject of grants under this Plan; provided, however, that, with respect to any Option or Rights granted to any Participant who is a "covered person" as defined in Code Section 162(m) and the regulations promulgated thereunder that is canceled, the number of Shares subject to such Option and/or Rights shall continue to count against the maximum number of Shares which may be the subject of Options and for Rights granted to such Participant.

For the purposes of computing the total number of Shares granted under this Plan, the following rules shall apply to Awards payable in Shares:

(1) each Option shall be deemed to be the equivalent of the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon exercise of the particular Option; and

(2) where the number of Shares available under the Award is variable on the date it is granted, the number of Shares shall be deemed to be the maximum number of Shares that could be received under that particular Award.

(c) Adjustments of Aggregate Number of Shares. The aggregate number of Shares stated in Section 5(a) shall be subject to appropriate adjustment, from time to time, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof.

6. AWARDS.

(a) Options and Rights.

(1) Grants of Options. Options granted under this Plan may be either ISOs or NQOs. At the time an Option is granted, the Committee may, in its discretion, designate whether an Option shall be an ISO. No Option which is intended to qualify as an ISO shall be granted under this Plan to any individual who, at the time of such grant, is not an employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the date an Option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which an Option intended to be an ISO (and any other ISO granted to the holder under this Plan or any other plans of the Company or an Affiliate) first becomes exercisable during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, the portion of such Option which would exceed the $100,000 limitation shall be treated as an NQO. Options with respect to which no designation is made by the Committee shall be deemed to be ISOs to the extent that the $100,000 limitation described in the preceding sentence is met. This paragraph shall be applied by taking Options into account in the order in which they are granted.

No ISO shall be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns Shares possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of the Company or any Affiliate, unless (i) on the date such ISO is granted, the Option price is at least 110% of

6

the Fair Market Value per Share subject to the ISO and (ii) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date such ISO is granted.

The purchase price per Share pursuant to the exercise of any Option shall be fixed by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, that the purchase price per Share (regardless of whether such Option is an ISO or an NQO) shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date on which the Option is granted. In addition, the Committee shall designate the number of Shares, the terms and conditions (which may include, without limitation, the achievement of specific goals), with respect to Options granted under this Plan. Options may be granted by the Committee to any eligible person at any time and from time to time.

As a condition to the grant of an Option, the Participant shall enter into an Option Agreement with the Company upon such terms as the Committee may, in its discretion, require.

(2) Payment of Option Exercise Price. Upon exercise of an Option, the full Option purchase price for the Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised shall be payable to the Company,
(i) in cash or by a check payable and acceptable to the Company or (ii) subject to the approval of the Committee, by tendering to the Company Shares owned by the holder for at least six months having an aggregate Fair Market Value per Share as of the date of exercise and tender which is not greater than the full Option purchase price for the Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised and by paying the remainder of the Option purchase price as provided in (i) above; however, the Committee may, upon confirming that the holder owns the number of additional Shares being tendered, authorize the issuance of a new certificate for the number of Shares being acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Option less the number of Shares being tendered upon the exercise and return to the holder (or not require surrender of) the certificate for the Shares being tendered upon the exercise. Notwithstanding the preceding, a holder may not use any Shares acquired pursuant to an Award granted under this Plan (or any other plan maintained by the Company or any Affiliate) unless the holder has beneficially owned such Shares for at least six months. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. In addition to the foregoing methods of payment, the full Option purchase price for Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised may be payable to the Company by such other methods as the Committee may permit from time to time.

(3) Term. The term of each Option and Right shall be determined by the Committee at the date of grant; provided, however, that each Option that is an ISO shall, notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, expire not more than ten years from the date the Option is granted (or five years from the date of grant to the extent required under Section 6(a)(1)) or, if earlier, the date specified in the certificate evidencing the grant of such Option. An Option that is an NQO shall expire not more than ten years from the date the Option is granted, or if earlier, the date specified in the Option Agreement.

7

(4) Termination of Employment or Relationship. In the event that a Participant's employment or relationship with the Company and its Affiliates shall terminate, for reasons other than (i) retirement pursuant to a retirement plan or policy of the Company or one of its Affiliates ("retirement"), (ii) permanent disability as determined by the Committee based on the opinion of a physician selected or approved by the Committee ("permanent disability") or (iii) death, the Participant's Options and Rights shall be exercisable by him or her, subject to subsection (3) above, only within 90 business days after such termination, but only to the extent the Option or Right was exercisable immediately prior to such termination.

If a Participant shall retire, become permanently disabled or die while entitled to exercise an Option or Rights, the Participant or, if applicable, the Participant's estate, personal representative or beneficiary, as the case may be, shall have the right, subject to the provisions of subsection (3) above, to exercise the Option or Rights at any time within one year from the date of the Participant's retirement, permanent disability or death.

Whether any termination is due to retirement or permanent disability, and whether an authorized leave of absence on military or government service or for other reasons shall constitute a termination for the purpose of this Plan, shall be determined by the Committee.

If the employment, consulting arrangement or service of any Participant with the Company or an Affiliate shall be terminated because of the Participant's violation of the duties of such employment, consulting arrangement or service with the Company or an Affiliate as he or she may from time to time have, the existence of which violation shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion (which determination by the Committee shall be conclusive), all unexercised Options and Rights of such Participant shall terminate immediately upon such termination of such Participant's employment, consulting arrangement or service with the Company and all Affiliates, and a Participant whose employment, consulting arrangement or service with the Company and Affiliates is so terminated, shall have no right after such termination to exercise any unexercised Option or Rights he or she might have exercised prior to termination of his or her employment, consulting arrangement or service with the Company and Affiliates.

(5) Options Granted by Other Corporations. Options may be granted under this Plan from time to time in substitution for stock options held by employees and directors of corporations who become key employees or Directors or directors of the Company or of any Affiliate as a result of any "corporate transaction" as defined in the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 424.

8

(b) Restricted Share Awards.

(1) Awards of Restricted Shares. Restricted Share Awards may be awarded by the Committee to any individual eligible to receive the same, at any time and from time to time before the expiration of ten
(10) years from the Effective Date. In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may grant to any individual who is entitled to receive a bonus, a Restricted Share Award with respect to Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of the grant of such Restricted Share Award equal to a specified percentage determined by the Committee of the amount of such individual's bonus, provided that such individual has made an irrevocable election, at least six months prior to the date of the grant of such Restricted Share Award, to receive such Restricted Share Award in lieu of such bonus.

(2) Purchase Price under Restricted Share Awards. The purchase price of Restricted Shares to be purchased pursuant to a Restricted Share Award shall be fixed by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Restricted Share Award; provided, however, that such purchase price shall not be less than the par value per Share of the Shares subject to the Restricted Share Award. The Committee shall specify, within its discretion, the time and manner in which payment of such purchase price shall be paid.

(3) Description of Restricted Shares. All Restricted Shares purchased by an eligible person shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Restricted Shares shall be subject to such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may establish, which may include, without limitation, "lapse" and "non-lapse" restrictions (as such terms are defined in regulations promulgated under Code Section 83) and the achievement of specific goals;

(ii) the Restricted Shares may not be sold, exchanged, pledged, transferred, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until the terms and conditions set by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Restricted Share Award have been satisfied;

(iii) each certificate representing Restricted Shares issued pursuant to this Plan shall bear a legend making appropriate reference to the following:

"the Shares represented by this certificate have been issued pursuant to the terms of the 2003 Share Incentive Plan of Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. and may not be sold, pledged, transferred, assigned or otherwise encumbered in any manner except as is set forth in the terms of such award dated ________." ; and

9

(iv) except as permitted by the Board, no Restricted Shares granted pursuant to this Plan shall be subject to vesting requirements over a period of less than three years.

If a certificate representing Restricted Shares is issued to an individual (whether or not escrowed as provided below), the individual shall be the record owner of such Shares and shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares (unless the Restricted Share Award specifically provides otherwise), including the right to vote and the right to receive dividends made or paid with respect to such Shares.

In order to enforce the restrictions, terms and conditions that may be applicable to a Participant's Restricted Shares, the Committee may require the Participant, upon the receipt of a certificate or certificates representing such Shares, or at any time thereafter, to deposit such certificate or certificates, together with stock powers and other instruments of transfer, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an escrow agent designated by the Company under an escrow agreement, which may be a part of a Restricted Share Award, in such form as shall be determined by the Committee.

After the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set by the Committee with respect to Restricted Shares issued to an individual, and provided the Restricted Shares are not subject to a non-lapse restriction, a new certificate, without the legend set forth above, for the number of Shares that are no longer subject to such restrictions, terms and conditions shall be delivered to the individual. If such terms and conditions are satisfied as to a portion, but fewer than all, of such Shares, the remaining Shares issued with respect to such Award shall either be reacquired by the Company or, if appropriate under the terms of the award applicable to such Shares, shall continue to be subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions set by the Committee at the time of Award.

(4) Termination of Employment or Relationship. If the employment or relationship with the Company and its Affiliates of a holder of a Restricted Share Award is terminated for any reason before satisfaction of the terms and conditions for the vesting (within the meaning of Code Section 83) of all Shares subject to the Restricted Share Award, the number of Restricted Shares not theretofore vested shall be reacquired by the Company and forfeited, and the purchase price paid for such forfeited Shares by the holder shall be returned to the holder. If Restricted Shares issued shall be reacquired by the Company and forfeited as provided above, the individual, or in the event of his or her death, his or her personal representative, shall forthwith deliver to the Secretary of the Company the certificates representing such Shares, accompanied by such instrument of transfer, if any, as may reasonably be required by the Company.

(c) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents.

(1) General. The Committee shall have the authority to grant Dividend Equivalent Rights to Participants upon such terms and conditions as it shall establish, subject in all events to the following limitations and provisions of general application set

10

forth in this Plan. Each Dividend Equivalent Right shall entitle a holder to receive, for a period of time to be determined by the Committee, a payment equal to the quarterly dividend declared and paid by the Company on one Common Share. If the right relates to a specific Option, the period shall not extend beyond the earliest of the date the Option is exercised, or the expiration date set forth in the Option.

(2) Rights and Options. Each right may relate to a specific Option granted under this Plan and may be granted to the Participant either concurrently with the grant of such Option or at such later time as determined by the Committee, or each right may be granted independent of any Option.

(3) Payments. The Committee shall determine at the time of grant whether payment pursuant to a right shall be immediate or deferred and if immediate, the Company shall make payments pursuant to each right concurrently with the payment of the quarterly dividend to holders of Common Shares. If deferred, the payments shall not be made until a date or the occurrence of an event specified by the Committee and then shall be made within 30 days after the occurrence of the specified date or event, unless the right is forfeited under the terms of the Plan or applicable Award Agreement.

(4) Termination of Employment. In the event of Employment Termination, any Dividend Equivalent Right held by such Participant on the date of Employment Termination shall be forfeited, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Award Agreement.

(d) Consideration for Awards. Subject to the requirements of the Maryland Act, the Company shall obtain such consideration for the grant of an Award under this Section 6 as the Committee in its discretion may determine.

7. ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS.

If, prior to the complete exercise of any Option, or prior to the expiration or lapse of all of the restrictions and conditions imposed pursuant to a Restricted Share Award, there shall be declared and paid a dividend upon the Shares or if the Shares shall be split up, converted, exchanged, reclassified or in any way substituted for, then (i) in the case of an Option, the Option, to the extent that it has not been exercised, shall entitle the holder thereof upon the future exercise of the Option to such number and kind of securities or cash or other property subject to the terms of the Option to which he or she would have been entitled had he or she actually owned the Shares subject to the unexercised portion of the Option at the time of the occurrence of such dividend, split-up, conversion, exchange, reclassification or substitution, and the aggregate purchase price upon the future exercise of the Option shall be the same as if the originally optioned Shares were being purchased thereunder; (ii) in the case of Restricted Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Share Award, the holder of such Award shall receive, subject to the same restrictions and other conditions of such Award as determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 6(b), the same securities or other property as are received by the holders of Shares pursuant to such dividend, split-up, conversion, exchange, reclassification or substitution; and (iii) in the case of a Dividend Equivalent Right, the holder of such Dividend Equivalent

11

Right shall receive, the same securities or other property as are received by the holders of Shares pursuant to such dividend, and in the case of a split-up, conversion, exchange, reclassification or substitution, the Dividend Equivalent Right shall be adjusted, as the Committee determines consistent with the terms of such split-up, conversion, exchange, reclassification or substitution. Any fractional Shares or securities payable upon the exercise of the Option as a result of such adjustment shall be payable in cash based upon the Fair Market Value of such Shares or securities at the time of such exercise. If any such event should occur, the number of Shares with respect to which Awards remain to be issued, or with respect to which Awards may be reissued, shall be adjusted in a similar manner.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the event of a recapitalization, merger, consolidation, rights offering, separation, reorganization or liquidation, or any other change in the corporate structure or outstanding Shares, the Committee may make such equitable adjustments to the number of Shares and the class of shares available hereunder or to any outstanding Awards as it shall deem appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.

8. ACCELERATION.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, all or any part of any remaining unexercised Options granted to any person may be exercised in the following circumstances (but in no event during the six month period commencing on the date granted) and all or any part of any other Award not theretofore vested shall vest: (i) with respect to Options only, immediately upon (but prior to the expiration of the term of the Option) retirement, (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 6, upon the permanent disability or death of the holder, or (iii) upon a Change in Control.

9. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

Should a Change in Control occur, then at the discretion of the Committee, all or any part of any remaining unexercised Options granted to any person hereunder may be repurchased. The repurchase price shall be an amount equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of the Share(s) subject to the Option(s) over (ii) the purchase price per Share, as set forth in the Option Agreement. The repurchase of such Options is specifically approved by the Board and, if necessary to exempt such surrender from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Board shall take any additional action necessary for such approval to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act.

10. PARTICIPANT'S AGREEMENT.

If, at the time of the exercise of any Option or the granting or vesting of an Award, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, it is necessary or desirable, in order to comply with any then applicable laws or regulations relating to the sale of securities, that the individual exercising the Option or receiving the Award shall agree to hold any Shares issued to the individual for investment and without any present intention to resell or distribute the same and that the individual will dispose of such Shares only in compliance with such laws and regulations, the individual will, upon the request of the Company, execute and deliver to the Company a further agreement to such effect.

12

11. WITHHOLDING TAXES.

No Award may be exercised and no distribution of Shares or cash pursuant to an Award may be made under this Plan until appropriate arrangements have been made by the holder with the Company for the payment of any amounts that the Company may be required to withhold with respect thereto, which arrangements may include the tender of previously owned Shares or the withholding of Shares issuable pursuant to such Award.

12. TERMINATION OF AUTHORITY TO MAKE GRANT.

No Awards will be granted pursuant to this Plan after the expiration of ten (10) years from the Effective Date.

13. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

The Board may from time to time and at any time alter, amend, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan or, with the consent of an affected holder, any outstanding Awards hereunder, provided, however, that no such action of the Board may, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, alter the provisions of this Plan or outstanding Awards so as to (i) increase the maximum number of Shares which may be subject to Awards under this Plan (except as provided in Section 5(b)); or (ii) change the class of persons eligible to receive Awards; or (iii) amend this Plan in any manner that would require stockholder approval under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or under Code Section
162(m); or (iv) reduce the purchase price on an outstanding Option.

14. PREEMPTION BY APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS.

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if, at any time specified herein for the making of any determination or payment, or the issuance or other distribution of Shares, any law, regulation or requirement of any governmental authority having jurisdiction in the premises shall require either the Company or the Participant (or the Participant's beneficiary), as the case may be, to take any action in connection with any such determination, payment, issuance or distribution, the issuance or distribution of such Shares or the making of such determination or payment, as the case may be, shall be deferred until such action shall have been taken.

15. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) No Employment Contract. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as conferring upon any Participant the right to continue in the employ, or as a Director of or consultant to, of the Company or any Affiliate.

(b) Employment or Service with Affiliates. Employment by, or service for, the Company for the purpose of this Plan shall be deemed to include employment by, or service for, any Affiliate.

(c) No Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by the Participant's Award until the date of the issuance of such

13

Shares to the Participant pursuant thereto. No adjustment will be made for dividends or other distributions or rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such issuance.

(d) Nonassignability.

(1) General. Neither a Participant nor a Participant's estate, personal representative or beneficiary shall have the power or right to sell, exchange, pledge, transfer, assign or otherwise encumber or dispose of such Participant's estate's, personal representative's or beneficiary's interest arising under this Plan nor shall such interest be subject to seizure for the payment of a Participant's or beneficiary's debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance or be transferable by operation of the law in the event of a Participant's, estate's, personal representative's or beneficiary's bankruptcy or insolvency and to the extent any such interest arising under this Plan is awarded to a spouse pursuant to any divorce proceeding, such interest shall be deemed to be terminated and forfeited, notwithstanding any vesting provisions or other terms herein or in such Award.

(2) Transfers to Family Trusts. Notwithstanding the preceding or any other limitation on the transferability of Awards, the Committee may (in its sole discretion) permit a Participant to transfer an Award, or cause the Company to grant an Award that otherwise would be granted to a Participant, to a trust established for the benefit of one or more of the children, grandchildren or spouse of the Participant or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order. Any Participant desiring to make a transfer pursuant to this subsection shall make application therefore in such manner and time specified by the Committee and shall comply with such other requirements as the Committee may require to assure compliance with all applicable securities laws. The Committee shall not give permission for such an issuance or transfer if it would give rise to short-swing liability under Section 16(b) or if it may not be made in compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws. The granting of permission for such an issuance or transfer shall not obligate the Company to register the Shares to be issued under an Award under federal or state securities laws.

(e) Governing Law; Construction. All rights and obligations under this Plan shall be governed by, and this Plan shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws. Titles and headings to Sections herein are for purposes of reference only, and shall in no way limit, define or otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions of this Plan.

14

EXHIBIT 10.9

SUNSET CAPITAL INVESTMENTS, INC.
2003 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Date of Grant:    _______, 2003

Name of Optionee: [NAME]

Number of Shares: [#####]

Price Per Share:  $________, at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per
                  share of a share of Common Stock of Sunset
                  Investments, Inc., as of the date of grant, as
                  determined in accordance with the terms of the Sunset
                  Investments, Inc. 2003 Share Incentive Plan (the
                  "Plan").

Sunset Investments, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), hereby grants to the above-named Optionee (the "Optionee") an option (the "Option") to purchase from the Company, for the price per share set forth above, the number of shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value (the "Stock"), of the Company set forth above pursuant to the Sunset Investments, Inc. 2003 Share Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). THIS OPTION IS INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE AN "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE").

1. TERMS. The terms and conditions of the Option granted hereby, to the extent not controlled by the terms and conditions contained in the Plan, are as follows:

a. PRICE. The price at which each share of Stock subject to this Option may be purchased shall be the price set forth above, subject to any adjustments that may be made pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

b. EXERCISE AND VESTING. This Option may be exercised only to the extent that such Option is vested in accordance with the following table:

                                     May Be Purchased
                           ----------------------------------------
Number of Shares           Not Before                  Not After
----------------           ----------              ----------------
      ####                _____1, 200_                _____1, 2013
      ####                _____1, 200_                _____1, 2013
      ####                _____1, 200_                _____1, 2013
      ####                _____1, 200_                _____1, 2013


Subject to the preceding vesting schedule, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part. Except as set forth in Paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 hereof, (i) the Optionee may not exercise this Option unless at the time of exercise he has been in the employ of the Company and/or an Affiliate of the Company continuously since the date of the grant of this Option, and (ii) the unvested portion of this Option shall terminate and be forfeited immediately on the date the Optionee ceases to be a full-time employee of the Company. This Option shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionee only by him or his guardian or legal representative. Neither the Optionee nor any person exercising this Option pursuant to Paragraph 6 hereof may exercise this Option for a fraction of a share.

2. EXERCISE AND PAYMENT.

a. MANNER OF EXERCISE. The Optionee (or his representative, guardian, devisee or heir, as applicable) may exercise any portion of this Option that has become exercisable in accordance with the terms hereof as to all or any of the shares of Stock by giving written notice of exercise to the Company, in form satisfactory to the Board, specifying the number of shares to be purchased and accompanying such notice with payment of the full purchase price therefor in (i) lawful United States currency or (ii) partially or entirely in whole shares of Stock of the Company owned or held by the Optionee for a period of six (6) months prior to the date of exercise, which has a Fair Market Value per share (as defined in the Plan) equal to the Option price for such number of shares as of the close of business on the immediately preceding business day, with the balance, if any, to be paid in cash. This Option may not be exercised for less than fifty (50) shares of Stock or the number of shares of Stock remaining subject to this Option, whichever is smaller. The election shall state the address to which dividends, notices, reports, etc. are to be sent, and shall contain the Optionee's social security number. Only one (1) certificate evidencing the Stock will be issued unless the Optionee otherwise requests in writing. Shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option will be issued in the name of the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be entitled to any rights and privileges as a shareholder of the Company in respect of any shares of Stock covered by this Option until such shares of Stock shall have been paid for in full and issued to the Optionee.

b. PAYMENT. Payment shall be in cash, or by certified or cashier's check payable to the order of the Company, free from all collection charges, by delivery of shares of Stock already owned by the Optionee and having a fair market value equal to the aggregate Option Price, by a combination of cash and shares of Stock. Options shall be deemed to have been exercised on the first date upon which the Company receives the notice of exercise, payment of the purchase price and all other documents, information and amounts required in respect of such exercise by the Plan or this Agreement.

3. THE PLAN AND THE COMMITTEE. It is understood that the Plan is incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein. The Plan shall control in the event there shall be any conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, and it shall control as to any matters not contained in this Agreement. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Plan shall have the same meanings in this Agreement as are assigned to such terms in the Plan. The Committee shall have authority to make constructions of this Agreement, and to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Agreement, and to prescribe rules and regulations relating to the administration of this Option and other Options granted under the Plan.

2

4. WITHHOLDING TAX. Prior to the exercise of this Option, and as a condition to the Company's obligation to deliver shares upon such exercise, or in connection with any disposition of shares acquired pursuant to such exercise, the holder of this Option shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment of any applicable federal or other withholding taxes payable as a result thereof, which the Optionee may elect to satisfy by instructing the Company to retain a sufficient number of shares of Stock to cover the amount required to be withheld.

5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR RELATIONSHIP. If Optionee's employment relationship with the Company shall be terminated for any reason prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Option, then (except as provided in Sections 6 and 7 below) all rights of such Optionee under this Agreement shall terminate and shall be forfeited effective as of the date of such termination of employment. If Optionee's employment with the Company shall terminate for any reason other than due to Optionee becoming Disabled, or for death, then Optionee shall be entitled to exercise the option (to the extent vested) for a period of thirty (30) days following the date of such termination. Following such thirty
(30)-day period, all rights of such Optionee under this Agreement shall terminate and shall be forfeited.

6. DEATH OR DISABILITY. In the event of termination of employment by reason of Optionee becoming Disabled or the death of the Optionee while he is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, this Option shall be fully exercisable (whether or not exercisable on the date of his death or termination of employment by reason of becoming Disabled) at any time prior to the expiration date of this Option or within twelve (12) months after the date of death or becoming Disabled, as applicable, or termination of employment, whichever is the shorter period, by Optionee, the person or persons specified in the Optionee's will or, if the Optionee shall have failed to make specific provision in his will for such exercise or shall have died intestate, or in the case of becoming Disabled, when appropriate, by the Optionee's guardian or legal representative.

7. ACCELERATION OF VESTING. If a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) of the Company occurs prior to ________, 2013, then all or any part of this Option not theretofore vested shall become immediately vested and be fully exercisable as of the date of the Change in Control (the "Acceleration Date"). The Optionee shall have 90 days following the Acceleration Date to exercise this Option (or the date specified in Section 1(b) if the exercise period would otherwise expire sooner).

8. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Each exercise of this Option shall, at the election of the Committee, be contingent upon receipt by the Company from the holder of this Option of such written representations concerning his intentions with regard to retention or disposition of the shares of Stock being acquired by exercise of this Option and/or such written covenants and agreements as to the manner of disposal of such shares as, in the opinion of the Committee, may be necessary to ensure that any disposition by such holder will not involve a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, or any other applicable statute or regulation, as then in effect. This Option shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Stock subject to this Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of the issuance or delivery of shares of Stock hereunder, this Option may not be exercised

3

unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

9. RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. Neither the Optionee nor his guardian or legal representatives shall be or have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company in respect of any of the shares of Stock deliverable upon the exercise of this Option unless and until certificates representing such shares shall have been issued and delivered.

10. NO RIGHT OF EMPLOYMENT. Neither the granting of this Option, the exercise of any part hereof, nor any provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall constitute or be evidence of any understanding, express or implied, on the part of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company to employ the Optionee for any specified period.

11. REPRESENTATION OF OPTIONEE. Optionee hereby represents and warrants to the Company that, if the option is exercised, the shares of Stock shall be acquired solely for Optionee's own account, for investment purposes only and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the shares of Stock are unregistered and may not be sold unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or unless an exemption from such registration is available; (ii) the exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act may not ever become available; and (iii) the Company is under no obligation to register the shares of Stock under the Securities Act or any state securities law or to make Rule 144 (or any other exemption) available.

12. NON-TRANSFERABLE. Except pursuant to a will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, this Agreement, the Options represented hereby and the rights and privileges conferred hereby may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated or otherwise disposed of in any way and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Option, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, contrary to the provisions hereof, this Option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall immediately become null and void.

13. NOTICE. Every notice or other communication relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be mailed or delivered to the party for whom it is intended, in each case properly addressed, if to the Company, at the address of its principal office, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, or if mailed or delivered to the Optionee, at the address set forth below his signature to this Agreement (or at such other address or in care of such other person as may hereafter be designated in writing by either party to the other).

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name by its duly authorized officer on the date first above written, and the Optionee has hereunto set his hand on such date.

COMPANY:

SUNSET INVESTMENTS, INC.


[Name & Title]

OPTIONEE:


[Name]
Address:



Social Security Number:

5

EXHIBIT 10.10

SUNSET CAPITAL INVESTMENTS, INC.
2003 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Date of Grant:    _______, 2003

Name of Optionee: [NAME]

Number of Shares: [#####]

Price Per Share:  $________, at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per
                  share of a share of Common Stock of Sunset
                  Investments, Inc., as of the date of grant, as
                  determined in accordance with the terms of the Sunset
                  Investments, Inc. 2003 Share Incentive Plan (the
                  "Plan").

Sunset Investments, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), hereby grants to the above-named Optionee (the "Optionee") an option (the "Option") to purchase from the Company, for the price per share set forth above, the number of shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value (the "Stock"), of the Company set forth above pursuant to the Sunset Investments, Inc. 2003 Share Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). THIS OPTION IS A "NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION" AND IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE AN "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" WITHIN THE MEANING OF
SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE").

1. TERMS. The terms and conditions of the Option granted hereby, to the extent not controlled by the terms and conditions contained in the Plan, are as follows:

a. PRICE. The price at which each share of Stock subject to this Option may be purchased shall be the price set forth above, subject to any adjustments that may be made pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

b. EXERCISE AND VESTING. This Option may be exercised only to the extent that such Option is vested in accordance with the following table:

                                         May Be Purchased
                                         ----------------
Number of Shares            Not Before                       Not After
----------------            ----------                       ---------
      ####                 _____1, 200_                     _____1, 2013
      ####                 _____1, 200_                     _____1, 2013
      ####                 _____1, 200_                     _____1, 2013
      ####                 _____1, 200_                     _____1, 2013


Subject to the preceding vesting schedule, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part. Except as set forth in Paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 hereof, (i) the Optionee may not exercise this Option unless at the time of exercise he is in the employ of the Company and/or an Affiliate of the Company on the date of exercise, and (ii) the unvested portion of this Option shall terminate and be forfeited immediately on the date the Optionee ceases to be a full-time employee of the Company. This Option shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionee only by him or his guardian or legal representative. Neither the Optionee nor any person exercising this Option pursuant to Paragraph 6 hereof may exercise this Option for a fraction of a share.

2. EXERCISE AND PAYMENT.

a. MANNER OF EXERCISE. The Optionee (or his representative, guardian, devisee or heir, as applicable) may exercise any portion of this Option that has become exercisable in accordance with the terms hereof as to all or any of the shares of Stock by giving written notice of exercise to the Company, in form satisfactory to the Board, specifying the number of shares to be purchased and accompanying such notice with payment of the full purchase price therefor in (i) lawful United States currency or (ii) partially or entirely in whole shares of Stock of the Company owned or held by the Optionee for a period of six (6) months prior to the date of exercise, which has a Fair Market Value per share (as defined in the Plan) equal to the Option price for such number of shares as of the close of business on the immediately preceding business day, with the balance, if any, to be paid in cash. This Option may not be exercised for less than fifty (50) shares of Stock or the number of shares of Stock remaining subject to this Option, whichever is smaller. The election shall state the address to which dividends, notices, reports, etc. are to be sent, and shall contain the Optionee's social security number. Only one (1) certificate evidencing the Stock will be issued unless the Optionee otherwise requests in writing. Shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option will be issued in the name of the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be entitled to any rights and privileges as a shareholder of the Company in respect of any shares of Stock covered by this Option until such shares of Stock shall have been paid for in full and issued to the Optionee.

b. PAYMENT. Payment shall be in cash, or by certified or cashier's check payable to the order of the Company, free from all collection charges, by delivery of shares of Stock already owned by the Optionee and having a fair market value equal to the aggregate Option Price, by a combination of cash and shares of Stock. Options shall be deemed to have been exercised on the first date upon which the Company receives the notice of exercise, payment of the purchase price and all other documents, information and amounts required in respect of such exercise by the Plan or this Agreement.

3. THE PLAN AND THE COMMITTEE. It is understood that the Plan is incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein. The Plan shall control in the event there shall be any conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, and it shall control as to any matters not contained in this Agreement. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Plan shall have the same meanings in this Agreement as are assigned to such terms in the Plan. The Committee shall have authority to make constructions of this Agreement, and to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Agreement, and to prescribe rules and regulations relating to the administration of this Option and other Options granted under the Plan.

2

4. WITHHOLDING TAX. Prior to the exercise of this Option, and as a condition to the Company's obligation to deliver shares upon such exercise, or in connection with any disposition of shares acquired pursuant to such exercise, the holder of this Option shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment of any applicable federal or other withholding taxes payable as a result thereof, which the Optionee may elect to satisfy by instructing the Company to retain a sufficient number of shares of Stock to cover the amount required to be withheld.

5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR RELATIONSHIP. If Optionee's employment relationship with the Company shall be terminated for any reason prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Option, then (except as provided in
Section 6 and 7 below) all rights of such Optionee under this Agreement shall terminate and shall be forfeited effective as of the date of such termination of employment. If Optionee's employment with the Company shall terminate for any reason other than due to Optionee becoming Disabled, or for death, then Optionee shall be entitled to exercise the option (to the extent vested) for a period of thirty (30) days following the date of such termination. Following such thirty
(30)-day period, all rights of such Optionee under this Agreement shall terminate and shall be forfeited.

6. DEATH OR DISABILITY. In the event of termination of employment by reason of Optionee becoming Disabled or the death of the Optionee while he is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, this Option shall be fully exercisable (whether or not exercisable on the date of his death or termination of employment by reason of becoming Disabled) at any time prior to the expiration date of this Option or within twelve (12) months after the date of death or becoming Disabled, as applicable, or termination of employment, whichever is the shorter period, by Optionee, the person or persons specified in the Optionee's will or, if the Optionee shall have failed to make specific provision in his will for such exercise or shall have died intestate, or in the case of becoming Disabled, when appropriate, by the Optionee's guardian or legal representative.

7. ACCELERATION OF VESTING. If a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) of the Company occurs prior to ________, 2013, then all or any part of this Option not theretofore vested shall become immediately vested and be fully exercisable as of the date of the Change in Control (the "Acceleration Date"). The Optionee shall have 90 days following the Acceleration Date to exercise this Option (or the date specified in Section 1(b) if the exercise period would otherwise expire sooner).

8. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Each exercise of this Option shall, at the election of the Committee, be contingent upon receipt by the Company from the holder of this Option of such written representations concerning his intentions with regard to retention or disposition of the shares of Stock being acquired by exercise of this Option and/or such written covenants and agreements as to the manner of disposal of such shares as, in the opinion of the Committee, may be necessary to ensure that any disposition by such holder will not involve a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, or any other applicable statute or regulation, as then in effect. This Option shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Stock subject to this Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of the issuance or delivery of shares of Stock hereunder, this Option may not be exercised

3

unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

9. RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. Neither the Optionee nor his guardian or legal representatives shall be or have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company in respect of any of the shares of Stock deliverable upon the exercise of this Option unless and until certificates representing such shares shall have been issued and delivered.

10. NO RIGHT OF EMPLOYMENT. Neither the granting of this Option, the exercise of any part hereof, nor any provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall constitute or be evidence of any understanding, express or implied, on the part of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company to employ the Optionee for any specified period.

11. REPRESENTATION OF OPTIONEE. Optionee hereby represents and warrants to the Company that, if the option is exercised, the shares of Stock shall be acquired solely for Optionee's own account, for investment purposes only and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the shares of Stock are unregistered and may not be sold unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or unless an exemption from such registration is available; (ii) the exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act may not ever become available; and (iii) the Company is under no obligation to register the shares of Stock under the Securities Act or any state securities law or to make Rule 144 (or any other exemption) available.

12. NON-TRANSFERABLE. Except pursuant to a will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, this Agreement, the Options represented hereby and the rights and privileges conferred hereby may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated or otherwise disposed of in any way and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Option, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, contrary to the provisions hereof, this Option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall immediately become null and void.

13. NOTICE. Every notice or other communication relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be mailed or delivered to the party for whom it is intended, in each case properly addressed, if to the Company, at the address of its principal office, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, or if mailed or delivered to the Optionee, at the address set forth below his signature to this Agreement (or at such other address or in care of such other person as may hereafter be designated in writing by either party to the other).

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name by its duly authorized officer on the date first above written, and the Optionee has hereunto set his hand on such date.

COMPANY:

SUNSET INVESTMENTS, INC.


[Name & Title]

OPTIONEE:


[Name] Address:



Social Security Number:

5

EXHIBIT 10.11

RESTRICTED SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT
DATED: __________, 2003

XXXX Restricted Common Shares (the "Shares") in SUNSET CAPITAL INVESTMENTS, INC. (the "Company") are hereby awarded for the benefit of [NAME] (the "Participant"), subject to the terms and conditions of the Sunset Capital Investments, Inc. 2003 Share Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). These shares have been awarded pursuant to the Plan administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The Shares are further subject to the following terms and conditions.

1. Vesting of Shares.

(a) The Shares shall become nonforfeitable as determined in accordance with the schedule set forth below:

Aggregate Percent Vested            Vesting Date
------------------------            ------------
         20%                       ___________, 2004
         40%                       ___________, 2005
         60%                       ___________, 2006
         80%                       ___________, 2007
        100%                       ___________, 2008

Any Shares awarded hereunder that have vested pursuant to the above schedule are referred to herein as "Vested Shares." Any Shares awarded hereunder that have not vested pursuant to the above schedule are referred to herein as "Unvested Shares." The grant by the Company to the Participant of the Shares hereunder is hereinafter referred to as the "Restricted Share Award." Vested Shares may be purchased from the Company at a price of $XX.XX per share.

(b) The Unvested Shares may not be sold, exchanged, pledged, transferred, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until they have become nonforfeitable in accordance with this Section 1. The Company shall place a stop order with the Transfer Agent against any transfer of the Unvested Shares, until such time as the Unvested Shares shall become nonforfeitable in accordance with this Section 1.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 1(a) hereof, if the employment or relationship with the Company and its Affiliates (as defined below) of the Participant is terminated before satisfaction of the terms and conditions for the vesting (within the meaning of Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) of all Unvested Shares, the number of Unvested Shares not theretofore vested shall be forfeited without remuneration by the Company. If Unvested Shares issued shall be returned to the Company and forfeited as provided above, the Participant, or in the event of the Participant's death, the Participant's personal representative, shall forthwith deliver to the Secretary of the Company the certificates representing such Restricted Shares, accompanied by such instrument of transfer, if any, as may reasonably be required by the Company. For purposes of this Section 1(c) the term "Affiliate" means any corporation more than 50% of whose stock having general voting power is owned by the Company or by another Affiliate of the Company.


2. Share Incentive Plan. The Company and the Participant each hereby agree to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in the 2003 Share Incentive Plan of Sunset Capital Investments, Inc. and each and every successor plan thereto (collectively, the "Plan"); provided, however, that in the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall govern and control.

3. Acceleration. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award to the contrary, all or any part of the Restricted Share Award not theretofore vested shall vest: (a) upon the occurrence of such special circumstance or event as in the opinion of the Committee merits special consideration, or (b) upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) in which case the date on which the accelerated vesting shall occur (the "Acceleration Date") shall be the date of such Change in Control.

4. Notices. Any notices or other communications given in connection with this Award shall be mailed, and shall be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the indicated address as follows:

If to the Company:

Sunset Capital Investments, Inc.
4231 Walnut Bend
Jacksonville, Florida 32257

If to Participant:




or to such changed address as to which either party has given notice to the other party in accordance with this Section 4. All notices shall be deemed given when so mailed, except that a notice of a change of address shall be deemed given when received.

5. Entire Award. This Award (and the certificate, if any, issued to the Participant with respect to the Shares) together with the Plan, constitute the whole agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior oral and written communications and agreements, and all contemporaneous oral communications and agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

6. No Employment Agreement. This Award shall not be construed as creating any contract of employment between the Company and the Participant, and the Company shall have the same control over the Participant as if this Award had never been executed.

7. Successors and Assigns. This Award shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Participant and the Participant's heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. This Award shall not be assignable by the Participant. Neither the Participant nor the

2

Participant's estate, personal representative or beneficiary shall have the power or right to sell, exchange, pledge, transfer, assign or otherwise encumber or dispose of the Participant's, estate's, personal representative's or beneficiary's interest in the Restricted Share Bonus Award and to the extent any such interest is awarded to a spouse pursuant to any divorce proceeding, such interest shall be deemed to be terminated and forfeited, notwithstanding any vesting provisions or other terms herein. Notwithstanding any provision of this Award to the contrary, the Participant may make certain permitted transfers of his or her Rights to Repurchase the Shares as expressly permitted by the Plan.

8. Governing Law. This Award shall be subject to, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

9. Preemption. Notwithstanding anything in this Award to the contrary, if, at any time specified herein for the making of any determination or payment, or the issuance or other distribution of the Shares, any law, regulation or requirement of any governmental authority having jurisdiction in the premises shall require either the Company or the Participant (or the Participant's beneficiary), as the case may be, to take any action in connection with any such determination, payment, issuance or distribution, the issuance or distribution of such Shares or the making of such determination or payment, as the case may be, shall be deferred until such action shall have been taken.

10. Construction. Titles and headings to Sections herein are for purposes of reference only, and shall in no way limit, define or otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions of this Award.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Award as of the date and year first above written.

SUNSET CAPITAL INVESTMENTS, INC.

By:

[Name and Title]


[Name of Participant]

3

EXHIBIT 10.12

DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS AGREEMENT
UNDER THE SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN OF
SUNSET CAPITAL INVESTMENTS, INC.

This Dividend Equivalent Rights Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as of the ___ day of ________, 2003, by and between SUNSET CAPITAL INVESTMENTS, INC., a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), and the person who has signed this Agreement and has acquired the Dividend Equivalent Rights ("DERs") pursuant to the grant under this Agreement and all the terms and conditions thereof (the "Grantee").

1. TERMS OF GRANT OF DERS. The Company hereby grants to the Grantee DERs with respect to _______ common shares of the Company ("Shares"). The DERs granted hereunder shall entitle the Grantee to receive a payment equal to the quarterly dividend (if any) declared and paid by the Company on such number of Shares. Any dividends that are payable to the Grantee under this Agreement shall be payable annually on or before December 31 of each calendar year. The term of the DERs granted hereunder shall be for a period equal to the lesser of 10 years from the date hereof unless earlier terminated in accordance with the Plan.

2. AWARD GRANTED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN. The DERs awarded pursuant to this Agreement are issued pursuant to the 2003 Share Incentive Plan of Sunset Capital Investments, Inc. (the "Plan"). The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, and in the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Agreement and those of the Plan, the terms and provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the powers of the Committee thereunder, shall prevail and be controlling.

3. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. Except as otherwise provided herein, the DERs issued pursuant to this Agreement, and rights and privileges conferred hereby, may not be transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or encumbered in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of the DERs, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, contrary to the provisions hereof, such DERs shall automatically be forfeited by the Grantee and returned to the Company.

4. FORFEITURE OF DERS. Except as limited by Section 6 of this Agreement, in the event that the Grantee's employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, to the extent set forth in the Plan, all DERs shall immediately be forfeited by the Grantee to the Company.

5. WITHHOLDING OF APPLICABLE TAXES. The Company shall have the right to withhold from any transfer or payment made to the Grantee under this Agreement, all federal, state, city or other taxes as may be required pursuant to any statute or governmental regulation or ruling. In connection with such withholding, the Company may make arrangements consistent with this Agreement as it may deem appropriate.

6. CHANGE IN CONTROL. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence of a "Change in Control," all DERs shall become fully vested in Grantee and shall vest in Grantee or Grantee's designated beneficiary or estate, on the same


conditions (other than vesting) as would have applied had the Change in Control not occurred. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change in Control" shall have the meaning assigned to such term under the Plan.

7. NO AGREEMENT OF EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Grantee an agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company shall continue the employment or service of such individual.

8. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. This Agreement may be amended or terminated in whole or in part by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, but no such action shall adversely affect or alter any right or obligation existing prior to such amendment or termination.

9. BENEFIT OF THIS AGREEMENT. The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Grantee and his or her executors or administrators, heirs and personal and legal representatives.

10. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to, and governed by, the laws of the State of Maryland, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under the applicable principles of conflicts of law of the State of Maryland, and all matters pertaining hereto shall be deemed to be performable in Jacksonville, Florida.

11. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law, such provisions shall be fully severable, and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom, and in lieu of such provision, there shall be added automatically as a part of this Agreement, a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible, and the Company and Grantee hereby request the court or any arbitrator to whom disputes relating to this Agreement are submitted to reform the otherwise unenforceable covenant in accordance with the proceeding provision.

12. NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be deemed given when delivered personally, or when deposited /in a United States Post Office, postage prepaid, addressed, as appropriate, to Grantee either at the address set forth in the records of the Company or such other address as Grantee may designate in writing to the Board, or to the Board at 4231 Walnut Bend, Jacksonville, Florida 32257 or such other address as the Board may designate in writing to Grantee.

13. TRANSFER OF RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. The Company may at any time transfer and assign its rights and delegate its obligations under this Agreement to any other person, corporation, firm or entity, with or without consideration.

-2-

14. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Except to the extent specifically limited by the terms and provisions of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives.

15. MISCELLANEOUS. Titles and captions contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. Except as specifically provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any right pursuant hereto or interest herein shall be assignable by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.

COMPANY:

SUNSET CAPITAL INVESTMENTS, INC.

By:

[Name and Title]

GRANTEE


Address:

-3-

EXHIBIT 10.13

AGREEMENT OF LEASE

BETWEEN

LIBERTY PROPERTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

AND

SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.


LEASE AGREEMENT

(MULTI-TENANT OFFICE)

INDEX

SECTION  SECTION                                                        PAGE
-------- -------                                                        ----
1.   Summary of Terms and Certain Definitions............................1
2.   Premises............................................................2
3.   Acceptance of Premises..............................................2
4.   Use; Compliance.....................................................2
5.   Term................................................................3
6.   Minimum Annual Rent.................................................3
7.   Operation of Property; Payment of Expenses..........................3
8.   Signs...............................................................6
9.   Alterations and Fixtures............................................6
10.  Mechanics' Liens....................................................6
11.  Landlord's Right to Relocate Tenant; Right of Entry.................7
12.  Damage by Fire or Other Casualty....................................7
13.  Condemnation........................................................7
14.  Non-Abatement of Rent...............................................8
15.  Indemnification of Landlord.........................................8
16.  Waiver of Claims....................................................8
17.  Quiet Enjoyment.....................................................8
18.  Assignment and Subletting...........................................9
19.  Subordination; Mortgagee's Rights...................................9
20.  Recording; Tenant's Certificate.....................................10
21.  Surrender; Abandoned Property.......................................10
22.  Curing Tenant's Defaults............................................10
23.  Defaults - Remedies.................................................11
24.  Representations of Tenant...........................................12
25.  Liability of Landlord...............................................12
26.  Interpretation; Definitions.........................................13
27.  Notices.............................................................14
28.  Security Deposit....................................................14

2

RIDER INDEX

SECTION

SECTION                                                               PAGE

29.  FLA:  Radon Gas                                                   R-1

30.  Monthly Payments                                                  R-1

31.  Mechanic's Liens                                                  R-1

32.  Waiver of Jury Trial                                              R-1

33.  Option To Extend Term (Fixed Amount Rental Increase)              R-1

34.  Tenant Improvements                                               R-2

35.  Tenant's Release If Expands                                       R-3

36.  Additional Security Deposit                                       R-3

37.  Landlord's Right to Relocate Tenant; Right of Entry               R-3

3

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is made by and between LIBERTY PROPERTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Pennsylvania limited partnership ("LANDLORD") with its address at 4190 Belfort Road, Suite 160, Jacksonville, Florida 32216 and SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC. a corporation organized under the laws of Florida ("TENANT") with its address at 4231 Walnut Bend, Suite 1-A, Jacksonville, Florida 32257 and is dated as of the date on which this lease has been fully executed by Landlord and Tenant.

1. SUMMARY OF TERMS AND CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

(a) "PREMISES": Approximate rentable square feet: 7,402

(Section 2) Suite: 305

(b) "BUILDING": Approximate rentable square feet: 51,793

(Section 2) Address: 10245 Centurion Parkway North Jacksonville, Florida 32256

(c) "TERM": Sixty-three (63) months plus any partial month from the Commencement Date until the first

(Section 5) day of the first full calendar month during the Term

(i) "COMMENCEMENT DATE": On or about March 1, 2004, but no later than the date on which Tenant occupies the Premises

(ii) "EXPIRATION DATE": See Section 5

(d) MINIMUM RENT (Section 6) & OPERATING EXPENSES (Section 7)

(i) "MINIMUM ANNUAL RENT": $67,728.30 (Sixty Seven Thousand, Seven Hundred Twenty-eight and 30/100 Dollars), payable in monthly installments of $5,644.03 (Five Thousand, Six Hundred Forty-four and 03/100 Dollars), increased as follows:

                                                  Prorated                                                     Prorated
Lease Months       Annual         Monthly           Rent        Lease Months     Annual          Monthly         Rent
------------     -----------    -----------     -----------     ------------   -----------     -----------     --------
     1-6                        $  2,825.10     $ 16,950.58       25-36        $ 71,852.95     $  5,987.75
    7-12                        $  5,644.03     $ 33,864.15       37-48        $ 74,008.54     $  6,167.38
    13-24        $ 69,760.15    $  5,813.35                       49-60        $ 76,228.80     $  6,352.40
                                                                  61-63                        $  6,542.97     $ 19,628.91

(ii) ESTIMATED "ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES": $45,522.30 (Forty Five Thousand, Five Hundred Twenty-two and 30/100 Dollars), payable in monthly installments of $3,793.53 (Three Thousand, Seven Hundred Ninety-three and 53/100 Dollars), subject to adjustment (Section 7(a))

(e) "PROPORTIONATE SHARE" (Section 7(a)): 14.29 % (Ratio of approximate rentable square feet in the Premises to approximate rentable square feet in the Building)

(f) "USE" (Section 4): General and administrative office purposes
(excluding any "place of public accommodation")

(g) "SECURITY DEPOSIT" (Section 28): $9,437.56 (Nine Thousand, Four Hundred Thirty-seven and 56/100 Dollars)

(h) CONTENTS: This lease consists of the Index, pages 1 through 11 containing Sections 1 through 28 and the following, all of which are attached hereto and made a part of this lease:

Rider with Sections 29 through 37             "C" - Building Rules
Exhibits: "A" - Plan showing Premises         "D" - Cleaning Schedule
          "B" - Commencement Certificate Form
          "E" - Estoppel Certificate Form

4

2. PREMISES. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises as shown on attached Exhibit "A" within the Building (the Building and the lot on which it is located, the "PROPERTY"), together with the nonexclusive right with Landlord and other occupants of the Building to use all areas and facilities provided by Landlord for the use of all tenants in the Property including any lobbies, hallways, driveways, sidewalks and parking, loading and landscaped areas (the "COMMON AREAS").

3. ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Tenant has examined and knows the condition of the Property, the zoning, streets, sidewalks, parking areas, curbs and access ways adjoining it, visible easements, any surface conditions and the present uses, and Tenant accepts them in the condition in which they now are, without relying on any representation, covenant or warranty by Landlord Tenant and its agents shall have the right, at Tenant's own risk, expense and responsibility, at all reasonable times prior to the Commencement Date, to enter the Premises for the purpose of taking measurements and installing its furnishings and equipment, provided that the Premises are vacant and Tenant obtains Landlord's prior written consent.

4. USE; COMPLIANCE.

(a) PERMITTED USE. Tenant shall occupy and use the Premises for and only for the Use specified in Section l(f) above and in such a manner as is lawful, reputable and will not create any nuisance or otherwise interfere with any other tenant's normal operations or the management of the Building. Without limiting the foregoing, such Use shall exclude any use that would cause the Premises or the Property to be deemed a "place of public accommodation" under the Americans with Disabilities Act (the "ADA") as further described in the Building Rules (defined below). All Common Areas shall be subject to Landlord's exclusive control and management at all times. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of any portion of the Common Areas for other than their intended use.

(b) COMPLIANCE. From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall comply promptly, at its sole expense, (including making any alterations or improvements) with all laws (including the ADA), ordinances, notices, orders, rules, regulations and requirements regulating the Property during the Term which impose any duty upon Landlord or Tenant with respect to Tenant's use, occupancy or alteration of, or Tenant's installations in or upon, the Property including the Premises, (as the same may be amended, the "LAWS AND REQUIREMENTS") and the building rules attached as Exhibit "C", as amended by Landlord from time to time, (the "BUILDING RULES"). Provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to comply with the Laws and Requirements with respect to the footings, foundations, structural steel columns and girders forming a part of the Property unless the need for such compliance arises out of Tenant's use, occupancy or alteration of the Property, or by any act or omission of Tenant or any employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees ("AGENTS") of Tenant. With respect to Tenants obligations as to the Property, other than the Premises, at Landlord's option and at Tenant's expense, Landlord may comply with any repair, replacement or other construction requirements of the Laws and Requirements and Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs thereof as additional rent.

(c) ENVIRONMENTAL. Tenant shall comply, at its sole expense, with all Laws and Requirements as set forth above, all manufacturers' instructions and all requirements of insurers relating to the treatment, production, storage, handling, transfer, processing, transporting, use, disposal and release of hazardous substances, hazardous mixtures, chemicals, pollutants, petroleum products, toxic or radioactive matter (the "RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES"). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of all Material Safety Data Sheets or other written information prepared by manufacturers, importers or suppliers of any chemical and all notices, filings, permits and any other written communications from or to Tenant and any entity regulating any Restricted Activities.

(d) NOTICE. If at any time during or after the Term, Tenant becomes aware of any inquiry, investigation or proceeding regarding the Restricted Activities or becomes aware of any claims, actions or investigations regarding the ADA, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice, within 5 days after first learning thereof, providing all available information and copies of any notices.

5. TERM. The Term of this lease shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall end at 11:59 p.m. on the last day of the Term (the "EXPIRATION DATE"), without the necessity for notice from either party, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms hereof. At Landlord's request, Tenant shall confirm the Commencement Date and Expiration Date by executing a lease commencement certificate in the form attached as Exhibit "B".

5

6. MINIMUM ANNUAL RENT. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Minimum Annual Rent in equal monthly installments in the amount set forth in Section l(d) (as increased at the beginning of each lease year as set forth in Section l(d)), in advance, on the first day of each calendar month during the Term without notice, demand or setoff, at Landlord's address designated at the beginning of this lease unless Landlord designates otherwise; provided that rent for the first full month shall be paid at the signing of this lease. If the Commencement Date falls on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the rent shall be apportioned pro rata on a per client basis for the period from the Commencement Date until the first day of the following calendar month and shall be paid on or before the Commencement Date. As used in this lease, the term "LEASE YEAR" means the period from the Commencement Date through the succeeding 12 full calendar months (including for the first lease year any partial month from the Commencement Date until the first day of the first full calendar month) and each successive 12 month period thereafter during the Term.

7. OPERATION OF PROPERTY; PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.

(a) PAYMENT OF OPERATING EXPENSES. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Annual Operating Expenses in equal monthly installments in the amount set forth in Section l (d) (prorated for any partial month), from the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Term on the first day of each calendar month during the Term, as additional rent, without notice, demand or setoff, provided that the monthly installment for the first full month shall be paid at the signing of this lease. Landlord shall apply such payments to the annual operating costs to Landlord of operating and maintaining the Property during each calendar year of the Term, which costs may include by way of example rather than limitation: insurance premiums, fees, impositions, costs for repairs, maintenance, service contracts, management and administrative fees, governmental permits, overhead expenses, costs of furnishing water, sewer, gas, fuel, electricity, other utility services, janitorial service, trash removal, security services, landscaping and grounds maintenance, and the costs of any other items attributable to operating or maintaining any or all of the Property excluding any costs which under generally accepted accounting principles are capital expenditures; provided, however, that annual operating costs also shall include the annual amortization (over an assumed useful life of ten years) of the costs (including financing charges) of building improvements made by Landlord to the Property that are required by any governmental authority or for the purpose of reducing operating expenses or directly enhancing the safety of tenants in the Building generally. The amount of the Annual Operating Expenses set forth in
Section l (d) represents Landlord's estimate of Tenant's share of the estimated operating costs during the first calendar year of the Term on an annualized basis; from time to time Landlord may adjust such estimated amount if the estimated operating costs increase. Tenant's obligation to pay the Annual Operating Expenses pursuant to this Section 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this lease.

(i) COMPUTATION OF TENANT'S SHARE OF ANNUAL OPERATING COSTS. After the end of each calendar year of the Term, Landlord shall compute Tenant's share of the annual operating costs described above incurred during such calendar year by (A) calculating an appropriate adjustment, using generally accepted accounting principles, to avoid allocating to Tenant or to any other tenant (as the case may be) those specific costs which Tenant or any other tenant has agreed to pay, (B) calculating an appropriate adjustment, using generally accepted accounting principles, to avoid allocating to any vacant space those specific costs which were not incurred for such space; and (C) multiplying the adjusted annual operating costs by Tenant's Proportionate Share.

(ii) RECONCILIATION. By April 30th of each year (and as soon as practical after the expiration or termination of this lease or at any time in the event of a sale of the Property), Landlord shall provide Tenant with a statement of the actual amount of such annual operating costs for the preceding calendar year or part thereof. Landlord or Tenant shall pay to the other the amount of any deficiency or overpayment then due from one to the other or, at Landlord's option, Landlord may credit Tenants account for any overpayment. Tenant shall have the right to inspect the books and records used by Landlord in calculating the annual operating costs within 60 days of receipt of the statement during regular business hours after having given Landlord at least 48 hours prior written notice; provided, however, that Tenant shall make all payments of additional rent without delay, and that Tenant's obligation to pay such additional rent shall not be contingent on any such right.

(b) IMPOSITIONS. As used in this lease the term "impositions" refers to all levies, taxes (including sales taxes and gross receipt taxes) and assessments, which are applicable to the Term, and which are imposed by any authority or under any law, ordinance or regulation thereof, or pursuant to any recorded covenants or agreements, and the reasonable cost of contesting any of the foregoing, upon or with respect to the Property or any part thereof, or any improvements thereto. Tenant shall pay to Landlord with the monthly payment of Minimum Annual Rent any imposition imposed

6

directly upon this lease or the Rent (defined in Section 7(g)) or amounts payable by any subtenants or other occupants of the Premises, or against Landlord because of Landlord's estate or interest herein.

(i) Nothing herein contained shall be interpreted as requiring Tenant to pay any income, excess profits or corporate capital stock tax imposed or assessed upon Landlord, unless such tax or any similar tax is levied or assessed in lieu of all or any part of any imposition or an increase in any imposition.

(ii) If it shall not be lawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for any of the impositions, the Minimum Annual Rent shall be increased by the amount of the portion of such imposition allocable to Tenant, unless prohibited by law.

(c) INSURANCE.

(i) PROPERTY. Landlord shall keep in effect insurance against loss or damage to the Building or the Property by fire and such other casualties as may be included within fire, extended coverage and special form insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Building (but excluding coverage of Tenant's personal property in, and any alterations by Tenant to, the Premises), and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably deem appropriate or as may be required from time-to-time by any mortgagee.

(ii) LIABILITY. Tenant, at its own expense, shall keep in effect comprehensive general public liability insurance with respect to the Premises and the Property, including contractual liability insurance, with such limits of liability for bodily injury (including death) and property damage as reasonably may be required by Landlord from time-to-time, but not less than a combined single limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence and a general aggregate limit of not less than $2,000,000 (which aggregate limit shall apply separately to each of Tenants locations if more than the Premises), however, such limits shall not limit the liability of Tenant hereunder. The policy of comprehensive general public liability insurance also shall name Landlord and Landlord's agent as insured parties with respect to the Premises, shall be written on an "occurrence" basis and not on a "claims made" basis, shall provide that it is primary with respect to any policies carried by Landlord and that any coverage carried by Landlord shall be excess insurance, shall provide that it shall not be cancelable or reduced without at least 30 days prior written notice to Landlord and shall be issued in form satisfactory to Landlord. The insurer shall be a responsible insurance carrier which is authorized to issue such insurance and licensed to do business in the state in which the Property is located and which has at all times during the Term a rating of no less than A VII in the most current edition of Best's Insurance Reports. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord on or before the Commencement Date, and subsequently renewals of, a certificate of insurance evidencing such coverage and the waiver of subrogation described below.

(iii) WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Landlord and Tenant shall have included in their respective property insurance policies waivers of their respective insurers' right of subrogation against the other party. If such a waiver should be unobtainable or unenforceable, then such policies of insurance shall state expressly that such policies shall not be invalidated if, before a casualty, the insured waives the right of recovery against any party responsible for a casualty covered by the policy.

(iv) INCREASE OF PREMIUMS. Tenant agrees not to do anything or fail to do anything which will increase the cost of Landlord's insurance or which will prevent Landlord from procuring policies (including public liability) from companies and in a form satisfactory to Landlord. If any breach of the preceding sentence by Tenant causes the rate of fire or other insurance to be increased, Tenant shall pay the amount of such increase as additional rent promptly upon being billed.

(d) REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE; COMMON AREAS; BUILDING MANAGEMENT.

(i) Tenant at its sole expense shall maintain the Premises in a neat and orderly condition.

(ii) Landlord, shall make all necessary repairs to the Premises, the Common Areas and any other improvements located on the Property, provided that Landlord shall have no responsibility to make any repair until Landlord receives written notice of the need for such repair. Landlord shall operate and manage the Property and shall maintain all Common Areas and any paved areas appurtenant to the Property in a clean and orderly condition. Landlord reserves the right to make alterations to the Common Areas from time to time.

7

(iii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, repairs and replacements to the Property including the Premises made necessary by Tenant's use, occupancy or alteration of, or Tenant's installation in or upon the Property or by any act or omission of Tenant or its Agents shall be made at the sole expense of Tenant to the extent not covered by any applicable insurance proceeds paid to Landlord. Tenant shall not bear the expense of any repairs or replacements to the Property arising out of or caused by any other tenant's use, occupancy or alteration of, or any other tenant's installation in or upon, the Property or by any act or omission of any other tenant or any other tenant's Agents.

(e) UTILITIES.

(i) Landlord will furnish the Premises with electricity, heating and air conditioning for the normal use and occupancy of the Premises as general offices between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday (legal holidays excepted). If Tenant shall require electricity or install electrical equipment including but not limited to electrical heating, refrigeration equipment, electronic data processing machines, or machines or equipment using current in excess of 110 volts, which will in any way increase the amount of electricity usually furnished for use as general office space, or if Tenant shall attempt to use the Premises in such a manner that the services to be furnished by Landlord would be required during periods other than or in addition to business hours referred to above, Tenant will obtain Landlord's prior written approval and will pay for the resulting additional direct expense, including the expense resulting from the installation of such equipment and meters, as additional rent promptly upon being billed. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for any interruption in utility service, nor shall such interruption affect the continuation or validity of this lease.

(ii) If at any time utility services supplied to the Premises are separately metered, the cost of installing Tenant's meter and the cost of such separately metered utility service shall be paid by Tenant promptly upon being billed.

(f) JANITORIAL SERVICES. Landlord will provide Tenant with trash removal and janitorial services pursuant to a cleaning schedule attached as Exhibit "D".

(g) "RENT." The term "RENT" as used in this lease means the Minimum Annual Rent, Annual Operating Expenses and any other additional rent or sums payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this lease, all of which shall be deemed rent for purposes of Landlord's rights and remedies with respect thereto. Tenant shall pay all Rent to Landlord within 30 days after Tenant is billed, unless otherwise provided in this lease, and interest shall accrue on all sums due but unpaid.

8. SIGNS. Landlord, at Landlord's expense, will place Tenant's name and suite number on the Building standard sign and on or beside the entrance door to the Premises. Except for signs which are located wholly within the interior of the Premises and not visible from the exterior of the Premises, no signs shall be placed on the Property without the prior written consent of Landlord. All signs installed by Tenant shall be maintained by Tenant in good condition and Tenant shall remove all such signs at the termination of this lease and shall repair any damage caused by such installation, existence or removal.

9. ALTERATIONS AND FIXTURES.

(a) Subject to Section 10, Tenant shall have the right to install its trade fixtures in the Premises, provided that no such installation or removal thereof shall affect any structural portion of the Property nor any utility lines, communications lines, equipment or facilities in the Building serving any tenant other than Tenant. At the expiration or termination of this lease and at the option of Landlord or Tenant, Tenant shall remove such installation(s) and, in the event of such removal, Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such installation or removal; if Tenant, with Landlord's written consent, elects not to remove such installation(s) at the expiration or termination of this lease, all such installations shall remain on the Property and become the property of Landlord without payment by Landlord.

(b) Except for non-structural changes which do not exceed $5000 in the aggregate, Tenant shall not make or permit to be made any alterations to the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent. Tenant shall pay the costs of any required architectural/engineering reviews. In making any alterations, (i) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the plans, specifications and necessary permits, together with certificates evidencing that Tenant's contractors and subcontractors have adequate insurance coverage naming Landlord and Landlord's agent as additional insureds, at least 10 days prior to

8

commencement thereof, (ii) such alterations shall not impair the structural strength of the Building or any other improvements or reduce the value of the Property or affect any utility lines, communications lines, equipment or facilities in the Building serving any tenant other than Tenant, (iii) Tenant shall comply with Section 10 and (iv) the occupants of the Building and of any adjoining property shall not be disturbed thereby. All alterations to the Premises by Tenant shall be the property of Tenant until the expiration or termination of this lease; at that time all such alterations shall remain on the Property and become the property of Landlord without payment by Landlord unless Landlord gives written notice to Tenant to remove the same, in which event Tenant will remove such alterations and repair any resulting damage. At Tenant's request prior to Tenant making any alterations, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing, whether Tenant is required to remove such alterations at the expiration or termination of this lease.

10. MECHANICS' LIENS. Tenant shall pay promptly any contractors and materialmen who supply labor, work or materials to Tenant at the Property and shall take all steps permitted by law in order to avoid the imposition of any mechanic's lien upon all or any portion of the Property. Should any such lien or notice of lien be filed for work performed for Tenant other than by Landlord, Tenant shall bond against or discharge the same within 5 days after Tenant has notice that the lien or claim is filed regardless of the validity of such lien or claim. Nothing in this lease is intended to authorize Tenant to do or cause any work to be done or materials to be supplied for the account of Landlord, all of the same to be solely for Tenant's account and at Tenant's risk and expense. Throughout this lease the term "MECHANIC'S LIEN" is used to include any lien, encumbrance or charge levied or imposed upon all or any portion of interest in or income from the Property on account of any mechanic's, laborer's, materialman's or construction lien or arising out of any debt or liability to or any claim of any contractor, mechanic, supplier, materialman or laborer and shall include any mechanic's notice of intention to file a lien given to Landlord or Tenant, any stop order given to Landlord or Tenant, any notice of refusal to pay naming Landlord or Tenant and any injunctive or equitable action brought by any person claiming to be entitled to any mechanic's lien.

11. LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO RELOCATE TENANT; RIGHT OF ENTRY.

(a) Landlord may cause Tenant to relocate from the Premises to a comparable space ("RELOCATION SPACE") within the Building by giving written notice to Tenant at least 60 days in advance, provided that Landlord shall pay for all reasonable costs of such relocation. Such relocation shall not terminate, modify or otherwise affect this lease except that "Premises" shall refer to the Relocation Space rather than the old location identified in Section l(a).

(b) Tenant shall permit Landlord and its Agents to enter the Premises at all reasonable times following reasonable notice (except in the event of an emergency), for the purpose of inspection, maintenance or making repairs, alterations or additions as well as to exhibit the Premises for the purpose of sale or mortgage and, during the last 12 months of the Term, to exhibit the Premises to any prospective tenant. Landlord will make reasonable efforts not to inconvenience Tenant in exercising the foregoing rights, but shall not be liable for any loss of occupation or quiet enjoyment thereby occasioned.

12. DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY.

(a) If the Premises or Building shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, Tenant promptly shall notify Landlord and Landlord, subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 12, shall repair such damage and restore the Premises to substantially the same condition in which they were immediately prior to such damage or destruction, but not including the repair, restoration or replacement of the fixtures or alterations installed by Tenant. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing, within 30 days after the date of the casualty, if Landlord anticipates that the restoration will take more than 180 days from the date of the casualty to complete; in such event, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this lease effective as of the date of casualty by giving written notice to the other within 10 days after Landlord's notice. Further, if a casualty occurs during the last 12 months of the Term or any extension thereof, Landlord may cancel this lease unless Tenant has the right to extend the Term for at least 3 more years and does so within 30 days after the date of the casualty.

(b) Landlord shall maintain a 12 month rental coverage endorsement or other comparable form of coverage as part of its fire, extended coverage and special form insurance. Tenant will receive an abatement of its Minimum Annual Rent and Annual Operating Expenses to the extent the Premises are rendered untenantable as determined by the carrier providing the rental coverage endorsement.

13. CONDEMNATION.

9

(a) TERMINATION. If (i) all of the Premises are taken by a condemnation or otherwise for any public or quasi-public use, (ii) any part of the Premises is so taken and the remainder thereof is insufficient for the reasonable operation of Tenant's business or (iii) any of the Property is so taken, and, in Landlord's opinion, it would be impractical or the condemnation proceeds are insufficient to restore the remainder of the Property, then this lease shall terminate and all unaccrued obligations hereunder shall cease as of the day before possession is taken by the condemnor.

(b) PARTIAL TAKING. If there is a condemnation and this lease has not been terminated pursuant to this Section, (i) Landlord shall restore the Building and the improvements which are a part of the Premises to a condition and size as nearly comparable as reasonably possible to the condition and size thereof immediately prior to the date upon which the condemnor took possession and (ii) the obligations of Landlord and Tenant shall be unaffected by such condemnation except that there shall be an equitable abatement of the Minimum Annual Rent according to the rental value of the Premises before and after the date upon which the condemnor took possession and/or the date Landlord completes such restoration.

(c) AWARD. In the event of a condemnation affecting Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to make a claim against the condemnor for moving expenses and business dislocation damages to the extent that such claim does not reduce the sums otherwise payable by the condemnor to Landlord. Except as aforesaid and except as set forth in (d) below, Tenant hereby assigns all claims against the condemnor to Landlord.

(d) TEMPORARY TAKING. No temporary taking of the Premises shall terminate this lease or give Tenant any right to any rental abatement. Such a temporary taking will be treated as if Tenant had sublet the Premises to the condemnor and had assigned the proceeds of the subletting to Landlord to be applied on account of Tenant's obligations hereunder. Any award for such a temporary taking during the Term shall be applied first, to Landlord's costs of collection and, second, on account of sums owing by Tenant hereunder, and if such amounts applied on account of sums owing by Tenant hereunder should exceed the entire amount owing by Tenant for the remainder of the Term, the excess will be paid to Tenant.

14. NON-ABATEMENT OF RENT. Except as otherwise expressly provided as to damage by fire or other casualty in Section 12(b) and as to condemnation in Section
13(b), there shall be no abatement or reduction of the Rent for any cause whatsoever, and this lease shall not terminate, and Tenant shall not be entitled to surrender the Premises.

15. INDEMNIFICATION OF LANDLORD. Subject to Sections 7(c)(iii) and 16, Tenant will protect, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its Agents from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, liability and expense (including fees of attorneys, investigators and experts) in connection with loss of life, personal injury or damage to property in or about the Premises or arising out of the occupancy or use of the Premises by Tenant or its Agents or occasioned wholly or in part by any act or omission of Tenant or its Agents, whether prior to, during or after the Term, except to the extent such loss, injury or damage was caused by the negligence of Landlord or its Agents. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord and/or its Agents by reason of the foregoing, Tenant, at its expense, shall resist and defend such action or proceeding, or cause the same to be resisted and defended by counsel (reasonably acceptable to Landlord and its Agents) designated by the insurer whose policy covers such occurrence or by counsel designated by Tenant and approved by Landlord and its Agents. Tenant's obligations pursuant to this Section 15 shall survive the expiration or termination of this lease.

16. WAIVER OF CLAIMS. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives all claims for recovery against the other for any loss or damage which may be inflicted upon the property of such party even if such loss or damage shall be brought about by the fault or negligence of the other party or its Agents; provided, however, that such waiver by Landlord shall not be effective with respect to any liability of Tenant described in Sections 4(c) and 7(d)(iii).

17. QUIET ENJOYMENT. Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon performing all of its covenants, agreements and conditions of this lease, shall have quiet and peaceful possession of the Premises as against anyone claiming by or through Landlord, subject, however, to the exceptions, reservations and conditions of this lease.

18. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

10

(a) LIMITATION. Tenant shall not transfer this lease, voluntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written consent of Landlord which shall not be withheld unreasonably. However, Landlord's consent shall not be required in the event of any transfer by Tenant to an affiliate of Tenant which is at least as creditworthy as Tenant as of the date of this lease and provided Tenant delivers to Landlord the instrument described in Section (c)(iii) below, together with a certification of such creditworthiness by Tenant and such affiliate. Any transfer not in conformity with this Section 18 shall be void at the option of Landlord, and Landlord may exercise any or all of its rights under
Section 23. A consent to one transfer shall not be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent transfer. "Transfer" shall include any sublease, assignment, license or concession agreement, change in ownership or control of Tenant, mortgage or hypothecation of this lease or Tenants interest therein or in all or a portion of the Premises.

(b) OFFER TO LANDLORD. Tenant acknowledges that the terms of this lease, including the Minimum Annual Rent, have been based on the understanding that Tenant physically shall occupy the Premises for the entire Term. Therefore, upon Tenants request to transfer all or a portion of the Premises, at the option of Landlord, Tenant and Landlord shall execute an amendment to this lease removing such space from the Premises, Tenant shall be relieved of any liability with respect to such space and Landlord shall have the right to lease such space to any party, including Tenants proposed transferee.

(c) CONDITIONS. Notwithstanding the above, the following shall apply to any transfer, with or without Landlord's consent:

(i) As of the date of any transfer, Tenant shall not be in default under this lease nor shall any act or omission have occurred which would constitute a default with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time.

(ii) No transfer shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay the Rent and to perform all its other obligations hereunder. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this lease or to be a consent to any transfer.

(iii) Each transfer shall be by a written instrument in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord which shall (A) include an assumption of liability by any transferee of all Tenants obligations and the transferee's ratification of and agreement to be bound by all the provisions of this lease, (B) afford Landlord the right of direct action against the transferee pursuant to the same remedies as are available to Landlord against Tenant and (C) be executed by Tenant and the transferee.

(iv) Tenant shall pay, within 10 days of receipt of an invoice which shall be no less than $250, Landlord's reasonable attorneys' fees and costs in connection with the review, processing and documentation of any transfer for which Landlord's consent is requested.

19. SUBORDINATION; MORTGAGEE'S RIGHTS.

(a) This lease shall be subordinate to any first mortgage or other primary encumbrance now or hereafter affecting the Premises. Although the subordination is self-operative, within 10 days after written request, Tenant shall execute and deliver any further instruments confirming such subordination of this lease and any further instruments of attornment that may be desired by any such mortgagee or Landlord. However, any mortgagee may at any time subordinate its mortgage to this lease, without Tenant's consent, by giving written notice to Tenant, and thereupon this lease shall be deemed prior to such mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution and delivery; provided, however, that such subordination shall not affect any mortgagee's right to condemnation awards, casualty insurance proceeds, intervening liens or any right which shall arise between the recording of such mortgage and the execution of this lease.

(b) It is understood and agreed that any mortgagee shall not be liable to Tenant for any funds paid by Tenant to Landlord unless such funds actually have been transferred to such mortgagee by Landlord.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 12 and 13 above, Landlord's obligation to restore the Premises after a casualty or condemnation shall be subject to the consent and prior rights of Landlord's first mortgagee.

20. RECORDING; TENANT'S CERTIFICATE. Tenant shall not record this lease or a memorandum thereof without Landlord's prior written consent. Within 10 days after Landlord's written request from time to time:

11

(a) Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written statement certifying the Commencement Date and Expiration Date of this lease, that this lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified and otherwise as set forth in the form of estoppel certificate attached as Exhibit "E" or with such modifications as may be necessary to reflect accurately the stated facts and/or such other certifications as may be requested by a mortgagee or purchaser. Tenant understands that its failure to execute such documents may cause Landlord serious financial damage by causing the failure of a financing or sale transaction.

(b) Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, Landlord's mortgagee, prospective mortgagee or purchaser reasonably requested financial information.

21. SURRENDER; ABANDONED PROPERTY.

(a) Subject to the terms of Sections 9(b), 12(a) and 13(b), at the expiration or termination of this lease, Tenant promptly shall yield up in the same condition, order and repair in which they are required to be kept throughout the Term, the Premises and all improvements thereto, and all fixtures and equipment servicing the Building, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(b) Upon or prior to the expiration or termination of this lease, Tenant shall remove any personal property from the Property. Any personal property remaining thereafter shall be deemed conclusively to have been abandoned, and Landlord, at Tenant's expense, may remove, store, sell or otherwise dispose of such property in such manner as Landlord may see fit and/or Landlord may retain such property as its property. If any part thereof shall be sold, then Landlord may receive and retain the proceeds of such sale and apply the same, at its option, against the expenses of the sale, the cost of moving and storage and any Rent due under this lease.

(c) If Tenant, or any person claiming through Tenant, shall continue to occupy the Premises after the expiration or termination of this lease or any renewal thereof, such occupancy shall be deemed to be under a month-to-month tenancy under the same terms and conditions set forth in this lease, except that the monthly installment of the Minimum Annual Rent during such continued occupancy shall be double the amount applicable to the last month of the Term. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, any holding over by Tenant without Landlord's prior written consent shall constitute a default hereunder and shall be subject to all the remedies available to Landlord.

22. CURING TENANT'S DEFAULTS. If Tenant shall be in default in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, Landlord, without any obligation to do so, in addition to any other rights it may have in law or equity, may elect to cure such default on behalf of Tenant after written notice (except in the case of emergency) to Tenant. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any sums paid or costs incurred by Landlord in curing such default, including interest thereon from the respective dates of Landlord's incurring such costs, which sums and costs together with interest shall be deemed additional rent.

23. DEFAULTS - REMEDIES.

(a) DEFAULTS. It shall be an event of default:

(i) If Tenant does not pay in full when due any and all Rent;

(ii) If Tenant fails to observe and perform or otherwise breaches any other provision of this lease;

(iii) If Tenant abandons the Premises, which shall be conclusively presumed if the Premises remain unoccupied for more than 10 consecutive days, or removes or attempts to remove Tenant's goods or property other than in the ordinary course of business; or

(iv) If Tenant becomes insolvent or bankrupt in any sense or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or offers a settlement to creditors, or if a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or for an arrangement with creditors under any federal or state law is filed by or against Tenant, or a bill in equity or other proceeding for the appointment of a receiver for any of Tenant's assets is commenced, or if any of the real or personal property of Tenant shall be levied upon; provided, however, that any proceeding brought by anyone other than Landlord

12

or Tenant under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law shall not constitute a default until such proceeding has continued unstayed for more than 60 consecutive days.

(b) REMEDIES. Then, and in any such event, Landlord shall have the following rights:

(i) To charge a late payment fee equal to the greater of $100 or 5% of any amount owed to Landlord pursuant to this lease which is not paid within 5 days after the due date.

(ii) To enter and repossess the Premises, by breaking open locked doors if necessary, and remove all persons and all or any property therefrom by action at law or otherwise, without being liable for prosecution or damages therefor, and Landlord may, at Landlord's option, make alterations and repairs in order to relet the Premises and relet all or any part(s) of the Premises for Tenants account. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord on demand any deficiency that may arise by reason of such reletting. In the event of reletting without termination of this lease, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this lease for such previous breach.

(iii) To accelerate the whole or any part of the Rent for the balance of the Term, and declare the same to be immediately due and payable.

(iv) To terminate this lease and the Term without any right on the part of Tenant to save the forfeiture by payment of any sum due or by other performance of any condition, term or covenant broken.

(c) GRACE PERIOD. Notwithstanding anything hereinabove stated, neither party will exercise any available right because of any default of the other, except those remedies contained in subsection (b)(i) of this Section, unless such party shall have first given 10 days written notice thereof to the defaulting party, and the defaulting party shall have failed to cure the default within such period; provided, however, that:

(i) No such notice shall be required if Tenant fails to comply with the provisions of Sections 10 or 20(a), in the case of emergency as set forth in Section 22 or in the event of any default enumerated in subsections
(a)(iii) and (iv) of this Section.

(ii) Landlord shall not be required to give such 10 days notice more than 2 times during any 12 month period.

(iii) If the default consists of something other than the failure to pay money which cannot reasonably be cured within 10 days, neither party will exercise any right if the defaulting party begins to cure the default within the 10 days and continues actively and diligently in good faith to completely cure said default.

(iv) Tenant agrees that any notice given by Landlord pursuant to this Section which is served in compliance with Section 27 shall be adequate notice for the purpose of Landlord's exercise of any available remedies.

(d) NON-WAIVER; NON-EXCLUSIVE. No waiver by Landlord of any breach by Tenant shall be a waiver of any subsequent breach, nor shall any forbearance by Landlord to seek a remedy for any breach by Tenant be a waiver by Landlord of any rights and remedies with respect to such or any subsequent breach. Efforts by Landlord to mitigate the damages caused by Tenants default shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord's right to recover damages hereunder. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy provided herein or by law, but each shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given herein or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. No payment by Tenant or receipt or acceptance by Landlord of a lesser amount than the total amount due Landlord under this lease shall be deemed to be other than on account, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the balance of Rent due, or Landlord's right to pursue any other available remedy.

(e) COSTS AND ATTORNEYS' FEES. If either party commences an action against the other party arising out of or in connection with this lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to have and recover from the losing party attorneys' fees, costs of suit, investigation expenses and discovery costs, including costs of appeal.

13

24. REPRESENTATIONS OF TENANT. Tenant represents to Landlord and agrees that:

(a) The word "TENANT" as used herein includes the Tenant named above as well as its successors and assigns, each of which shall be under the same obligations and liabilities and each of which shall have the same rights, privileges and powers as it would have possessed had it originally signed this lease as Tenant. Each and every of the persons named above as Tenant shall be bound jointly and severally by the terms, covenants and agreements contained herein. However, no such rights, privileges or powers shall inure to the benefit of any assignee of Tenant immediate or remote, unless Tenant has complied with the terms of Section 18 and the assignment to such assignee is permitted or has been approved in writing by Landlord. Any notice required or permitted by the terms of this lease may be given by or to any one of the persons named above as Tenant, and shall have the same force and effect as if given by or to all thereof.

(b) If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or any other form of business association or entity, Tenant is duly formed and in good standing, and has full corporate or partnership power and authority, as the case may be, to enter into this lease and has taken all corporate or partnership action, as the case may be, necessary to carry out the transaction contemplated herein, so that when executed, this lease constitutes a valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms. Tenant shall provide Landlord with corporate resolutions or other proof in a form acceptable to Landlord, authorizing the execution of this lease at the time of such execution.

25. LIABILITY OF LANDLORD. The word "Landlord" as used herein includes the Landlord named above as well as its successors and assigns, each of which shall have the same rights, remedies, powers, authorities and privileges as it would have had it originally signed this lease as Landlord. Any such person or entity, whether or not named herein, shall have no liability hereunder after it ceases to hold title to the Premises except for obligations already accrued (and, as to any unapplied portion of Tenants Security Deposit, Landlord shall be relieved of all liability therefor upon transfer of such portion to its successor in interest) and Tenant shall look solely to Landlord's successor in interest for the performance of the covenants and obligations of the Landlord hereunder which thereafter shall accrue. Neither Landlord nor any principal of Landlord nor any owner of the Property, whether disclosed or undisclosed, shall have any personal liability with respect to any of the provisions of this lease or the Premises, and if Landlord is in breach or default with respect to Landlord's obligations under this lease or otherwise, Tenant shall look solely to the equity of Landlord in the Property for the satisfaction of Tenant's claims. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no mortgagee or ground lessor succeeding to the interest of Landlord hereunder (either in terms of ownership or possessory rights) shall be (a) liable for any previous act or omission of a prior landlord, (b) subject to any rental offsets or defenses against a prior landlord or (c) bound by any amendment of this lease made without its written consent, or by payment by Tenant of Minimum Annual Rent in advance in excess of one monthly installment.

26. INTERPRETATION; DEFINITIONS.

(a) CAPTIONS. The captions in this lease are for convenience only and are not a part of this lease and do not in any way define, limit, describe or amplify the terms and provisions of this lease or the scope or intent thereof.

(b) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This lease represents the entire agreement between the parties hereto and there are no collateral or oral agreements or understandings between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Premises or the Property. No rights, easements or licenses are acquired in the Property or any land adjacent to the Property by Tenant by implication or otherwise except as expressly set forth in the provisions of this lease. This lease shall not be modified in any manner except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties. The masculine (or neuter) pronoun and the singular number shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders and the singular and plural number. The word "INCLUDING" followed by any specific item(s) is deemed to refer to examples rather than to be words of limitation. Both parties having participated fully and equally in the negotiation and preparation of this lease, this lease shall not be more strictly construed, nor any ambiguities in this lease resolved, against either Landlord or Tenant.

(c) COVENANTS. Each covenant, agreement, obligation, term, condition or other provision herein contained shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant of the party bound by, undertaking or making the same, not dependent on any other provision of this lease unless otherwise expressly provided. All of the terms and conditions set forth in this lease shall apply throughout the Term unless otherwise expressly set forth herein.

(d) INTEREST. Wherever interest is required to be paid hereunder, such interest shall be at the highest rate permitted under law but not in excess of 15% per annum.

14

(e) SEVERABILITY; GOVERNING LAW. If any provisions of this lease shall be declared unenforceable in any respect, such unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this lease, and each such provision shall be deemed to be modified, if possible, in such a manner as to render it enforceable and to preserve to the extent possible the intent of the parties as set forth herein. This lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Property is located.

(f) "MORTGAGE" AND "MORTGAGEE." The word "MORTGAGE" as used herein includes any lien or encumbrance on the Premises or the Property or on any part of or interest in or appurtenance to any of the foregoing, including without limitation any ground rent or ground lease if Landlord's interest is or becomes a leasehold estate. The word "MORTGAGEE" as used herein includes the holder of any mortgage, including any ground lessor if Landlord's interest is or becomes a leasehold estate. Wherever any right is given to a mortgagee, that right may be exercised on behalf of such mortgagee by any representative or servicing agent of such mortgagee.

(g) "PERSON." The word "PERSON" is used herein to include a natural person, a partnership, a corporation, an association and any other form of business association or entity.

27. NOTICES. Any notice or other communication under this lease shall be in writing and addressed to Landlord or Tenant at their respective addresses specified at the beginning of this lease, except that after the Commencement Date Tenants address shall be at the Premises, (or to such other address as either may designate by notice to the other) with a copy to any mortgagee or other party designated by Landlord. Each notice or other communication shall be deemed given if sent by prepaid overnight delivery service or by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or in any other manner, with delivery in any case evidenced by a receipt, and shall be deemed received on the day of actual receipt by the intended recipient or on the business day delivery is refused. The giving of notice by Landlord's attorneys, representatives and agents under this Section shall be deemed to be the acts of Landlord; however, the foregoing provisions governing the date on which a notice is deemed to have been received shall mean and refer to the date on which a party to this lease, and not its counsel or other recipient to which a copy of the notice may be sent, is deemed to have received the notice.

28. SECURITY DEPOSIT. At the time of signing this lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit to be retained by Landlord as cash security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the provisions of this lease. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest whatever on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall have the right to commingle the Security Deposit with its other funds. Landlord may use the whole or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any amount as to which Tenant is in default hereunder or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage it may suffer by reason of Tenants default under this lease. If Landlord uses all or any portion of the Security Deposit as herein provided, within 10 days after written demand therefor, Tenant shall pay Landlord cash in amount equal to that portion of the Security Deposit used by Landlord. If Tenant shall comply fully and faithfully with all of the provisions of this lease, the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant after the Expiration Date and surrender of the Premises to Landlord.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and in consideration of the mutual entry into this lease and for other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound, Landlord and Tenant have executed this lease.

Date signed: 1/26/04                     LANDLORD:
             ---------------------       LIBERTY PROPERTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

Witness:                                 By:  Liberty Property Trust,
                                              Sole General Partner

/s/ ANNE K. TOAL                         By: /s/ ROBERT GOLDSCHMIDT
----------------------------------            ----------------------
Name (printed)  Anne K. Toal                  Robert Goldshmidt
                                              Senior Vice President

/s/ KIMBERLY A. BROWNE
----------------------------------
Name (printed)  Kimberly A. Browne


Date signed: Jan. 23, 2003               TENANT:
             -----------------------     SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.

Attest/Witness:                          By: /s/ JOHN BERT WATSON
                                            --------------------

/s/ T.R. JACKSON                         Name:  John Bert Watson
------------------------------------     Title:  President / CEO
 Name (printed)  T.R. Jackson


/s/ JAMES STINGONE
------------------------------------
Name (printed) J.P. Stingone

15

RIDER

29. RADON GAS. Radon is a naturally occurring radioactive gas that, when it has accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities, may present health risks to persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed federal and state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your county public health unit.

30. MONTHLY PAYMENTS. Landlord shall arrange, at no cost to Tenant, for Tenant's monthly installments of Base Rent and Operating expenses to be made automatically on the first day of each month via electronic funds transfer from Tenant's designated account.

31. 10. MECHANIC'S LIENS. SECTION 10 IS DELETED IN ITS ENTIRETY AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:

"10. CONSTRUCTION LIENS. The property shall not be subject in any way to any liens, including construction liens, for improvements to or other work performed with respect to the Property by or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant shall pay promptly any contractors and materialmen who supply labor, work or materials to Tenant at the Property and shall take all steps permitted by law in order to avoid the imposition of any construction lien upon all or any portion of the Property. Should any such lien or notice of lien be filed for work performed for Tenant other than by Landlord, Tenant shall bond against or discharge the same within 5 days after Tenant has notice that the lien or claim is filed regardless of the validity of such lien or claim. Nothing in this lease is intended to authorize Tenant to do or cause any work to be done or materials to be supplied for the account of Landlord, all of the same to be solely for Tenant's account and at Tenant's risk and expense. Throughout this lease the term "CONSTRUCTION LIEN OR MECHANIC'S LIEN" is used to include any lien, encumbrance or charge levied or imposed upon all or any portion of, interest in or income from the Property on account of any mechanic's, laborer's, materialman's, contractor's, subcontractor's or construction lien or arising out of any debt or liability to or any claim of any contractor, subcontractor, mechanic, supplier, materialman, laborer or other person or entity providing services, materials or supplies to, for, upon or with respect to the Premises, and shall include any contractor's notice of intention to file a lien given to Landlord or Tenant, any stop order given to Landlord or Tenant, any notice of refusal to pay naming Landlord or Tenant and any injunctive or equitable action brought by any person claiming to be entitled to any construction lien."

32. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Landlord and Tenant by this subparagraph waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either of the parties to this lease against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises, or any other claims (including without limitation claims for personal injury or property damage), and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy.

33. OPTION TO EXTEND TERM (FIXED AMOUNT RENTAL INCREASE). Provided that Landlord has not given Tenant notice of default more than two (2) times preceding the Expiration Date, that there then exists no event of default by Tenant under this lease nor any event that with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time would constitute a default, and that Tenant is the sole occupant of the Premises, Tenant shall have the right and option to extend the Term for one (1) additional period of sixty (60) months, exercisable by giving Landlord prior written notice, at least six (6) months in advance of the then current Expiration Date, of Tenant's election to extend the Term; it being agreed that time is of the essence and that this option is personal to Tenant and is non-transferable to any assignee or sublessee (regardless of whether any such assignment or sublease was made with or without Landlord's consent) or other party. Such extension shall be under the same terms and conditions as provided in this lease except as follows:

R-1

(a) each additional period shall begin on the then current Expiration Date and thereafter the Expiration Date shall be deemed to be the fifth anniversary thereof;

(b) there shall be no further options to extend; and

(c) the Minimum Annual Rent payable by Tenant shall be in the following amounts:

Lease Months           Annual         Monthly
------------        ------------     ----------
 64-74              $  78,515.66     $ 6,542.97
 75-86              $  80,871.13     $ 6,739.26
 87-98              $  83,297.27     $ 6,941.44
 99-110             $  85,796.19     $ 7,149.68
111-122             $  88,370.07     $ 7,364.17

34. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. Landlord shall complete the Premises in accordance with the description of improvements described herein as removing the wall in the break room; upgrading the lighting, wall and floor finishes in the conference room and adding a glass window in the conference room wall; removing the glass doors at corridor entry and installing new double glass doors into suite in man lobby entrance; installing new up-graded carpet in foyer and major open areas in office; adding ceramic tile in break room floor and adding sink and upper and lower cabinets in break room and GFI for refrigerator. All construction shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and shall comply at the time of completion with all applicable laws and requirements of the governmental authorities having jurisdiction.

35. TENANT'S RELEASE IF EXPANDS. If at any time during the term of this lease Tenant desires to lease more square feet than the then current square footage of the Premises and Tenant enters into a lease with Landlord for such larger space in any of Landlord's buildings, Landlord agrees that, at Tenant's request, Landlord will enter into an agreement with Tenant to terminate this lease as of the commencement date of the lease for the larger space.

36. ADDITIONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT. As incentive for Landlord to provide certain Tenant Improvements for new carpet and paint, Tenant, prior to Lease Commencement, shall deposit with Landlord the sum of $14,356.00 (Fourteen Thousand, Three Hundred Fifty-six and 00/100 Dollars). Said deposit shall be provided to Landlord prior to commencement of any Tenant Improvements; however, the deposit can be deposited with Landlord in two (2) parts as the work occurs.

37. LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO RELOCATE TENANT; RIGHT OF ENTRY. Section 11(a) is amended in the first line after the words "comparable space" by inserting the words "with a comparable Tenant Build-Out."

Section 11(b) is amended by deleting the reference to "12 months" in the third line and inserting "6 months" in lieu thereof.

R-2

EXHIBIT "B"
LEASE COMMENCEMENT CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as duly authorized officers and/or representatives of
LIBERTY PROPERTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ("Landlord") and

____________________________ ("Tenant"), hereby agree as follows with respect to the Lease Agreement (the "Lease") between them for premises located at ________________________________ (the "Premises"):

1.       DATE OF LEASE:                                                , 19
                           --------------------------------------------    -----

2.       COMMENCEMENT DATE:                                            , 19
                             ------------------------------------------    -----

3.       EXPIRATION DATE:                                              , 19
                          ---------------------------------------------    -----

4. Rent and operating expenses due on or before the Commencement Date for the period from the Commencement Date _________ until the first day of the next calendar month (Not applicable if the Commencement Date is the first day of the calendar ________ month):

APPORTIONED MINIMUM RENT: $ APPORTIONED OPERATING EXPENSES: $ FLORIDA SALES TAX: $ TOTAL: $

Thereafter regular monthly payments due in the following amounts until adjusted in accordance with the Lease:

MONTHLY RENT INSTALLMENT: $ MONTHLY OPERATING PAYMENT: $ FLORIDA SALES TAX $ TOTAL MONTHLY PAYMENT: $

5. Tenant certifies that, as of the date hereof, (a) the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been amended, (b) Tenant has no offsets or defenses against any provision of the Lease and (c) Landlord has substantially completed any improvements to be performed by Landlord in accordance with the Lease, excepting the Punch List items set forth in Schedule attached hereto and initiated by Landlord and Tenant, if any.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Certificate as of ________________________, 19_____.

LANDLORD:

LIBERTY PROPERTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Liberty Property Trust, Sole General
Partner

By:

Name:


Title:

TENANT:

                                    --------------------------------------------
Witness/Attest:

                                    By:
---------------------------             ----------------------------------------
                                    Name:

Title:


EXHIBIT "C"
BUILDING RULES

1. As stated in the lease, Tenant shall not use the Premises as a "place of public accommodation" as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, which identifies the following categories into one or more of which a business must fall to be a "place of public accommodation":

a. Places of lodging (examples: hotel, motel)

b. Establishments serving food or drink (examples: bar, restaurant)

c. Places of exhibition or entertainment (examples:


motion picture house, theater, stadium, concert hall)

d. Places of public gathering (examples: auditorium, convention center, lecture hall)

e. Sales or rental establishments (examples: bakery, grocery store, hardware store, shopping center)

f. Service establishments (examples: bank, laundromat, barber shop, funeral parlor, hospital, gas station, business offices such as lawyer, accountant, healthcare provider or insurance office)

g. Stations used for specified public transportation
(examples: bus terminal, depot)

h. Places of public display or collection (examples:


museum library, gallery)

i. Places of recreation (examples: park, zoo, amusement park)

j. Places of education (examples: nursery, elementary, secondary, private or other undergraduate or postgraduate school)

k. Social service center establishments (examples:
day-care center, senior citizen center, homeless shelter, food bank adoption agency)

1. Places of exercise or recreation (examples: gym, health spa, bowling alley, golf course)

2. Any sidewalks, lobbies, passages, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress from and to the Premises. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control or prevent access by all persons whose presence, in the judgment of Landlord, shall be prejudicial to the safety, peace or character of the Property.

3. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, sinks, faucets, plumbing or other service apparatus of any kind shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were installed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, ashes, chemicals or other refuse or injurious substances shall be placed therein or used in connection therewith or left in any lobbies, passages, elevators or stairways.

4. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency. No person shall go on the roof without Landlord's permission.

5. Skylights, windows, doors and transoms shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, and Tenant shall not install any window covering which would affect the exterior appearance of the Building, except as approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall not remove, without Landlord's prior written consent, any shades, blinds or curtains in the Premises.

6. Without Landlord's prior written consent, Tenant shall not hang, install, mount, suspend or attach anything from or to any sprinkler, plumbing, utility or other lines. If Tenant hangs, installs, mounts, suspends or attaches anything from or to any doors, windows, walls, floors or ceilings, Tenant shall sand and spackle all holes and repair any damage caused thereby or by the removal thereof at or prior to the expiration or termination of the lease. Without Landlord's prior written consent, no walls or partitions shall be painted, papered or otherwise covered or moved in any way or marked or broken; nor shall any connection be made to electric wires for running fans or motors or other apparatus, devices or equipment, nor shall machinery of any kind other than customary small business machines be allowed in the Premises, nor shall Tenant use any other method of heating, air conditioning or air cooling than that provided by Landlord, nor shall any mechanics be allowed to work in or about the Building other than those employed by Landlord.

7. Tenant shall not change any locks nor place additional locks upon any doors and shall surrender all keys and passes at the end of the Term.

C-1

8. Tenant shall not use nor keep in the Building any matter having an offensive odor, nor explosive or highly flammable material, nor shall any animals other than seeing eye dogs in the company of their masters be brought into or kept in or about the Premises.

9. If Tenant desires to introduce electrical, signaling, telegraphic, telephonic, protective alarm or other wires, apparatus or devices, Landlord shall direct where and how the same are to be placed, and except as so directed, no installation boring or cutting shall be permitted. Landlord shall have the right to prevent and to cut off the transmission of excessive or dangerous current of electricity or annoyances into or through the Building or the Premises and to require the changing of wiring connections or layout at Tenant's expense, to the extent that Landlord may deem necessary, and further to require compliance with such reasonable rules as Landlord may establish relating thereto, and in the event of non-compliance with the requirements or rules, Landlord shall have the right immediately to cut wiring or to do what it considers necessary to remove the danger, annoyance or electrical interference with apparatus in any part of the Building. All wires installed by Tenant must be clearly tagged at the distributing boards and junction boxes and elsewhere where required by Landlord, with the number of the office to which said wires lead, and the purpose for which the wires respectively are used, together with the name of the concern, if any, operating same.

10. Tenant shall not place weights anywhere beyond the safe carrying capacity of the Building which is designed to normal office building standards for floor loading capacity. Landlord shall have the right to exclude from the Building heavy furniture, safes and other articles which may be hazardous or to require them to be located at designated places in the Premises. Tenant shall obtain Landlord's written consent prior to the installation of any vending machines in the Premises.

11. The use of rooms as sleeping quarters is strictly prohibited at all times.

12. Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's sole risk and responsibility, to use its proportional share of the parking spaces at the Property as reasonably determined by Landlord. Tenant shall comply with all parking regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time for the orderly use of the vehicle parking areas, including without limitation the following:
Parking shall be limited to automobiles, passenger or equivalent vans, motorcycles, light four wheel pickup trucks and (in designated areas) bicycles. No vehicles shall be left in the parking lot overnight. Parked vehicles shall not be used for vending or any other business or other activity while parked in the parking areas. Vehicles shall be parked only in striped parking spaces, except for loading and unloading, which shall occur solely in zones marked for such purpose, and be so conducted as to not unreasonably interfere with traffic flow within the Property or with loading and unloading areas of other tenants. Employee and tenant vehicles shall not be parked in spaces marked for visitor parking or other specific use. All vehicles entering or parking in the parking area shall do so at owner's sole risk, and Landlord assumes no responsibility for any damage, destruction, vandalism or theft. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in any measures implemented by Landlord to control abuse of the parking areas, including without limitation access control programs, tenant and guest vehicle identification programs, and validated parking programs, provided that no such validated parking program shall result in Tenant being charged for spaces to which it has a right to free use under its lease. Each vehicle owner shall promptly respond to any sounding vehicle alarm or horn, and failure to do so may result in temporary or permanent exclusion of such vehicle from the parking areas. Any vehicle which violates the parking regulations may be cited, towed at the expense of the owner, temporarily or permanently excluded from the parking areas, or subject to other lawful consequence.

13. Tenant shall not smoke in the Building which Landlord has designated as a non-smoking building.

14. Canvassing, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written material, and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent same.

15. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written identification of any vendors engaged by Tenant to perform services for Tenant at the Premises (examples: security guards/monitors, telecommunications installers/maintenance). Tenant shall permit Landlord's employees and contractors and no one else to clean the Premises unless Landlord consents in writing, Tenant assumes all responsibility for protecting its Premises from theft and vandalism and Tenant shall see each day before leaving the Premises that all lights are turned out and that the windows and the doors are closed and securely locked.

C-2

16. Landlord shall provide Tenant with the move-in and move-out policies for the Building with which Tenant shall comply. Throughout the Term, no furniture, packages, equipment, supplies or merchandise of Tenant will be received in the Building. or carried up or down in the elevators or stairways, except during such hours as shall be designated by Landlord, and Landlord in all cases shall also have the exclusive right to prescribe the method and manner in which the same shall be brought in or taken out of the Building. At the end of the Term, Tenant's obligations regarding surrender of the Premises shall include Tenant's obligation to shampoo all carpet, strip and re-wax all vinyl composite tile and replace any damaged ceiling tiles, the cost of which obligations shall be deducted from the Security Deposit if not completed by Tenant prior to the Expiration Date.

17. Tenant shall not place oversized cartons, crates or boxes in any area for trash pickup without Landlord's prior approval. Landlord shall be responsible for trash pickup of normal office refuse placed in ordinary office trash receptacles only. Excessive amounts of trash or other out-of-the-ordinary refuse loads will be removed by Landlord upon request at Tenant's expense.

18. Tenant shall cause all of Tenant's Agents to comply with these Building Rules.

19. Landlord reserves the right to rescind, suspend or modify any rules or regulations and to make such other rules and regulations as, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, may from time to time be needed for the safety, care, maintenance, operation and cleanliness of the Property. Notice of any action by Landlord referred to in this paragraph, given to Tenant, shall have the same force and effect as if originally made a part of the foregoing lease. New rules or regulations will not, however, be unreasonably inconsistent with the proper and rightful enjoyment of the Premises by Tenant under the lease.

20. These Building Rules are not intended to give Tenant any rights or claims in the event that Landlord does not enforce any of them against any other tenants or if Landlord does not have the right to enforce them against any other tenants and such nonenforcement will not constitute a waiver as to Tenant.

21. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Building Rules and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition to Tenant's occupancy of the Premises.

C-3

EXHIBIT "D"

JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS

CENTURION PLAZA

1. POWER AT NIGHT, CONTRACTOR SHALL TURN OFF ALL LIGHTS IN ALL AREAS OF THE BUILDING EXCEPT THE AREAS WHERE CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL ARE WORKING.

2. SECURITY

a. CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL SHALL CLOSE AND LOCK THE DOOR OF EACH OFFICE SUITE AFTER THE SUITE IS CLEANED. IT IS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO LOCK EACH OFFICE SUITE AFTER EACH CLEANING REGARDLESS IF PEOPLE ARE STILL WORKING IN THE OFFICE.

b. Contractor will make every effort to have all of contractor's employees progress from floor to floor at the same time so that the crew is located on only one floor at any time.

3. DAY PORTER

a. Daily cleaning services shall be provided Monday - Friday, 6:00 PM to 11:00 PM only.

b. Dayporter services shall be included.

1. A day porter will be provided five (5) days per week. Preferred times to be between 8:30 a.m. to 2:30 p.m.

2. Alphanumeric Pager will be provided for each day porter by Contractor.

3. The purpose of the day porter position shall be to maintain the common areas and restrooms of the building during business hours, assist the tenants of the building, assist the Liberty maintenance staff and assist janitorial evening crew with detail work. The Contractor will work with the Property Manager in establishing the day porter schedule.

4. SERVICE SCHEDULE

FIVE DAYS PER WEEK (DAILY):

a. LOBBIES, ELEVATORS, STAIRS

1. Clean glass entrance doors and spot clean partition glass.

2. Empty all wastebaskets and trash containers and remove waste to designated area. Trash liners to be replaced daily. Boxes are to be broken down.

3. Dust mop and damp mop with clean water all hard surface floors including all marble and tile areas. (Note: The marble hard surfaces are maintained monthly on separate contract.)

4. Clean all entrance glass inside and out main lobby and all tenant floors.

5. Vacuum all carpet using pile lifter type vacuum cleaner.

6. Vacuum entrance mats and dirt traps.

7. Spot clean elevator walls and dust elevator hand rails, vacuum elevator tracks.

8. Dust lobby sculptures, furniture and other flat surfaces.

9. Pick up trash at entry doors. Empty trash containers and replace liners of entry doors trash receptacles.

10. Clean, sanitize, and dry-shine all drinking fountains.

11. Police stairs, pick up litter and clean any spills.

12. Spot cleaning of common area carpet.

D-1

b. RESTROOMS

1. Sweep and wet mop floors using disinfectant cleaner.

2. Clean and sanitize all restroom toilets, toilet seats, urinals, sinks, fixtures.

3. Clean mirrors and polish brightwork.

4. Wash walls and partitions around and behind sinks, toilets and urinals.

5. Empty all waste containers and replace with new liners. Wipe down and remove any spots from containers.

6. Remove fingerprints and smudges from walls, wall switches and doors.

7. Refill restroom dispensers.

8. Empty and clean sanitary disposal boxes.

9. Report any leaks or malfunctioning items to Property Manager using Service Log.

c. TENANT AREAS AND CONFERENCE ROOMS

1. Vacuum all carpet using pile lifter type vacuum cleaner.

2. Pick up litter in all occupied areas.

3. Empty trash containers and replace liners. Remove all boxes marked "Trash" and break down before placing in cardboard recycling container.

4. Dust all horizontal surfaces, including picture frames, clocks, partition tops, desks, chairs, cabinets, and counters.

5. Clean tenant kitchens, damp wipe counter tops, cabinet fronts, table, chairs, etc. with cloth. Clean sinks and wipe outside of appliances.

6. Dust mop remove spills on all hard surface floors.

7. Spot clean all carpet, using water or Mohawk Zipcleen (or equivalent) on all stains except petroleum based. On petroleum based stains use mineral spirits.
NEVER USE BLEACH.
(CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SPOT CLEANING OF CARPET IN THE TENANT AREAS.)

ONCE PER WEEK (WEEKLY):

1. Vacuum or sweep stairs and stair landings.

2. Wet mop tenant floors.

3. Dust baseboards, window sills, and other ledges.

4. Clean storage areas, sinks, floors (Janitors Closets).

5. Vacuum carpet edges, corners, tracts, and baseboards.

6. Clear cobwebs from entrances.

7. Damp wipe handrails, spot clean walls and doors in stairways.

8. Damp mop stair landings as needed.

9. Wet mop and high speed polish all restroom floors.

TWELVE (12) TIMES PER YEAR (MONTHLY):

1. Thoroughly clean restrooms, fixtures and machine scrub floors.

2. Vacuum air vents.

3. Wash and sanitize all ceramic tile walls in restrooms.

4. Damp mop stairs and landings.

5. Vacuum upholstered furniture.

6. Clean and sanitize phones.

7. Polish desk tops, files and chairs when cleared.

8. Dust/clean mini-blinds.

FOUR TIMES PER YEAR (QUARTERLY):

1. Wash and sanitize all trash receptacles in restrooms and lounges, including sanitary napkin disposal units.

2. All resilient floors scrubbed and re-waxed. Areas to be included are restrooms and tenant break areas.

D-2

3. Clean carpet in all common areas.

5. SUPERVISION AND STAFFING Contractor is responsible for the Supervision of their employees at all times and will supervise while work is in progress to ensure proper safety measures are implemented to avoid injury to the public or cause damage to the building.

a. All employees of the Contractor will be required to wear identifying shirts, smocks, or uniforms, as well as, identification badges at all times.

b. A supervisor will be provided for the site at all times during the times the cleaning crews are in and working in the building.

c. The working hours for both the supervisor and staff will be Monday through Friday 6:00 PM to 10:00 PM.

D-3

EXHIBIT "E"
TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Please refer to the documents described in Schedule I hereto, (the "Lease Documents") including the "Lease" therein described; all defined terms in this Certificate shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Lease unless otherwise expressly set forth herein. The undersigned Tenant hereby certifies that it is the tenant under the Lease. Tenant hereby further acknowledges that it has been advised that the Lease may be collaterally assigned in connection with a proposed financing secured by the Property and/or may be assigned in connection with a sale of the Property and certifies both to Landlord and to any and all prospective mortgagees and purchasers of the Property, including any trustee on behalf of any holders of notes or other similar instruments, any holders from time to time of such notes or other instruments, and their respective successors and assigns (the "Mortgagees") that as of the date hereof:

1. The information set forth in attached Schedule 1 is true and correct.

2. Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises and the Lease is in full force and effect, and, except by such writings as are identified on Schedule 1, has not been modified, assigned, supplemented or amended since its original execution, nor are there any other agreements between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises, whether oral or written.

3. All conditions and agreements under the Lease to be satisfied or performed by Landlord have been satisfied and performed.

4. Tenant is not in default under the Lease Documents, Tenant has not received any notice of default under the Lease Documents, and, to Tenant's knowledge, there are no events which have occurred that, with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time, would result in a default by Tenant under the Lease Documents.

5. Tenant has not paid any Rent due under the Lease more than 30 days in advance of the date due under the Lease and Tenant has no rights of setoff, counterclaim, concession or other rights of diminution of any Rent due and payable under the Lease except as set forth in Schedule 1.

6. To Tenant's knowledge, there are no uncured defaults on the part of Landlord under the Lease Documents, Tenant has not sent any notice of default under the Lease Documents to Landlord, and there are no events which have occurred that, with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time, would result in a default by Landlord thereunder, and that at the present time Tenant has no claim against Landlord under the Lease Documents.

7. Except as expressly set forth in Part G of Schedule 1, there are no provisions for any, and Tenant has no, options with respect to the Premises or all or any portion of the Property.

8. Except as set forth on Part M of Schedule 1, no action, voluntary or involuntary, is pending against Tenant under federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law.

9. The undersigned has the authority to execute and deliver this Certificate on behalf of Tenant and acknowledges that all Mortgagees will rely upon this Certificate in purchasing the Property or extending credit to Landlord or its successors in interest.

10. This Certificate shall be binding upon the successors, assigns and representatives of Tenant and any party claiming through or under Tenant and shall inure to the benefit of all Mortgagees.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has executed this Certificate this ________ day of ______________, 19____.

Name of Tenant

By:

Title:

E-1

SCHEDULE 1 TO TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Lease Documents, Lease Terms and Current Status

A. Date of Lease:

B. Parties:

1. Landlord:

2. Tenant d/b/a:

C. Premises known as:

D. Modifications, Assignments, Supplements or Amendments to Lease:

E. Commencement Date:

F. Expiration of Current Term:

G. Options:

H. Security Deposit Paid to Landlord: $

I. Current Fixed Minimum Rent (Annualized): $

J. Current Additional Rent (and if applicable, Percentage Rent) (Annualized): $

K. Current Total Rent: $

L. Square Feet Demised:

M. Tenant's Bankruptcy or other Insolvency Actions:


 

EXHIBIT 23.2

Consent of Independent Auditors

     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 2, 2004 in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 and related Prospectus of Sunset Financial Resources, Inc., dated Subject to Completion, February 6, 2004.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Jacksonville, Florida
February 3, 2004

 

EXHIBIT 24.2

POWER OF ATTORNEY

     The Person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints John Bert Watson and Jeffrey Betros, and each of them, as his attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement on Form S-11 filed by Sunset Financial Resources, Inc., or any Registration Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of shares of common stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     The validity of this Power of Attorney shall not be affected in any manner by reason of the execution, at any time, of other powers of attorney by the undersigned in favor of persons other than those named herein.

     The undersigned agrees and represents to those dealing with any of the attorneys-in-fact herein that this Power of Attorney is for indefinite duration and may be voluntarily revoked only by written notice delivered to such attorney-in-fact.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 6th day of February, 2004.

   
  /s/ MICHAEL L. PANNELL
 
  Michael L. Pannell

 

EXHIBIT 24.3

POWER OF ATTORNEY

     The Person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints John Bert Watson and Jeffrey Betros, and each of them, as his attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement on Form S-11 filed by Sunset Financial Resources, Inc., or any Registration Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of shares of common stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     The validity of this Power of Attorney shall not be affected in any manner by reason of the execution, at any time, of other powers of attorney by the undersigned in favor of persons other than those named herein.

     The undersigned agrees and represents to those dealing with any of the attorneys-in-fact herein that this Power of Attorney is for indefinite duration and may be voluntarily revoked only by written notice delivered to such attorney-in-fact.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 6th day of February, 2004.

   
  /s/ JOSEPH P. STINGONE
 
  Joseph P. Stingone

EXHIBIT 99.1

SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.

AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

(ADOPTED DECEMBER 5, 2003)

PURPOSE

The Audit Committee (the "Audit Committee" or the "Committee") of Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. (the "Company") shall assist the Company's board of directors ("Board") in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities to stockholders for monitoring (1) the quality and integrity of the financial statements of the Company; (2) the Company's compliance with ethical policies contained in the Company's Code of Conduct and legal and regulatory requirements; (3) the independence, qualification and performance of the Company's independent auditors; (4) the performance of the Company's independent auditors; and (5) the Company's accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of the Company's financial statements. The Audit Committee shall have the authority to retain special legal, accounting or other consultants to advise the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee may request any officer or employee of the Company or the Company's outside counsel or independent auditors to attend a meeting of the Audit Committee or to meet with any members of, or consultants to, the Audit Committee.

ORGANIZATION

This Charter governs the operations of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee shall review and reassess the adequacy of this Charter annually and recommend any proposed changes to the Charter to the Board for approval. The Company's Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall nominate directors for appointment to the Audit Committee. The Board will annually appoint Committee members and a Chairman of the Committee. The Board may remove Committee members at any time with or without cause, by a majority vote. The Board will fill any vacancy on the Committee. The Audit Committee shall be comprised of at least three directors, each of whom is independent as determined in accordance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ("Sarbanes"), the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). Members of the Audit Committee may not receive any compensation from the Company other than directors' fees. All members of the Audit Committee must be financially literate, and at least one member must be an "audit committee financial expert" pursuant to Sarbanes and any SEC rules promulgated relating thereto. No Committee member may serve on the audit committee of more than two other public companies without Board approval. The Audit Committee shall maintain minutes of its meetings and report to the Board.

RESPONSIBILITIES AND PROCESSES

While the Audit Committee has the responsibilities and powers set forth in this Charter, it is not the duty of the Audit Committee to plan or conduct audits or to determine that the Company's financial statements are complete and accurate and are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Management is responsible for preparing the Company's financial statements and the Company's independent auditors are responsible for auditing the annual financial statements and for reviewing the unaudited interim financial statements. Nor is it the duty of the Audit Committee to conduct investigations to assure compliance with laws and regulations and compliance with the Company's Code of Conduct and Ethics.

Page 1 of 5

The following shall be the principal duties and responsibilities of the Audit Committee. These are set forth as a guide with the understanding that the Audit Committee may supplement them as appropriate.

In carrying out its responsibilities, the Audit Committee shall:

1. Retain, subject to stockholder ratification, the independent auditors of the Company to conduct the examination of the books and records of the Company and its affiliates, and terminate any such engagement if circumstances warrant. The independent auditors are ultimately accountable to, and shall report directly to, the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee shall provide oversight of the work of the independent auditors, including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditors regarding financial reporting.

2. Pre-approve all audit services and, to the extent permitted by law, all non-audit services provided by the independent auditors, as well as the fees and terms for providing such services. The Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to a member of the Audit Committee. The decisions of any Audit Committee member to whom pre-approval authority is delegated must be presented to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. However, pre-approval of non-audit services is not required if (i) the aggregate amount of non-audit services is less than 5% of the total amount paid by the Company to the auditor during the fiscal year in which the non-audit services are provided; (ii) such services were not recognized by the Company as non-audit services at the time of the engagement; and (iii) such services are promptly brought to the attention of the Committee and, prior to completion of the audit, are approved by the Committee or by one or more Committee members who have been delegated authority to grant approvals.

3. At least annually, obtain and review a report by the independent auditors describing: (i) the firm's internal quality-control procedures; (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years, respecting any independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with any such items; and (iii) all relationships between the independent auditor and the Company.

4. Evaluate the performance of the Company's independent auditors and lead audit partner, and report its conclusions to the full Board.

5. Meet with the Company's independent auditors and management to review the scope of the proposed annual audit (and related quarterly reviews), the key audit procedures to be followed and, at the conclusion of the audit, review the principal audit findings including any comments or recommendations of the Company's independent auditors.

6. Obtain assurance from the Company's independent auditors that it has complied with its obligation to report any fraud identified in connection with its audit of the financial statements of the Company.

7. Discuss the Company's annual audited financial statements and unaudited quarterly financial statements with management and the independent auditors, including management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations. Discuss other matters with the Company's independent auditors as required by the SEC and, if the financial statements are acceptable, recommend that the audited financial statements be included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K. While the fundamental responsibility for the Company's financial statements and disclosures rests with management, the Committee will review: (i) major issues regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentations, including any significant changes in the Company's selection or application of

Page 2 of 5

accounting principles, and major issues as to the adequacy of the Company's internal controls and any special audit steps adopted in light of material control deficiencies; (ii) analyses prepared by management or the independent auditors setting forth significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements, including analyses of the effects of alternative GAAP methods on the financial statements and the treatment preferred by the independent auditors; (iii) the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives, as well as off-balance sheet structures, on the financial statements of the Company; and (iv) earnings press releases (paying particular attention to any use of pro-forma information and non-GAAP information).

8. Prepare the report of the Audit Committee required by the SEC to be included in the Company's annual proxy statement.

9. Meet, at least annually, with management to discuss, as appropriate, significant accounting accruals, estimates and reserves; litigation matters; management's representations to the independent auditors; new or proposed regulatory accounting and reporting rules; any significant off-balance sheet transactions and special purpose entities; and any significant financial reporting issues or judgments disputed with the Company's independent auditors.

10. At least annually, receive from and discuss with the independent auditors and management, separately or together as determined by the Committee, a report on (i) all critical accounting policies and practices to be used; (ii) all alternative treatments of financial information within generally accepted accounting principles that have been discussed with management of the Company, the ramifications of the use of such alternative disclosures and treatments, and the treatment preferred by the independent auditors; and (iii) other material written communications between the independent auditors and management of the Company, such as any management letter or schedule of unadjusted audit differences.

11. Review quarterly with the Company's CEO and CFO (i) any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; (ii) any material weakness in the Company's internal controls; and (iii) any fraud, whether or not material, involving management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal controls.

12. Review annually with management and the independent auditors (i) the internal control report contained in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding management's assessment of the effectiveness of the internal control structure and procedures of the Company for financial reporting; and (ii) the attestation and report of the independent auditors regarding management's assessment of internal controls.

13. Discuss with the Company's independent auditors and management information relating to the auditors' judgments about the quality, not just the acceptability, of the Company's accounting principles and matters identified by the auditors during its interim reviews. Also, the Committee shall discuss the results of the annual audit and any other matters that may be required to be communicated to the Audit Committee by the Company's independent auditors under generally accepted auditing standards.

14. Discuss with management an outline of press releases regarding results of operations, as well as general policies on financial information and earnings guidance to be provided to analysts, rating agencies and the general public. Review any relevant items with management and the Company's independent auditors prior to release of any such press releases or earnings guidance. The review shall be with the Chairman of the Audit Committee or the full Audit Committee, as may be appropriate.

Page 3 of 5

15. At least quarterly, discuss separately with the Company's independent auditors and management the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company's internal accounting and financial controls, and elicit any recommendations for improvement.

16. Review major changes to the Company's auditing and accounting principles and practices as suggested by the independent auditors, internal auditors or management.

17. Discuss with management policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. While it is the job of the Company's management to assess and manage the Company's exposure to risk, the Committee will discuss guidelines and policies that govern the process. This discussion may include the Company's financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control exposure.

18. At least annually, receive reports from the Company's independent auditors regarding the auditors' independence from management and the Company (including the identification of all relationships between the independent auditors and the Company), discuss such reports with the independent auditors, consider whether the provision of non-audit services by the independent auditors is compatible with the auditors' independence, and, if determined by the Audit Committee, recommend that the Board take action to satisfy itself of the independence of the auditors.

19. Confirm that the Company's hiring policies conform to applicable SEC or other external guidelines for employment by the Company of employees and former employees of the independent auditors.

20. Confirm that neither the lead audit partner nor the primary reviewing partner of the independent auditor has performed audit services for the Company for more than five consecutive fiscal years.

21. Confirm that none of the Company's CEO, CFO, chief accounting officer, controller or equivalent officers were employed by the independent auditor and participated in any capacity in the audit of the Company during the one-year period preceding the initiation of the audit.

22. Receive from management a summary of findings from completed audits (and management's response) and a progress report on the proposed internal audit plan with explanations for any material deviations from the original plan.

23. Review periodic reports from management with respect to, and advise the Board regarding compliance with, the Company's Code of Conduct and Ethics.

24. Review with the Company's counsel legal matters that may have a material impact on the financial statements.

25. Provide sufficient opportunity at its meetings to meet separately in executive session with the Company's independent auditors and members of management. Among the items to be discussed with the Company's independent auditors are (i) the independent auditors' evaluation of the Company's financial and accounting personnel; (ii) the cooperation that the independent auditors received during the course of its audit; (iii) any management letter provided by the independent auditors and management's response; and (iv) any other matters the Audit Committee may determine from time to time.

26. Report regularly to the Board. The reports will include any significant issues arising with respect to (i) the quality or integrity of the Company's financial statements; (ii) the performance and independence of the Company's independent auditors; and/or (iii) the effectiveness of the Company's control process for reviewing and approving internal transactions and accounting.

Page 4 of 5

27. Establish procedures for (i) the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters; and (ii) the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

28. In consultation with the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, conduct an annual evaluation of the performance and effectiveness of the Audit Committee and report the results of that evaluation to the Board.

29. As the Committee determines necessary to carry out its duties, obtain advice and assistance from outside advisors, including the Company's legal, accounting or other advisors.

30. Review with the independent auditor any audit problems or difficulties and management's response.

Page 5 of 5

EXHIBIT 99.2

SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE CHARTER

(ADOPTED DECEMBER 5, 2003)

PURPOSE

The primary functions of the Compensation Committee (the "Committee") of Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. (the "Company") are to establish the compensation of executive officers and administer management incentive compensation plans. The Committee also will review the development progress of key members of management.

ORGANIZATION

This Charter governs the operations of the Committee. The Committee shall annually review and reassess the adequacy of this Charter and recommend any proposed changes of the Charter to the Board of Directors (the "Board") for approval. The Board will appoint Committee members and the Chairman of the Committee (the "Chairman") annually. The Board may remove Committee members at any time, with or without cause, by a majority vote. The Board will fill any vacancy on the Committee. The Committee shall be comprised of at least three directors, each of whom is independent as determined in accordance with the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") and free from any relationship that, in the opinion of the Board, would interfere with the exercise of his or her judgment as a member of the Committee. Each member will also be: (i) a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (ii) an "outside director" for purposes of the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Committee shall maintain minutes of its meetings and report to the Board.

MEETINGS

The Committee will hold regular meetings as may be necessary and such special meetings as may be called by the Chairman. A majority of the Committee members will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and an act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Committee. All meetings may be held telephonically.

The Committee has the authority to delegate any of its responsibilities to subcommittees, comprised solely of Committee members, as the Committee may deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES

To fulfill its responsibilities and duties, the Compensation Committee will:

Page 1 of 2

1. Review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to the Chief Executive Officer's (the "CEO") compensation on at least an annual basis, evaluate the CEO's performance in light of those goals and objectives and determine the CEO's compensation level based on this evaluation. In determining the long-term incentive component of the CEO's compensation, the Committee will consider the Company's performance and relative stockholder return, the value of similar incentive awards to CEOs at comparable companies, the awards given to the Company's CEO in past years and the Committee's assessment of the CEO's current and expected contribution to the Company's success.

2. Approve the compensation of the Company's Chairman of the Board, CEO, President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer (collectively, the "Executive Officers").

3. Make recommendations to the Board regarding compensation arrangements for directors.

4. Recommend to the Board the creation of any compensation or employee benefit plan or program for employees, officers or directors of the Company.

5. With respect to the Executive Officers, approve establishment and modification of executive compensation and benefit programs, such as salary ranges, deferred compensation, employment agreements and severance arrangements.

6. Approve awards under any restricted share, option and deferred compensation plans for the officers of the Company that are reporting persons for purposes of
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

7. Administer the restricted share, option and deferred compensation plans and otherwise perform all duties delegated to the Committee by the Board or pursuant to such plans.

8. Have the sole authority to retain and terminate any compensation consultant engaged to assist in the evaluation of director or Executive Officer compensation, and the sole authority to approve such firm's fees and other retention terms.

9. Produce the annual committee report on executive compensation for inclusion in the Company's proxy statement.

10. Report regularly to the Board any issues that arise with respect to the Committee's responsibilities.

11. Perform any other activities consistent with this Charter, the Company's Bylaws and governing law, as the Committee or the Board deems necessary or appropriate.

12. Conduct an annual performance evaluation of the Committee's effectiveness.

2

EXHIBIT 99.3

SUNSET FINANCIAL RESOURCES, INC.

NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE CHARTER

(ADOPTED DECEMBER 5, 2003)

PURPOSE

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the "Committee") of Sunset Financial Resources, Inc. (the "Company") shall (i) oversee the process by which individuals are nominated to become members of the Company's board of directors (the "Board"), including the identification of individuals qualified to become Board members and the recommendation of director nominees; (ii) develop and recommend to the Board a set of corporate governance principles; and (iii) oversee matters of corporate governance to ensure that the Board is appropriately constituted and operated to meet its fiduciary obligations, including advising the Board on matters of (A) Board organization, membership and function and (B) committee structure and membership. The Committee shall have the authority to retain special legal, accounting or other consultants to advise the Committee and to assist it identifying suitable potential Board nominees. The Committee may request any officer or employee of the Company or the Company's outside counsel to attend a meeting of the Committee or to meet with any members of, or consultants to, the Committee.

ORGANIZATION

This Charter governs the operations of the Committee. The Committee shall annually review and reassess the adequacy of this Charter and recommend any proposed changes of the Charter to the Board for approval. The Committee, in consultation with the Chairman of the Board, shall recommend members for appointment to, and the Chairman of, the Committee to the Board for its approval. The Board will annually appoint Committee members and the Chairman of the Committee. The Board may remove Committee members at any time, with or without cause, by a majority vote. The Board will fill any vacancy on the Committee. The Committee shall be comprised of at least three directors, each of whom is independent as determined in accordance with the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"). The Committee shall maintain minutes of its meetings and report to the Board.

RESPONSIBILITIES AND PROCESSES

In carrying out its responsibilities, the Committee shall:

1. Establish criteria for selection of potential directors, taking into consideration the following desired attributes: leadership, independence, interpersonal skills, financial acumen, business experiences, industry knowledge, and diversity of view points. The Committee will periodically assess the criteria to ensure it is consistent with best practices and the goals of the Company.

2. Identify individuals who satisfy the criteria for selection to the Board and, after consultation with the Chairman of the Board, make recommendations to the Board on new candidates for Board membership.

3. Establish criteria for the evaluation of existing directors and the re-election or removal of directors based on the needs of the Company.


4. Review the qualifications, performance and independence of existing Board members and make recommendations whether they should stand for re-election.

5. Recommend to the Board the removal of a director where appropriate.

6. Recommend to the Board, a slate of nominees for director at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

7. Recruit, in consultation with the Chairman of the Board, those candidates for Board membership that are approved by the Board.

8. Oversee the orientation process for new directors.

9. Establish criteria for membership on the Board committees and, in consultation with the Chairman of the Board, make recommendations to the Board for appointments to and removal from committees.

10. Periodically review the Board's committee structure, committee operations, committee formations and committee charters, and make such recommendations to the Board based upon such reviews as are determined to be consistent with best practices and the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

11. Review and recommend policies with respect to composition, organization, processes, and practices of the Board, including policies with respect to the size of the Board, desired qualifications of directors, the types, function, size and membership of the Board committees, meetings of the Board (including executive sessions), and Board retirement and tenure policies.

12. Recommend to the Board standards for determining director independence consistent with the requirements of the NYSE and other applicable guidelines on best practices.

13. Develop and recommend to the Board, Corporate Governance Guidelines that are appropriate for the Company and are consistent with best practices and the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. The Committee periodically will review the Corporate Governance Guidelines and make recommendations for changes as in its judgment are appropriate.

14. Oversee the Company's positions on and policies in respect to significant stockholder relations issues, including all proposals submitted by stockholders for inclusion in the Company's proxy statement.

15. Identify and investigate emerging corporate governance issues and trends that may affect the Company.

16. Periodically review the Company's Board compensation practices and make recommendations for changes in compensation practices as the Committee determines to be appropriate.

17. Review any proposed amendments to the Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and recommend appropriate action to the Board.

18. Have such other duties and responsibilities as may be assigned to the Committee, from time to time, by the Board.

Page 2 of 3

19. Develop criteria for, and conduct an annual evaluation of the performance and effectiveness of, the Committee and report the results of that evaluation to the Board.

20. Propose criteria for, and communicate the results of, an annual evaluation of the performance and effectiveness of the Board.

21. Review, in consultation with each committee of the Board, each committee charter and each committee's process for conducting an annual evaluation of the performance and effectiveness of such committee.

22. Oversee the evaluation of the Board and management.

Page 3 of 3